903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B): Difference between revisions

From Engineering Policy Guide
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Smithk (talk | contribs)
 
(63 intermediate revisions by 4 users not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
[[Category:903 Highway Signing (MUTCD Part 2)|903.02]]
|-
<div style="float: right; width: 550px; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 30px; margin-bottom: 30px;">__TOC__</div>
|[[image:R1-1.gif|left|110px]]||[[image:R7-10.gif|90px]]||[[image:R2-1.gif|80px]]||[[image:R3-4.gif|85px]]||[[image:R13-2.gif|115px]]||[[image:R7-4.gif|85px]]
=={{SpanID|903.2.1}}903.2.1  Application of Regulatory Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.01)==
|}


{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="160px" align="right"
'''Standard. '''Regulatory signs shall be used to inform road users of selected traffic laws or regulations and to indicate the applicability of the legal requirements.
|-
|'''Additional Information'''
|-
|[http://www.modot.org/newsandinfo/documents/speed.pdf How Speed Limits are Established]
|}


Regulatory signs shall be installed at or near where the regulations apply. The signs shall clearly indicate the requirements imposed by the regulations and shall be designed and installed to provide adequate visibility and legibility in order to obtain compliance.


Regulatory signs shall be retroreflective or illuminated (see [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.21|EPG 903.1.21]]).


==903.5.1 Application (MUTCD Section 2B.01)==
=={{SpanID|903.2.2}}903.2.2  Design of Regulatory Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.02)==


'''Standard.''' Regulatory signs shall be used to inform road users of selected traffic laws or regulations and indicate the applicability of the legal requirements.
'''Standard. '''Regulatory signs shall be rectangular unless specifically designated otherwise in the EPG. Regulatory signs shall be designed in accordance with the sizes, shapes, colors, and legends contained in the FHWA “Standard Highway Signs” publication (see [[:Category:911 General (MUTCD Part 1) #911.1.5|EPG 911 (MUTCD Section 1A.05)]]).


Regulatory signs shall be installed at or near where the regulations apply. The signs shall clearly indicate the requirements imposed by the regulations and shall be designed and installed to provide adequate visibility and legibility in order to obtain compliance.
'''Support. '''The use of educational plaques to supplement symbol signs is described in [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.9|EPG 903.1.9]].


Regulatory signs shall be retroreflective or illuminated (see [[903.2 Extent of Signing#903.2.17 Retroreflectivity and Illumination (MUTCD Section 2A.08)|EPG 903.2.17, Retroreflectivity and Illumination]]) to show the same shape and similar color by both day and night, unless specifically stated otherwise in the text discussion of this article for a particular sign or group of signs.
The use of LEDs in the border or legend of regulatory signs is described in [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.12|EPG 903.1.12]].


The requirements for sign illumination shall not be considered to be satisfied by street or highway lighting.
'''Standard. '''LED signs displaying a part-time prohibitory message incorporating a red circle and diagonal of a static sign shall display a red symbol that approximates the same red circle and diagonal as closely as possible. The symbol of the action to be prohibited shall be displayed in white LEDs on a black background.


==903.5.2 Design (MUTCD Section 2B.02)==
A regulatory sign displayed entirely with LEDs and incorporated within the border of a larger full-matrix changeable message sign shall display the regulatory sign legend in the size, shape, color, and legend of the standard regulatory sign.


'''Standard.''' Regulatory signs shall be rectangular unless specifically designated otherwise.   Regulatory signs shall be designed in accordance with the sizes, shapes, colors and legends contained in the EPG.
=={{SpanID|903.2.3}}903.2.3  Size of Regulatory Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.03)==


'''Option.''' Regulatory word message signs other than those classified and specified in the EPG and the ''Standard Highway Signs and Markings'' book may be developed to aid the enforcement of other law or regulations.
'''Standard. '''Except as provided in [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.7|EPG 903.1.7]], the minimum sizes for regulatory signs shall be as shown in [[#tab903.2.3|Table 903.2.3]].


Except for symbols on regulatory signs, minor modifications may be made to the design provided that the essential appearance characteristics are met.
'''Support. ''' [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.7|EPG 903.1.7]] contains information regarding the applicability of the various columns in [[#tab903.2.3|Table 903.2.3]].


'''Support.''' The use of educational plaques to supplement symbol signs is described in [[903.2 Extent of Signing#903.2.22 Symbols (MUTCD Section 2A.12)|EPG 903.2.22, Symbols]].  
'''Guidance. '''The minimum sizes for regulatory signs facing traffic on exit and entrance ramps at interchanges should be as shown in the column of [[#tab903.2.3|Table 903.2.3]] that corresponds to the mainline roadway classification (Expressway/Freeway).  


'''Guidance.''' [[616.3 Changeable Message Signs (CMS)|Changeable message signs]] displaying a regulatory message incorporating a prohibitory message that includes a red circle and slash on a static sign should display a red symbol that approximates the same red circle and slash as closely as possible.
'''Standard. '''The minimum size for WRONG WAY and DO NOT ENTER signs on ramps facing the opposite direction of travel where a road user could wrongly enter the ramp from a conventional road shall be the size listed in the Conventional Road - Standard column of [[#tab903.2.3|Table 903.2.3]].  See [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.37|EPG 903.2.37]] and [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.38|903.2.38]] for additional information.


==903.5.3 Dimensions (MUTCD Section 2B.03)==
'''Option. '''The minimum size for WRONG WAY and DO NOT ENTER signs on ramps facing the opposite direction of travel where a road user could wrongly enter the ramp from a conventional road may be increased to the size in the Conventional Road – Oversized column of [[#tab903.2.3|Table 903.2.3]] when the need for greater emphasis has been determined based on engineering judgement.


'''Standard.''' Except as provided in [[903.2 Extent of Signing#903.2.21 Dimensions (MUTCD Section 2A.11)|EPG 903.2.21]], the sizes for regulatory signs shall be as shown in Table 903.5.3, below.  
{{SpanID|tab903.2.3}}
 
{| class="wikitable" style="text-align: center"
'''Support.''' EPG 903.2.21 contains information regarding the applicability of the various columns in Table 903.5.3.
|-
 
|+ Table 903.2.3, Regulatory Sign and Plaque Sizes
'''Standard.''' The minimum sizes for regulatory signs facing traffic on multi-lane conventional roads shall be as shown in the multi-lane column of Table 903.5.3.
! rowspan="2" | Sign or Plaque
 
! rowspan="2" | Sign Designation
'''Standard.''' A minimum size of 36 in. x 36 in. shall be used for STOP signs that face multi-lane approaches.  
! rowspan="2" | EPG Article
 
! colspan="3" | Conventional Road (in. x in.)
Where side roads intersect a multi-lane street or highway that has a speed limit of 45 mph or higher, the minimum size of the STOP signs facing the side road approaches, even if the side road only has one approach lane, shall be 36 in. x 36 inches. 
! Freeway/Expressway (in. x in.)
 
|-
Where side roads intersect a multi-lane street or highway that has a speed limit of 40 mph or lower, the minimum size of the STOP signs facing the side road approaches shall be as shown in the single lane or multi-lane columns of Table 903.5.3 based on the number of approach lanes on the side street approach.  
! style="text-align:left;"|  Standard
 
! Oversized
===<center>''Table 903.5.3 Regulatory Sign and Plaque Sizes''</center>===
! Special
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"
! Mainline and Ramps
|+
|-
! style="background:#BEBEBE" rowspan="2"|Sign or Plaque!! style="background:#BEBEBE" rowspan="2"|Sign Designation !! style="background:#BEBEBE" rowspan="2"|EPG Article !! style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan="3"|Conventional Road (in. x in.)!! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Freeway/Expressway (in. x in.)
! style="text-align:left;"|  Stop
| R1-1
| [[#903.2.4|903.2.4]]
| 36 X 36
| 48 X 48
| -
| 48 X 48
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  Yield
| R1-2
| [[#903.2.5|903.2.5]]
| 48 X 48 X 48
| 60 X 60 X 60
| -
| 60 X 60 X 60
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  To Oncoming Traffic (plaque)
| R1-2aP
| [[#903.2.5|903.2.5]]
| 36 X 30
| -
| -
| -
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  All-Way (plaque)
| R1-3P
| [[#903.2.4|903.2.4]]
| 30 X 12
| -
| -
| -
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  Yield Here To Pedestrians
| R1-5
| [[#903.2.18|903.2.18]]
| 36 X 36
| -
| -
| -
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  Yield Here to Trail Crossing
| R1-5d
| [[#903.2.18|903.2.18]]
| 36 X 42
| -
| -
| -
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  In-Street Pedestrian Crossing - Yield
| R1-6
| [[#903.2.19|903.2.19]]
| 12 X 36
| -
| -
| -
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  In-Street Trail Crossing - Yield
| R1-6d
| [[#903.2.19|903.2.19]]
| 12 X 36
| -
| -
| -
|-
! style="text-align:left;"| Speed Limit
| R2-1
| [[#903.2.20|903.2.20]]
| 36 X 48
| 48 X 60
| -
| 48 X 60
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  Combined Speed Limit
| R2-4a
| [[#903.2.21|903.2.21]]
| -
| -
| -
| 48 X 96
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  Speed Limit _ Except Where Posted
| R2-5d
| [[#903.2.22|903.2.22]]
| 36 X 48
| -
| -
| 36 X 48
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  Fines Doubled Ends
| R2-20
| [[#903.2.71|903.2.71]]
| 36 X 30
| -
| -
| 36 X 30
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  No Right Turn
| R3-1
| [[#903.2.24|903.2.24]]
| 36 X 36
| 48 X 48
| 24 X 24 - 30 X 30
| 48 X 48
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  No Left Turn
| R3-2
| [[#903.2.24|903.2.24]]
| 36 X 36
| 48 X 48
| 24 X 24 - 30 X 30
| 48 X 48
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  No Turns
| R3-3
| [[#903.2.24|903.2.24]]
| 36 X 36
| 48 X 48
| 24 X 24 - 30 X 30
| 36 X 36
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  No U Turn
| R3-4
| [[#903.2.24|903.2.24]]
| 36 X 36
| 48 X 48
| 24 X 24 - 30 X 30
| -
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  Right (Left/Ahead) Only
| R3-5, 5a
| [[#903.2.26|903.2.26]]
| 30 X 36
| -
| -
| -
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  Straight and Right (Left)
| R3-6
| [[#903.2.27|903.2.27]]
| 30 X 36
| -
| -
| -
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  Optional Movement U and Left Turn
| R3-6a
| [[#903.2.27|903.2.27]]
| 30 X 36
| -
| -
| -
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  Optional Movement Left Turns
| R3-6b
| [[#903.2.27|903.2.27]]
| 30 X 36
| -
| -
| -
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  Right (Left) Lane Must Turn Right (Left)
| R3-7
| [[#903.2.26|903.2.26]]
| 36 X 36
| -
| -
| -
|-
! style="text-align:left;"|  Advance Intersection Lane Control
| R3-8,8a,8b,8xa, 8xb,8xc
| [[#903.2.28|903.2.28]]
| Varies X 30
| -
| -
| -
|-
! style="text-align:left;"| Two-Way Left Turn Only (overhead)
| R3-9a
| [[#903.2.29|903.2.29]]
| 30 X 36
| -
| -
| -
|-
! style="text-align:left;"| Center Lane Two-Way Left Turn Only (post-mounted)
| R3-9b
| [[#903.2.29|903.2.29]]
| 24 X 36
| 36 X 48
| -
| -
|-
|-
! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Single Lane!! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Multi-Lane!! style="background:#BEBEBE"| Oversized !! style="background:#BEBEBE" WIDTH=130|Mainline and Ramps
! style="text-align:left;"| No U Turn/No Left Turn
| R3-18
| [[#903.2.24|903.2.24]]
| 36 X 36
| 48 X 48
| 24 X 24 - 30 X 30
| -
|-
|-
! STOP
! style="text-align:left;"|  No Straight Through
||R1-1||[[#903.5.4 STOP Sign (R1-1) and ALL WAY Plaque (R1-3P) (MUTCD Section 2B.05)|903.5.4]]||36 X 36||36 X 36||36 X 36|| 48 X 48
| R3-27
| [[#903.2.24|903.2.24]]
| 36 X 36
| 48 X 48
| 24 X 24 - 30 X 30
| 48 X 48
|-
|-
!ALL-WAY
! style="text-align:left;"|  Do Not Pass
||R1-3P||[[#903.5.4 STOP Sign (R1-1) and ALL WAY Plaque (R1-3P) (MUTCD Section 2B.05)|903.5.4]]||30 X 12||30 X 12|| - || -
| R4-1
| [[#903.2.31|903.2.31]]
| 36 X 48
|  
| 36 X 48
| -
|-
|-
!YIELD
! style="text-align:left;"|  Pass With Care
||R1-2||[[#903.5.5 YIELD Sign (R1-2, R1-2a) (MUTCD Section 2B.08)|903.5.5]] ||48 X 48||48 X 48||- ||60 X 60
| R4-2
| [[#903.2.32|903.2.32]]
| 36 X 48
|  
| 48 X 60
| -
|-
|-
!TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC
! style="text-align:left;"|  Slower Traffic Keep Right
||R1-2aP||[[#903.5.5 YIELD Sign (R1-2, R1-2a) (MUTCD Section 2B.08)|903.5.5]] ||36 X 30||36 X 30||- ||-
| R4-3
| [[#903.2.33|903.2.33]]
| 36 X 48
| 48 X 60
| 48 X 60
| 48 X 60
|-
|-
!YIELD HERE TO PEDS
! style="text-align:left;"|  Keep Right
||R1-5 ||[[#903.5.6 YIELD HERE TO PEDESTRIANS Signs (R1-5, R1-5a) (MUTCD Section 2B.11)|903.5.6]]||36 X 36||36 X 36|| -|| -
| R4-7
| [[#903.2.34|903.2.34]]
| 24 X 30
| 36 X 48
| 36 X 48
| 48 X 60
|-
|-
!SPEED LIMIT
! style="text-align:left;"|  Keep Right (horizontal arrow)
||R2-1 ||[[#903.5.7 SPEED LIMIT Sign (R2-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.13)|903.5.7]]||36 X 48||36 X 48||48 X 60|| 48 X 60
| R4-7a
| [[#903.2.34|903.2.34]]
| 36 X 48
| 48 X 60
| 48 X 60
| 48 X 60
|-
|-
!COMBINED SPEED LIMIT
! style="text-align:left;"|  Keep Right (45° arrow)
||R2-4a ||[[#903.5.8 Combination Speed Limit Sign (R2-4a)|903.5.8]]||- ||- ||- ||48 X 96
| R4-7b
| [[#903.2.34|903.2.34]]
| 36 X 48
| 48 X 60
| -
| 84 X 96
|-
|-
!SPEED LIMIT _ EXCEPT WHERE POSTED
! style="text-align:left;"|  Narrow Keep Right
||R2-5d ||[[#903.5.9 SPEED LIMIT XX EXCEPT WHERE POSTED Signs (R2-5d)|903.5.9]]||36 X 48||36 X 48||- ||36 X 48
| R4-7c
| [[#903.2.34|903.2.34]]
| 18 X 30
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!No Right Turn
! style="text-align:left;"|  Keep Left
||R3-1 ||[[#903.5.11 Movement Prohibition Signs (R3-1 through R3-4 and R3-18) (MUTCD Section 2B.18)|903.5.11]]||24 X 24||36 X 36||48 X 48|| 48 X 48
| R4-8
| [[#903.2.34|903.2.34]]
| 24 X 30
| 36 X 48
| -
| 48 X 60
|-
|-
!No Left Turn
! style="text-align:left;"|  Keep Left (horizontal arrow)
||R3-2 ||[[#903.5.11 Movement Prohibition Signs (R3-1 through R3-4 and R3-18) (MUTCD Section 2B.18)|903.5.11]]||24 X 24||36 X 36||48 X 48|| 48 X 48
| R4-8a
| [[#903.2.34|903.2.34]]
| 36 X 48
| 48 X 60
| -
| 48 X 60
|-
|-
!NO TURNS
! style="text-align:left;"|  Keep Left (45° arrow)
||R3-3 ||[[#903.5.11 Movement Prohibition Signs (R3-1 through R3-4 and R3-18) (MUTCD Section 2B.18)|903.5.11]]||24 X 24||36 X 36||- ||36 X 36
| R4-8b
| [[#903.2.34|903.2.34]]
| 36 X 48
| 48 X 60
| -
| 84 X 96
|-
|-
!No U Turn
! style="text-align:left;"|  Narrow Keep Left
||R3-4 ||[[#903.5.11 Movement Prohibition Signs (R3-1 through R3-4 and R3-18) (MUTCD Section 2B.18)|903.5.11]]||24 X 24||48 X 48|| -|| -
| R4-8c
| [[#903.2.34|903.2.34]]
| 18 X 30
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!No U Turn/No Left Turn
! style="text-align:left;"|  Keep Right Except to Pass
||R3-18 ||[[#903.5.11 Movement Prohibition Signs (R3-1 through R3-4 and R3-18) (MUTCD Section 2B.18)|903.5.11]]||24 X 24||48 X 48|| -|| -
| R4-16
| [[#903.2.33|903.2.33]]
| 36 X 48
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!Right (Left/Ahead) Only
! style="text-align:left;"|  Do Not Drive on Shoulder
||R3-5 ||[[#903.5.13 Mandatory Movement Lane Control Signs (R3-5, R3-5a and R3-7)(MUTCD Section 2B.20)|903.5.13]]||30 X 36||30 X 36|| -|| -
| R4-17
| [[#903.2.35|903.2.35]]
| 36 X 48
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!RIGHT (LEFT) LANE MUST TURN RIGHT (LEFT)
! style="text-align:left;"|  Next Passing Lane _ Miles
||R3-7 ||[[#903.5.13 Mandatory Movement Lane Control Signs (R3-5, R3-5a and R3-7)(MUTCD Section 2B.20)|903.5.13]]|| 30 X 30|| 36 X 36 ||- ||-
| R4-28
| [[#903.2.69|903.2.69]]
| -
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!Straight and Right (Left)
! style="text-align:left;"|  End Passing Lanes
||R3-6 ||[[#903.5.14 Optional Lane Control Sign (R3-6) (MUTCD Section 2B.21)|903.5.14]]|| 30 X 36|| 30 X 36|| -|| -
| R4-29
| [[#903.2.69|903.2.69]]
| -
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!Two-Way Left Turn Only (overhead)
! style="text-align:left;"|  Do Not Enter
||R3-9a ||[[#903.5.15 Two-Way Left Turn Only/Center Lane Only Signs (R3-9a, R3-9b)(MUTCD Section 2B.24)|903.5.15]]|| 30 X 36|| 30 X 36|| -|| -
| R5-1
| [[#903.2.37|903.2.37]]
| 36 X 36
| 48 X 48
| -
| 48 X 48
|-
|-
!Center Lane Two-Way Left Turn Only (post-mounted)
! style="text-align:left;"|  Wrong Way
||R3-9b ||[[#903.5.15 Two-Way Left Turn Only/Center Lane Only Signs (R3-9a, R3-9b)(MUTCD Section 2B.24)|903.5.15]]|| 24 X 36|| 24 X 36|| 36 X 48|| -
| R5-1a
| [[#903.2.39|903.2.39]]
| 42 X 30
| -
| -
| 42 X 30
|-
|-
!DO NOT PASS
! style="text-align:left;"|  No Trucks
||R4-1||[[#903.5.16 DO NOT PASS Sign (R4-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.28)|903.5.16]]|| 36 X 48|| 36 X 48|| -|| -
| R5-2
| [[#903.2.36|903.2.36]]
| 36 X 36
| -
| -
|  
|-
|-
!PASS WITH CARE
! style="text-align:left;"|  Except Local Deliveries (plaque)
||R4-2||[[#903.5.17 PASS WITH CARE (R4-2) (MUTCD Section 2B.29)|903.5.17]]|| 36 X 48|| 36 X 48|| -|| -
| R5-2aP
| [[#903.2.36|903.2.36]]
| 36 X 18
| -
| -
|  
|-
|-
!SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT
! style="text-align:left;"|  Engine Brake Muffler Required
||R4-3||[[#903.5.18 SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT (R4-3) (MUTCD Section 2B.30)|903.5.18]]|| 36 X 48|| 36 X 48|| 48 X 60|| 48 X 60
| R5-23
| -
| 30 X 30
| -
| -
| 30 X 30
|-
|-
!Keep Right
! style="text-align:left;"|  No Fishing from Bridge
||R4-7||[[#903.5.19 KEEP RIGHT AND KEEP LEFT Signs (R4-7, R4-7a, R4-7b, R4-8, R4-8a, R4-8d) (MUTCD Section 2B.32)|903.5.19]]|| 24 X 30|| 24 X 30|| 36 X 48|| 48 X 60
| R5-25
| [[#903.2.36|903.2.36]]
| 18 X 24
| -
| -
| 18 X 24
|-
|-
!KEEP RIGHT (horizontal arrow)
! style="text-align:left;"|  No Dumping
||R4-7a||[[#903.5.19 KEEP RIGHT AND KEEP LEFT Signs (R4-7, R4-7a, R4-7b, R4-8, R4-8a, R4-8d) (MUTCD Section 2B.32)|903.5.19]]|| 36 X 48|| 48 X 60|| 48 X 60|| 48 X 60
| R5-28
| [[#903.2.66|903.2.66]]
| -
| -
| -
| 48 X 24
|-
|-
!KEEP RIGHT (45° arrow)
! style="text-align:left;"|  Authorized and Emergency Vehicles Only
||R4-7b||[[#903.5.19 KEEP RIGHT AND KEEP LEFT Signs (R4-7, R4-7a, R4-7b, R4-8, R4-8a, R4-8d) (MUTCD Section 2B.32)|903.5.19]]|| -|| -|| -|| 84 X 96
| R5-29
| [[#903.2.36|903.2.36]]
| -
| -
| -
| 24 X 30
|-
|-
!Keep Left
! style="text-align:left;"|  Do Not Stop on Tracks
||R4-8||[[#903.5.19 KEEP RIGHT AND KEEP LEFT Signs (R4-7, R4-7a, R4-7b, R4-8, R4-8a, R4-8d) (MUTCD Section 2B.32)|903.5.19]]|| 24 X 30|| 24 X 30|| 36 X 48|| 48 X 60
| R5-31
| [[#903.2.45|903.2.45]]
| 24 X 30
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!KEEP LEFT (horizontal arrow)
! style="text-align:left;"|  One Way
||R4-8a||[[#903.5.19 KEEP RIGHT AND KEEP LEFT Signs (R4-7, R4-7a, R4-7b, R4-8, R4-8a, R4-8d) (MUTCD Section 2B.32)|903.5.19]]|| 36 X 48|| 48 X 60|| 48 X 60|| 48 X 60
| R6-1
| [[#903.2.40|903.2.40]]
| 36 X 12
| 48 X 18
| -
| 48 X 18
|-
|-
!DO NOT DRIVE ON SHOULDER
! style="text-align:left;"|  One Way
||R4-17||[[#903.5.34 DO NOT DRIVE ON SHOULDER Sign (R4-17) (MUTCD Section 2B.36)|903.5.34]]|| 36 X 48|| 36 X 48|| -|| -
| R6-2
| [[#903.2.40|903.2.40]]
| 24 X 30
| 30 X 36
| -
| -
|-
|-
!DO NOT ENTER
! style="text-align:left;"|  Divided Highway (4-legged)
||R5-1||[[#903.5.20 DO NOT ENTER Sign (R5-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.37)|903.5.20]]|| 30 X 30|| 36 X 36|| - ||48 X 48
| R6-3
| [[#903.2.41|903.2.41]]
| 30 X 24
| -
| -
| 36 X 30
|-
|-
!WRONG WAY
! style="text-align:left;"|  Divided Highway (T-intersection)
||R5-1a||[[#903.5.21 WRONG WAY Sign (R5-1a) (MUTCD Section 2B.38)|903.5.21]]|| 36 X 24|| 42 X 30|| 42 X 30|| 42 X 30
| R6-3a
| [[#903.2.41|903.2.41]]
| 30 X 24
| -
| -
| 36 X 30
|-
|-
!PEDESTRIANS PROHIBITED
! style="text-align:left;"|  No Parking Signs
||R5-10c|| [[#903.5.22 Selective Exclusion Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.39)|903.5.22]] || 24 X 12|| 24 X 12|| - ||24 X 12
| R7 series
| [[#903.2.43|903.2.43]]
| 18 X 24
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!NO MOTOR VEHICLES
! style="text-align:left;"|  Reserved Parking
||R5-3||[[#903.5.22 Selective Exclusion Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.39)|903.5.22]]|| 24 X 24|| 24 X 24|| - ||24 X 24
| R7-8
| [[#903.2.43|903.2.43]]
| 18 X 24
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!NO VENDING
! style="text-align:left;"|  Van Accessible (plaque)
||R5-24||[[#903.5.22 Selective Exclusion Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.39)|903.5.22]]|| 24 X 24|| 24 X 24|| - ||24 X 24
| R7-8aP
| [[#903.2.43|903.2.43]]
| 18 X 9
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE
! style="text-align:left;"|  No Parking on Bridge
||R5-25||[[#903.5.22 Selective Exclusion Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.39)|903.5.22]]|| 18 X 24|| 18 X 24|| - ||18 X 24
| R7-35
| [[#903.2.43|903.2.43]]
| 18 X 24
| -
| -
| 18 X 24
|-
|-
!NO PARKING ON BRIDGE
! style="text-align:left;"|  No Parking Trucks and Trailers Over 6 Tons
||R7-35||[[#903.5.22 Selective Exclusion Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.39)|903.5.22]]|| 18 X 24|| 18 X 24|| - ||18 X 24
| R7-36
| [[#903.2.62|903.2.62]]
| 18 X 24
| 36 X 48
| -
| -
|-
|-
!DO NOT STOP ON TRACKS
! style="text-align:left;"|  Tow Away Zone (plaque)
||R5-31||[[#903.5.22 Selective Exclusion Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.39)|903.5.22]]|| 24 X 30 ||24 X 30|| -|| -
| R7-201P, R7-201ap
| [[#903.2.43|903.2.43]]
| 18 X 9
| -
|  
|  
|-
|-
!ONE WAY
! style="text-align:left;"|  This Side of Sign (plaque)
||R6-1||[[#903.5.23 ONE WAY Signs (R6-1, R6-2) (MUTCD Section 2B.40)|903.5.23]]|| 36 X 12|| 54 X 18|| - ||54 X 18
| R7-202P
| [[#903.2.43|903.2.43]]
| 18 X 9
| -
| -
|  
|-
|-
!ONE WAY
! style="text-align:left;"|  Emergency Stopping Only
||R6-2||[[#903.5.23 ONE WAY Signs (R6-1, R6-2) (MUTCD Section 2B.40)|903.5.23]]|| 24 X 30|| 30 X 36|| - ||48 X 60
| R8-7
| [[#903.2.45|903.2.45]]
| 48 X 36
| -
| -
| 48 X 36
|-
|-
!DIVIDED HIGHWAY (4-legged)
! style="text-align:left;"|  No Pedestrian Crossing (symbol)
||R6-3||[[#903.5.25 Divided Highway Crossing Signs (R6-3, R6-3a, R6-3b) (MUTCD Section 2B.42)|903.5.25]]||  30 X 24|| 30 X 24|| -|| 36 X 30
| R9-3
| [[#903.2.46|903.2.46]]
| 18 X 24
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!DIVIDED HIGHWAY (T-intersection)
! style="text-align:left;"|  No Pedestrian Crossing
||R6-3a||[[#903.5.25 Divided Highway Crossing Signs (R6-3, R6-3a, R6-3b) (MUTCD Section 2B.42)|903.5.25]]|| 30 X 24|| 30 X 24|| -|| 36 X 30
| R9-3a
| [[#903.2.46|903.2.46]]
| 18 X 24
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!No Parking Signs
! style="text-align:left;"|  Pedestrian Signal Series
||R7 series||[[#903.5.26 Parking, Standing and Stopping Signs (R7 and R8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.46)|903.5.26]]|| 18 x 24|| 18 x 24|| -|| -
| R10-3 & R10-4 series
| [[#903.2.47|903.2.47]]
| 9 X 15
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!Combination No Parking
! style="text-align:left;"|  Left on Green Arrow Only
||R7-200||[[#903.5.26 Parking, Standing and Stopping Signs (R7 and R8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.46)|903.5.26]]|| 36 X 24|| 36 X 24|| -|| -
| R10-5
| [[#903.2.48|903.2.48]]
| 24 X 30
| 30 X 36
| -
| 30 X 36
|-
|-
!TOW AWAY ZONE
! style="text-align:left;"|  Stop Here on Red
||R7-201aP||[[#903.5.26 Parking, Standing and Stopping Signs (R7 and R8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.46)|903.5.26]]|| 18 x 9|| 18 x 9|| -|| -
| R10-6
| [[#903.2.48|903.2.48]]
| 24 X 36
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!NO PARKING TRUCKS AND TRAILERS OVER 6 TONS
! style="text-align:left;"|  Do Not Block Intersection
||R7-36||[[#903.5.27 NO PARKING ALL TRAILERS AND TRUCKS OVER 6 TONS (R7-36)|903.5.27]]|| 18 X 24|| 18 X 24|| -|| -
| R10-7
| [[#903.2.48|903.2.48]]
| 24 X 30
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!RESERVED PARKING
! style="text-align:left;"|  Right Turn Signal
||R7-8||[[#903.5.28 RESERVED PARKING For Persons with Disabilities Sign (R7-8, R7-8P)|903.5.28]]|| 18 X 24|| 18 X 24|| -|| -
| R10-10R
| -
| 30 X 36
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!VAN ACCESSIBLE
! style="text-align:left;"|  No Turn on Red
||R7-8P||[[#903.5.28 RESERVED PARKING For Persons with Disabilities Sign (R7-8, R7-8P)|903.5.28]]|| 18 X 9|| 18 X 9|| -|| -
| R10-11
| [[#903.2.49|903.2.49]]
| 30 X 36
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!EMERGENCY STOPPING ONLY
! style="text-align:left;"|  Left Turn on Green (Ball)
||R8-7||[[#903.5.29 Emergency Restriction Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.49)|903.5.29]]|| 48 X 36|| 48 X 36 ||- ||48 X 36
| R10-12
| [[#903.2.48|903.2.48]]
| 24 X 30
| 30 X 36
| -
| 30 X 36
|-
|-
!RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
! style="text-align:left;"|  Left Turn Yield on Flashing Yellow Arrow
||R10-10R|| [[#903.5.30 Traffic Signal Signs (R10-3, R10-5 through R10-30) (MUTCD Section 2B.53)|903.5.30]] || 30 X 36|| 30 X 36|| -|| -
| R10-12a
| [[#903.2.48|903.2.48]]
| 24 X 30
| 30 X 36
| -
| 30 X 36
|-
|-
!No Turn on Red
! style="text-align:left;"|  Emergency Signal
||R10-11a||[[#903.5.30 Traffic Signal Signs (R10-3, R10-5 through R10-30) (MUTCD Section 2B.53)|903.5.30]]|| 30 X 36|| 30 X 36|| -|| -
| R10-13
| [[#903.2.48|903.2.48]]
| 36 X 24
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!EMERGENCY SIGNAL
! style="text-align:left;"|  Emergency Signal Stop on Flashing Red
||R10-13||[[#903.5.30 Traffic Signal Signs (R10-3, R10-5 through R10-30) (MUTCD Section 2B.53)|903.5.30]]|| 42 X 30|| 42 X 30|| 60 X 30|| -
| R10-14
| [[#903.2.48|903.2.48]]
| 36 X 42
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!Pedestrian Signal Series
! style="text-align:left;"|  Emergency Signal - Stop on Flashing Red (overhead)
||R10-3 & R10-4 series||[[#903.5.30 Traffic Signal Signs (R10-3, R10-5 through R10-30) (MUTCD Section 2B.53)|903.5.30]]|| 9 X 15|| 9 X 15|| -|| 9 X 12
| R10-14a
| [[#903.2.48|903.2.48]]
| 60 X 24
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!STOP HERE ON RED
! style="text-align:left;"|  Stop Here on Red
||R10-6||[[#903.5.30 Traffic Signal Signs (R10-3, R10-5 through R10-30) (MUTCD Section 2B.53)|903.5.30]]|| 24 X 36|| 24 X 36|| -|| -
| R10-14b
| [[#903.2.48|903.2.48]]
| 24 X 36
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!DO NOT BLOCK INTERSECTION
! style="text-align:left;"|  Turning Vehicles Yield to Pedestrians
||R10-7 ||[[#903.5.30 Traffic Signal Signs (R10-3, R10-5 through R10-30) (MUTCD Section 2B.53)|903.5.30]]|| 24 X 30|| 24 X 30|| -|| -
| R10-15
| [[#903.2.48|903.2.48]]
| 30 X 30
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!DO NOT BLOCK ENTRANCE
! style="text-align:left;"|  Traffic Signal Photo Enforced
||R10-7a||[[#903.5.30 Traffic Signal Signs (R10-3, R10-5 through R10-30) (MUTCD Section 2B.53)|903.5.30]]|| 24 X 30|| 24 X 30|| -|| -
| R10-18a
| [[#903.2.56|903.2.56]]
| 30 X 42
| 36 X 54
| -
| -
|-
|-
!TRAFFIC LAW PHOTO ENFORCED
! style="text-align:left;"|  Photo Enforced (symbol plaque)
||R10-18||[[#903.5.31 Photo Enforced Signs and Plaques (R10-18, R10-19aP) (MUTCD Section 2B.55)|903.5.31]]|| 36 X 24|| 36 X 24|| -|| -
| R10-19P
| [[#903.2.56|903.2.56]]
| 24 X 12
| 48 X 24
| -
| -
|-
|-
!PHOTO ENFORCED
! style="text-align:left;"|  Crosswalk - Stop on Red
||R10-19aP||[[#903.5.31 Photo Enforced Signs and Plaques (R10-18, R10-19aP) (MUTCD Section 2B.55)|903.5.31]]|| 24 X 18|| 24 X 18|| -|| -
| R10-23
| [[#903.2.48|903.2.48]]
| 24 X 30
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!KEEP OFF MEDIAN
! style="text-align:left;"|  Stop on Red - Yield on Flashing Red After Stop
||R11-1||[[#903.5.32 KEEP OFF MEDIAN Sign (R11-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.57)|903.5.32]]|| 36 X 48|| 48 X 60|| 48 X 60|| -
| R10-23a
| [[#903.2.48|903.2.48]]
| 24 X 30
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!ROAD CLOSED
! style="text-align:left;"|  Push Button for Warning Lights - Wait for Gap in Traffic
||R11-2|| [[#903.5.33 ROAD CLOSED Sign (R11-2) and LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY Signs (R11-3 Series, R11-4) (MUTCD Section 2B.58)|903.5.33]] || 48 X 30|| 48 X 30|| -|| -
| R10-25
| [[#903.2.47|903.2.47]]
| 9 X 12
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!ROAD CLOSED _ MILES AHEAD LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY
! style="text-align:left;"|  XX Vehicles per Green
||R11-3a||[[#903.5.33 ROAD CLOSED Sign (R11-2) and LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY Signs (R11-3 Series, R11-4) (MUTCD Section 2B.58)|903.5.33]]|| 60 X 30|| -|| -|| -
| R10-28
| [[#903.2.50|903.2.50]]
| 24 X 30
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!BRIDGE OUT _ MILES AHEAD LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY
! style="text-align:left;"|  XX Vehicles per Green Each Lane
||R11-3b||[[#903.5.33 ROAD CLOSED Sign (R11-2) and LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY Signs (R11-3 Series, R11-4) (MUTCD Section 2B.58)|903.5.33]]|| 60 X 30|| -|| -|| -
| R10-29
| [[#903.2.50|903.2.50]]
| 36 X 24
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!ROAD CLOSED TO THRU TRAFFIC
! style="text-align:left;"|  Right Turn on Red Must Yield to U-Turn
||R11-4||[[#903.5.33 ROAD CLOSED Sign (R11-2) and LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY Signs (R11-3 Series, R11-4) (MUTCD Section 2B.58)|903.5.33]]|| 60 X 30|| -|| -|| -
| R10-30
| [[#903.2.49|903.2.49]]
| 30 X 36
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!Weight Limit Signs
! style="text-align:left;"|  Right Turn Must Yield To U-Turn
||R12 series||[[#903.5.36 Weight Limit Signs (R12 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.59)|903.5.36]]|| Varies|| Varies|| Varies|| Varies
| R10-30a
| [[#903.2.49|903.2.49]]
| 36 X 24
| -
| -
| -
|-
|-
!Weigh Station Signs
! style="text-align:left;"|  Keep Off Median
||R13 series||[[#903.5.37 Weigh Station Signs (R13 series) (MUTCD Section 2B.60)|903.5.37]]|| -|| Varies|| -|| Varies
| R11-1
| [[#903.2.51|903.2.51]]
| 48 X 60
| 48 X 60
| -
| -
|-
|-
!AUTHORIZED AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES ONLY
! style="text-align:left;"|  Road Closed
||R5-29||[[#903.5.39 AUTHORIZED AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES ONLY (R5-29)|903.5.39]]|| -|| -|| -|| 24 X 30
| R11-2
| [[#903.2.52|903.2.52]]
| 48 X 30
|  
|  
| -
|-
|-
!BUCKLE UP IT'S THE LAW
! style="text-align:left;"|  Road Closed _ Miles Ahead Local Traffic Only
||R16-27||[[#903.5.40 Seatbelt Signs (R16-2, R16-3, R16-24, R16-27, R16-27a, R16-28)|903.5.40]]|| 36 X 48|| -|| -|| -
| R11-3
| [[#903.2.52|903.2.52]]
| 60 X 30
|  
|  
| -
|-
|-
!STATE LAW MOVE OVER OR SLOW DOWN FOR STOPPED EMERGENCY VEHICLES
! style="text-align:left;"|  Road Closed to Thru Traffic
||R16-25||[[#903.5.41 STATE LAW MOVE OVER OR SLOW DOWN FOR STOPPED EMERGENCY VEHICLE Sign (R16-25)|903.5.41]]|| -|| 120 X 60|| -|| 120 X 60
| R11-4
| [[#903.2.52|903.2.52]]
| 60 X 30
|  
|  
| -
|-
|-
!HEADLIGHTS ON WHEN WIPERS ARE REQUIRED
! style="text-align:left;"|  Weight Limit XX Tons
||R16-5a||[[#903.5.42 Headlight Use Sign (R16-5a) (MUTCD Section 2B.64)|903.5.42]]|| -|| 42 X 36|| -|| 42 X 36
| R12-1
| [[#903.2.53|903.2.53]]
| 36 X 48
|  
|  
| 36 X 48
|-
|-
!Noise Ordinance
! style="text-align:left;"|  Weigh Station Signs
||TR42-2||[[#903.5.44 Municipal Ordinance Number|903.5.44]]|| 24 X 30|| 24 X 30|| 30 X 36|| -
| R13 series
| [[#903.2.54|903.2.54]]
| Varies
|  
|  
| Varies
|-
|-
!Municipal Ordinance Number
! style="text-align:left;"|  Truck Route
||TR42-2P||[[#903.5.45 RESUME SPEED THANK YOU Sign (R2-16)|903.5.45]]|| 30 X 18|| 30 X 18|| -|| -
| R14-1
| [[#903.2.55|903.2.55]]
| 24 X 18
|  
|  
| -
|-
|-
!RESUME SPEED THANK YOU
! style="text-align:left;"|  State Law Move Over or Slow Down for Stopped Emergency Vehicles
||R2-16||[[#903.5.46 Regulatory Signs For Trash/Dumping (R5-26, R5-28)|903.5.46]]|| 36 X 48|| 36 X 48|| -|| 36 X 48
| R16-25
| [[#903.2.57|903.2.57]]
| 120 X 60
|  
|  
| 120 X 60
|-
|-
!No More Trash
! style="text-align:left;"| Primary Seat Belt City/County
||R5-26||[[#903.5.47 Regulations For Roadside Parks (R20-1)|903.5.47]]|| -|| -|| -|| 30 X 42
| R16-27B
| [[#903.2.59|903.2.59]]
| 30 X 36
|  
|  
| -
|-
|-
!NO DUMPING
! style="text-align:left;"|  State Law Buckle Up / Phone Down
||R5-28||[[#903.5.47 Regulations For Roadside Parks (R20-1)|903.5.47]]|| -|| -|| -|| 48 X 24
| R16-30
| [[#903.2.59|903.2.59]]
| 48 X 30
|  
|  
| -
|-
|-
!Rest Area Signs
! style="text-align:left;"|  State Law Buckle Up / Phone Down
||R20 series||[[#903.5.49 Passing Lane Signs (R4-28, R4-29)|903.5.49]]|| -|| -|| -|| Varies
| R16-30a
| [[#903.2.59|903.2.59]]
| -
|  
|  
| 72 X 48
|-
|-
!NEXT PASSING LANE _ MILES
! style="text-align:left;"|  Roadside Park Signs
||R4-28||[[#903.5.50 Access Management Signing (R21-1 through R21-5)|903.5.50]]|| 36 X 48|| -|| -|| -
| R20-1
| [[#903.2.66|903.2.66]]
| 30 X 30
|  
|  
| -
|-
|-
!END PASSING LANES
! style="text-align:left;"|  Rest Area Regulations
||R4-29||[[#903.5.50 Access Management Signing (R21-1 through R21-5)|903.5.50]]|| 36 X 36|| -|| -|| -
| R20-2
| [[#903.2.67|903.2.67]]
| 30 X 36
|  
|  
| -
|-
|-
!TRUCKS AND BUSES MUST MAINTAIN 300 FT.
! style="text-align:left;"|  Commuter Parking Regulations
||R4-30||[[#903.5.51 Trucks and Buses 300 Ft Interval Sign (R4-30)|903.5.51]]|| -|| -|| -|| 42 X 30
| R20-3
| [[#903.2.67|903.2.67]]
| 42 X 48
|  
|  
| -
|-
|-
!FINES DOUBLED ENDS
! style="text-align:left;"|  Rest Area Signs
||R2-20||[[#903.5.52 FINES DOUBLED ENDS Sign (R2-20)|903.5.52]]|| -|| 36 X 30|| -|| 36 X 30
| R20 Series
| [[#903.2.67|903.2.67]]
|  
|  
|  
| Varies
|}
|}


==903.5.4 STOP Sign (R1-1) and ALL WAY Plaque (R1-3P) (MUTCD Section 2B.05)==
=={{SpanID|903.2.4}}903.2.4  STOP Sign (R1-1) and ALL-WAY Plaque (R1-3P) (MUTCD Section 2B.04)==
 
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|-
|[[image:R1-1.gif|left|165px|thumb|<center>'''R1-1'''</center>]]||[[image:R1-4.gif|left|110px|thumb|<center>'''R1-3P'''</center>]]
|[[image:R1-1.gif|left|120px|thumb|<center>'''R1-1'''</center>]]||[[File:R1-3P.gif|left|110px|thumb|<center>'''R1-3P'''</center>]]
|}
|}


'''Standard.''' When it is determined that a full stop is always required on an approach to an intersection, a STOP (R1-1) sign shall be used.  The STOP sign shall be an octagon with a white legend and border on a red background. Secondary legends shall not be used on STOP sign faces.  
'''Standard. '''When it is determined that a full stop is always required on an approach to an intersection, a STOP (R1-1) sign shall be used.


At intersections where all approaches are controlled by STOP signs (see [[#903.5.4.3 Multiway Stop Applications (MUTCD Section 2B.07)|EPG 903.5.4.3]]), an ALL-WAY supplemental plaque (R1-3P) shall be mounted below each STOP sign.  The ALL WAY plaque (R1-3P) shall have a white legend and border on a red background.
Secondary legends shall not be used on STOP sign faces.


The ALL WAY plaque shall only be used if all intersection approaches are controlled by STOP signs.
The STOP sign shall not be displayed using a changeable message sign.
 
At intersections where all approaches are controlled by STOP signs (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.11|EPG 903.2.11]]), an ALL-WAY (R1-3P) supplemental plaque shall be mounted below each STOP sign. The ALL-WAY plaque shall have a white legend and border on a red background.


Supplemental plaques with legends such as 2-WAY, 3-WAY, 4-WAY, or other numbers of ways shall not be used with STOP signs.
Supplemental plaques with legends such as 2-WAY, 3-WAY, 4-WAY, or other numbers of ways shall not be used with STOP signs.


'''Guidance.''' CROSS TRAFFIC DOES NOT STOP (W4-4P) plaque should be used at intersections where STOP signs control part of the intersection.
'''Support. '''The use of the CROSS TRAFFIC DOES NOT STOP (W4-4P Series) and other plaques with variations of this legend is described in [[903.3 Warning Signs and Object Markers (MUTCD Chapter 2C) #903.3.65|EPG 903.3.65]].
 
'''Guidance. '''The TRAFFIC FROM LEFT (RIGHT) DOES NOT STOP (W4-4aP) plaque or ONCOMING TRAFFIC DOES NOT STOP (W4-4bP) plaque should be used at intersections where STOP signs control all but one approach to the intersection, unless the only non-stopped approach is from a one-way street.
 
'''Support. '''The design and application of Stop Beacons are described in [[902.18 Flashing Beacons (MUTCD Chapter 4S) #902.18.5|EPG 902.18.5]].
 
=={{SpanID|903.2.5}}903.2.5 YIELD Sign (R1-2) (MUTCD Section 2B.05)==
 
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|[[image:R1-2.gif|left|120px|thumb|<center>'''R1-2'''</center>]]
||[[File:R1-2aP.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R1-2aP'''</center>|95px]]
|}
 
'''Support. '''The YIELD sign requires road users to yield the right-of-way to other traffic on certain approaches to an intersection or on a two-way approach to a one-way section of roadway, such as a narrow bridge or underpass. Vehicles controlled by a YIELD sign need to slow down to a speed that is reasonable for the existing conditions or stop when necessary to avoid interfering with conflicting traffic.
 
'''Standard. '''The YIELD (R1-2) sign shall not be displayed using a changeable message sign.
 
=={{SpanID|903.2.6}}903.2.6  General Considerations (MUTCD Section 2B.06)==
 
'''Support. '''Unsignalized intersections represent the most common form of intersection right-of-way control. Selection of control type might be impacted by specific requirements of State law or local ordinances.
 
Roundabouts and traffic circles are circular intersection designs and are not traffic control devices. The decision to convert an intersection from a conventional intersection to a circular intersection is an engineering design decision and not a traffic control device decision. As such, criteria for conversion from a conventional intersection to a circular intersection are not included in [[:Category:903 Highway Signing (MUTCD Part 2)|EPG 903]].
 
'''Guidance. '''The type of traffic control used at an unsignalized intersection should be the least restrictive that provides appropriate levels of safety and efficiency for all road users.
 
'''Support. '''Some types of right-of-way control that can exist at an unsignalized intersection in order from the least restrictive to the most restrictive are the following:
 
::A. Yield control (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.9|EPG 903.2.9]]): YIELD signs are placed on all approaches (for a circular intersection), or in the median of a divided highway. The YIELD signs are placed on the minor road.
 
::B. Minor road stop control (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.10|EPG 903.2.10]]): STOP signs are typically placed on opposing approaches (for a four-leg intersection) or on a single approach (for a three-leg intersection). The STOP signs are normally placed on the minor road.  [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.7|EPG 903.2.7]] contains guidance on selecting the minor road.
 
::C. All-way stop control (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.11|EPG 903.2.11]]): STOP signs are placed on all approaches to the intersection.
 
'''Guidance. '''When selecting a form of intersection control, the following factors should be considered:
::A. Motor vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic volumes on all approaches'''; '''where the term units/day or units/hour is indicated, it should be the total of motor vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian volume;
::B. Driver yielding behavior with regard to all modes of conflicting traffic, including bicyclists and pedestrians;
::C. Number and angle of approaches;
::D. Approach speeds;
::E. Sight distance available on each approach;
::F. Reported crash experience; and
::G. The presence of a grade crossing near the intersection.
 
'''Standard. '''YIELD or STOP signs shall not be used for speed control.


'''Support.''' The design and application of Stop Beacons are described in [[:Category:902 Signals|EPG 902]].  
Access to the state highway system from city streets, county roads or other significant private road approaches shall be controlled by installation of MoDOT STOP signs. Significant private roads are those that service 3 or more private residences.


===903.5.4.1 STOP Sign Applications (MUTCD Section 2B.06)=== 
'''Option. '''Stop signs, based on engineering judgment and a traffic study justifying the need, may be installed for a private road approach servicing fewer than 3 private residences, or a commercial entrance.


'''Guidance.''' STOP signs should be used if engineering judgment indicates that one or more of the following conditions exist:
'''Standard. '''Because the potential for conflicting commands could create driver confusion, YIELD or STOP signs shall not be used in conjunction with any traffic control signal operation, except in the following cases:
::A. If the signal indication for an approach is a flashing red at all times;
::B. If a minor street or driveway is located within or adjacent to the area controlled by the traffic control signal, but does not require separate traffic signal control because an extremely low potential for conflict exists; or
::C. If a channelized turn lane is separated from the adjacent travel lanes by an island and the channelized turn lane is not controlled by a traffic control signal.


A. Intersection of a less important road with a main road where application of the normal right of way rule would not be expected to provide reasonable compliance with the law;
STOP signs and YIELD signs shall not be installed on different approaches to the same unsignalized intersection if those approaches conflict with or oppose each other, except as provided for in Items A and B in the first paragraph of [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.9|EPG 903.2.9]].


B. Street entering a through highway or street;
Portable or part-time STOP or YIELD signs shall not be used except for emergency and temporary traffic control zone purposes.  


C. Unsignalized intersection in a signalized area; and/or
A portable or part-time (folding) STOP sign that is manually placed into view and manually removed from view shall not be used during a power outage to control a signalized approach unless the maintaining agency establishes that the signal indication that will first be displayed to that approach upon restoration of power is a flashing red signal indication and that the portable STOP sign will be manually removed from view prior to resuming stop-and-go operation of the traffic control signal.


D. High speeds, restricted view, or crash records indicate a need for control by the STOP sign.
'''Option. '''When a STOP sign or YIELD sign is knocked down and it is not possible to repair the assembly immediately, a temporary sign of the same likeness (STOP sign for STOP and YIELD sign for YIELD) may be installed on a portable sign support at the location until the permanent assembly can be repaired. See [[:Category:948 Incident Response Plan and Emergency Response Management|EPG 948]] for additional information regarding Incident Response Planning.


'''Standard.''' Public and significant private road approaches to the state system shall have a STOP or YIELD (R1-2) sign installed.
'''Support. '''The use of STOP signs at grade crossings is described in [[913.2 Signs (MUTCD Chapter 8B) #913.2.4|EPG 913.2.4]] and [[913.2 Signs (MUTCD Chapter 8B) #913.2.5|EPG 913.2.5]].


Because the potential for conflicting commands could create driver confusion, STOP signs shall not be installed at intersections where traffic control signals are installed and operating except in the following cases:
[[914.2 Regulatory Signs (MUTCD Chapter 9B) #914.2.1|EPG 914.2.1]] contains provisions regarding the assignment of priority where a shared-use path crosses a roadway.


A. If the signal indication for an approach is a flashing red at all times;
=={{SpanID|903.2.7}}903.2.7  Determining the Minor Road for Unsignalized Intersections (MUTCD Section 2B.07)==


B. If a minor street or driveway is located within or adjacent to the area controlled by the traffic control signal, but does not require separate traffic signal control because an extremely low potential for conflict exists; or
'''Guidance. '''The selection of the minor road to be controlled by STOP signs should be based on one or more of the following criteria:
::A. A roadway intersecting a highway,
::B. A roadway with the lower functional classification,
::C. A roadway with the lower traffic volume,
::D. A roadway with the lower speed limit, and/or
::E. A roadway that intersects with a roadway that has a higher priority for one or more modes of travel.


C. If a channelized turn lane is separated from the adjacent travel lanes by an island and the channelized turn lane is not controlled by a traffic control signal.
When two roadways that have relatively equal volumes, speeds, and/or other characteristics intersect, the following factors should be considered in selecting the minor road for installation of STOP signs:
::A. Controlling the direction that conflicts the most with established pedestrian crossing activity or school walking routes;
::B. Controlling the direction that has obscured vision, dips, or bumps that already require drivers to use lower operating speeds;
::C. Controlling the direction that has the best sight distance from a controlled position to observe conflicting traffic; and
::D. Stopping the direction that has the longest distance of uninterrupted flow approaching the intersection.


Except as provided in [[#903.5.5.1 YIELD Sign Applications (MUTCD Section 2B.09)|EPG 903.5.5.1]], STOP signs and YIELD signs shall not be installed on different approaches to the same unsignalized intersection if those approaches conflict with or oppose each other.
=={{SpanID|903.2.8}}903.2.8  Right-of-Way Intersection Control Considerations (MUTCD Section 2B.08)==


Portable or part-time STOP signs shall not be used except for emergency and temporary traffic control zone purposes.
'''Guidance. '''Before converting to a more restrictive form of right-of-way control at an unsignalized intersection, the following alternative treatments to address safety, operational, or other concerns should be among those to be considered:
::A. Where stop controlled, installing Stop Ahead signs on the appropriate approaches to the intersection;
::B. Removing parking on one or more approaches;
::C. Removing sight distance obstructions;
::D. Installing signs along the major street to warn road users approaching the intersection;
::E. Relocating the stop line(s) and making other changes to improve the sight distance at the intersection;
::F. Installing measures designed to reduce speeds on the approaches;
::G. Installing an Intersection Control Beacon (see [[902.18 Flashing Beacons (MUTCD Chapter 4S) #902.18.2|EPG 902.18.2]]) or Stop Beacon (see [[902.18 Flashing Beacons (MUTCD Chapter 4S) #902.18.5|EPG 902.18.5]]) at the intersection to supplement STOP sign control;
::H. Installing a Warning Beacon (see [[902.18 Flashing Beacons (MUTCD Chapter 4S) #902.18.3|EPG 902.18.3)]] on warning signs in advance of a stop-controlled intersection on major-street and/or minor-street approaches;
::I. Adding one or more lanes on a minor-street approach to reduce the number of vehicles per lane on the approach;
::J. Revising the geometrics at the intersection to channelize vehicular movements and reduce the time required for a vehicle to complete a movement, which could also assist pedestrians;
::K. Revising the geometrics at the intersection to add pedestrian median refuge islands and/or curb extensions;
::L. Installing roadway lighting if a disproportionate number of crashes occur at night;
::M. Restricting one or more turning movements on a full-time or part-time basis if alternate routes are available;
::N. Installing on the major street a pedestrian-actuated device: Warning Beacon (see [[902.18 Flashing Beacons (MUTCD Chapter 4S) #902.18.3|EPG 902.18.3]]), rectangular rapid-flashing beacon (see [[902.12 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacons (MUTCD Chapter 4L) #902.12.1|EPG 902.12.1]]), or In-Roadway Warning Lights (see [[902.20 In-Roadway Warning Lights (MUTCD Chapter 4U) #902.20|EPG 902.20]]), if pedestrian safety is the major concern;
::O. If the warrant is satisfied, installing all-way stop control;
::P. Installing a pedestrian hybrid beacon (see [[902.10 Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons (MUTCD Chapter 4J) #902.10|EPG 902.10]]) on the major street to address pedestrian safety;
::Q. Installing a circular intersection; and
::R. Employing other alternatives, depending on conditions at the intersection.


A portable or part-time (folding) STOP sign that is manually placed into view and manually removed from view shall not be used during a power outage to control a signalized approach unless the maintaining agency establishes that the signal indication that will first be displayed to that approach upon restoration of power is a flashing red signal indication and that the portable STOP sign will be manually removed from view prior to stop-and-go operation of the traffic control signal.
=={{SpanID|903.2.9}}903.2.9 Yield Control (MUTCD Section 2B.10)==


'''Guidance.''' STOP signs should not be used for speed control.
'''Guidance. '''YIELD signs should be installed at an intersection when any of the following conditions apply:
::A. At the second intersection of a divided highway crossing or median break functioning as two separate intersections (see [[#fig903.2.41.2|Figure 903.2.41.2]]). In this case, a YIELD sign should be installed at the entrance to the second intersection.
::B. For a channelized turn lane that is separated from the adjacent travel lanes by an island, even if the adjacent lanes at the intersection are controlled by a highway traffic control signal or by a STOP sign.
::C. At an intersection where a special problem exists and where engineering judgment indicates the problem to be susceptible to correction by the use of the YIELD sign.
::D. On an approach to an intersection where the only permissible movement is a right-turn movement with an intersection geometry similar to a channelized right-turn lane or an approach to a roundabout.  


At intersections where a full stop is not necessary at all times, consideration should be given to using less restrictive measures such as YIELD signs (see [[903.5 Regulatory Signs#903.5.5 YIELD Sign (R1-2) (MUTCD Section 2B.08)|EPG 903.5.5]]).
'''Support. '''YIELD signs are generally not to be installed at entrance ramps on MoDOT freeways or expressways where an acceleration lane is provided. The intention is for drivers to accelerate to improve merging traffic operation. YIELD signs may cause drivers to decelerate, thus negatively impacting merging traffic operation. For cloverleaf interchanges, the loop entrance ramps can result in low speeds on ramps and short weave sections. Therefore, YIELD signs are installed at cloverleaf interchanges.  


Once the decision has been made to install two-way stop control, the decision regarding the appropriate street to stop should be based on engineering judgment.  In most cases, the street carrying the lowest volume of traffic should be stopped.
'''Standard. '''YIELD signs shall be used at a cloverleaf interchange where the in-loop traffic merges with the acceleration and deceleration traffic movement.  


A STOP sign is not to be installed on the major street unless justified by a traffic engineering study.
'''Option. '''YIELD signs may be installed facing the entering roadway for a merge-type movement if engineering judgment indicates that control is needed because acceleration geometry and/or sight distance is not adequate for merging traffic operation. The design criteria contained in Section 10.9.6.5 of the “AASHTO Green Book – A Policy on Geometric Design Of Highways and Streets,” 7th Edition, 2018, AASHTO should be used to evaluate acceleration lane geometry. (See [[903.15 Typical Signing Applications #fig903.16.23|Figure 903.15.23]]).


'''Support.''' The following are considerations that might influence the decision regarding the appropriate street upon which to install a STOP sign where two streets with relatively equal volumes and/or characteristics intersect:
'''Standard. '''A YIELD sign shall be used to require road users to yield the right-of-way to other traffic at the entrance to a roundabout. YIELD signs at roundabouts shall be used to control the approach roadways and shall not be used to control the circulatory roadway.


A. Stopping the direction that conflicts the most with established pedestrian crossing activity or school walking routes;
YIELD signs shall not be placed on all of the approaches to an intersection, except at roundabouts.


B. Stopping the direction that has obscured vision, dips or bumps that already require drivers to use lower operating speeds;
=={{SpanID|903.2.10}}903.2.10  Minor Road Stop Control (MUTCD Section 2B.11)==


C. Stopping the direction that has the longest distance of uninterrupted flow approaching the intersection; and
'''Standard.''' All city street and county road access to the state highway system shall be controlled by a stop sign except as described in [[#903.2.9|EPG 903.2.9]] and [[:Category:902 Signals|EPG 902]].


D. Stopping the direction that has the best sight distance to conflicting traffic.
=={{SpanID|903.2.11}}903.2.11  All-Way Stop Control (MUTCD Section 2B.12)==


The use of the STOP sign at grade crossings is described in [[903.20 Signing for Rail and Light Rail Transit Grade Crossings|EPG 903.20]].
'''Support. '''The provisions in the following sections describe warrants for the recommended engineering study to determine all-way stop control. Warrants are not a substitute for engineering judgment. The fact that a warrant for a particular traffic control device is met is not conclusive justification to install or not install all-way stop control. Because each intersection will have unique characteristics that affect its operational performance or safety, it is the engineering study for a given intersection that is ultimately the basis for a decision to install or not install all-way stop control.


'''Option.'''  Upon request of a resident of a minor private road approach, a STOP or YIELD sign may be installed.  STOP or YIELD signs may be installed at any private or commercial entrance based on engineering judgment or traffic studies.
All-way stop controls at intersections with substantially differing approach volumes can reduce the effectiveness of these devices for all roadway users.


===903.5.4.2 STOP Sign Placement (MUTCD Section 2B.10)===
'''Guidance. '''The decision to establish all-way stop control at an unsignalized intersection should be based on an engineering study. The engineering study for all-way stop control should include an analysis of factors related to the existing operation and safety at the intersection, the potential to improve these conditions, and the applicable factors contained in the following all-way stop control warrants:
::A. All-Way Stop Control Warrant A: Crash Experience (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.12|EPG 903.2.12]])
::B. All-Way Stop Control Warrant B: Sight Distance (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.13|EPG 903.2.13]])
::C. All-Way Stop Control Warrant C: Transition to Signal Control or Transition to Yield Control at a Circular Intersection (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.14|EPG 903.2.14]])
::D. All-Way Stop Control Warrant D: 8-Hour Volume (Vehicles, Pedestrians, Bicycles) (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.15|EPG 903.2.15]])
::E. All-Way Stop Control Warrant E: Other Factors (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.16|EPG 903.2.16]])


'''Standard.''' The STOP sign shall be installed on the near side of the intersection on the right-hand side of the approach to which it applies.  When the STOP sign is installed at this required location and the sign visibility is restricted, a Stop Ahead sign (see [[903.6 Warning Signs#903.6.28 Advance Traffic Control Signs (W3-1, W3-2, W3-3, W3-4) (MUTCD Section 2C.29)|EPG 903.6.28 Advance Traffic Control Signs]]) shall be installed in advance of the STOP sign.
'''Standard. '''The satisfaction of an all-way stop control warrant or warrants shall not in itself require the installation of all-way stop control at an unsignalized intersection.


The STOP sign shall be located as close as practical to the intersection it regulates, while optimizing its visibility to the road user it is intended to regulate.  
=={{SpanID|903.2.12}}903.2.12  All-Way Stop Control Warrant A: Crash Experience (MUTCD Section 2B.13)==


STOP signs and YIELD signs shall not be mounted on the same post.  
'''Option. '''All-way stop control may be installed at an intersection where an engineering study indicates that:
::A. For a four-leg intersection, there are five or more reported crashes in a 12-month period or six or more reported crashes in a 36-month period that were of a type susceptible to correction by the installation of all-way stop control.
::B. For a three-leg intersection, there are four or more reported crashes in a 12-month period or five or more reported crashes in a 36-month period that were of a type susceptible to correction by the installation of all-way stop control.


No items other than inventory stickers, sign installation dates, and bar codes shall be affixed to the fronts of the STOP signs, and the placement of these items shall be in the border of the sign.   
=={{SpanID|903.2.13}}903.2.13 All-Way Stop Control Warrant B: Sight Distance (MUTCD Section 2B.14)==


No items other than official traffic control signs, inventory stickers, sign installation dates, anti-vandalism stickers, and bar codes shall be mounted on the backs of STOP signs.
'''Option. '''All-way stop control may be installed at an intersection where an engineering study indicates that sight distance on the minor-road approaches controlled by a STOP sign is not adequate for a vehicle to turn onto or cross the major (uncontrolled) road.


No items other than retroreflective strips or official traffic control signs shall be mounted on the fronts or backs of STOP sign supports.
'''Support. '''At such a location, a road user, after stopping, cannot see conflicting traffic and is not able to negotiate the intersection unless conflicting cross traffic is also required to stop.  


'''Guidance.''' A sign that is mounted back-to-back with a STOP sign should stay within the edges of the STOP sign.  If necessary, the size of the STOP sign should be increased so that any other sign installed back to back with a STOP sign remains within the edges of the STOP sign.
=={{SpanID|903.2.14}}903.2.14  All-Way Stop Control Warrant C: Transition to Signal Control or Transition to Yield Control at a Circular Intersection (MUTCD Section 2B.15)==
'''Support.'''  [[903.2 Extent of Signing#903.2.26 Location Standardization (MUTCD Section 2A.16)|EPG 903.2.26 Location Standardization]] contains additional information about separate and combined mounting of other signs with STOP signs.


The ideal spacing for a STOP sign is approximately 14 ft. from the edge of pavement.  This allows for a 10 ft. shoulder and the signpost to be located approximately 4 ft. outside of the shoulder point.
'''Option. '''All-way stop control may be installed at locations where all-way stop control is an interim measure that can be installed to control traffic while arrangements are being made for the installation of a traffic control signal (see [[902.3 Traffic Control Signal Needs Studies (MUTCD Chapter 4C) #902.3|EPG 902.3]]) at the intersection or for the installation of yield control at a circular intersection.


'''Guidance.''' Stop lines, that are used to supplement a STOP sign, should be located as described in [[:category:620 Pavement Marking|EPG 620 Pavement Marking]].
=={{SpanID|903.2.15}}903.2.15 All-Way Stop Control Warrant D: 8-Hour Volume (Vehicles, Pedestrians, Bicycles) (MUTCD Section 2B.16)==


Where there is a marked crosswalk at the intersection, the STOP sign should be installed in advance of the crosswalk line nearest to the approaching traffic.
'''Option. '''All-way stop control may be installed at an intersection where an engineering study indicates:
::A. The combined motor vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian volume entering the intersection from the major-street approaches is at least 300 units per hour for each of any 8 hours of a typical day; and
::B. The combined motor vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian volume entering the intersection from the minor-street approaches is at least 200 units per hour for each of any of the same 8 hours.


If only one STOP sign is installed on an approach, the STOP sign should not be placed on the far side of the intersection.
If the 85th-percentile approach speed of the major-street traffic exceeds 40 mph, the minimum vehicular volume warrants may be reduced to 70 percent of the values given in Items A and B in the preceding paragraph.  


Where two roads intersect at an acute angle, the STOP sign should be positioned at an angle, or shielded, so that the legend is out of view of traffic to which it does not applyWhere there is a marked crosswalk at the intersection, the STOP sign should be installed in advance of the crosswalk line nearest to the approaching traffic.
=={{SpanID|903.2.16}}903.2.16 All-Way Stop Control Warrant E: Other Factors (MUTCD Section 2B.17)==


'''Option.''' At wide-throat intersections or where two or more approach lanes of traffic exist on the signed approach, observance of the stop control may be improved by the installation of an additional STOP sign on the left-hand side of the road and/or the use of a stop line. At channelized intersections or at divided roadways separated by a median, the additional STOP sign may be placed on a channelizing island or in the median. An additional STOP sign may also be placed overhead facing the approach at the intersection to improve observance of the right of way control.
'''Option. '''All-way stop control may be installed at an intersection where an engineering study indicates that all-way stop control is needed due to other factors not addressed in the other all-way stop control warrants. Such other factors may include, but are not limited to, the following:
::A. The need to control left-turn conflicts,
'''Support.'''  [[903.2 Extent of Signing#Fig. 903.2.26.2 Examples|Fig. 903.2.26.2]] shows examples of some typical placements of STOP signs.
::B. An intersection of two residential neighborhood collector (through) streets of similar design and operating characteristics where all-way stop control would improve traffic operational characteristics of the intersection, or
::C. Where pedestrian and/or bicyclist movements support the installation of all-way stop control.  


'''Standard.''' More than one STOP sign shall not be placed on the same support facing the same direction.
=={{SpanID|903.2.17}}903.2.17 STOP Sign or YIELD Sign Placement (MUTCD Section 2B.18)==


===903.5.4.3 Multiway Stop Applications (MUTCD Section 2B.07)===
'''Standard. '''The STOP or YIELD sign shall be installed on the near side of the intersection on the right-hand side of the approach to which it applies. When the STOP or YIELD sign is installed at this required location and the sign visibility is restricted, a Stop Ahead sign (see  [[903.3 Warning Signs and Object Markers (MUTCD Chapter 2C) #903.3.29|EPG 903.2.29]]) shall be installed in advance of the STOP sign or a Yield Ahead sign (see  [[903.3 Warning Signs and Object Markers (MUTCD Chapter 2C) #903.3.29|EPG 903.2.29]]) shall be installed in advance of the YIELD sign.


'''Support.'''  Multiway stop control can be useful as a safety measure at intersections if certain traffic conditions exist.  Safety concerns associated with multiway stops include pedestrians, bicyclists, and all road users expecting other road users to stop.  Multiway stop control is used where the volume of traffic on the intersecting roads is approximately equal.
The STOP or YIELD sign shall be located as close as practicable to the intersection it regulates, while optimizing its visibility to the road user it is intended to regulate.


The restrictions on the use of STOP signs described in EPG 903.5.4.1 also apply to multiway stop applications.
STOP signs and YIELD signs shall not be mounted on the same post.


'''Guidance.''' The decision to install multiway stop control should be based on an engineering study.  The following criteria should be considered in the engineering study for a multiway STOP sign installation:
'''Support. ''' [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.5|EPG 903.1.5]] contains information about mounting signs back-to-back with a STOP or YIELD sign.


A. Where traffic control signals are justified, the multiway stop is an interim measure that can be installed quickly to control traffic while arrangements are being made for the installation of the traffic control signal.
'''Guidance. '''STOP or YIELD signs should not be placed farther than 50 feet from the edge of the pavement of the intersected roadway (see Drawing F in [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #fig903-1-13-1|Figure 903.1.13]]).


B. Five or more reported crashes in a 12-month period that are susceptible to correction by a multiway stop installation.  Such crashes include right- and left-turn collisions as well as right-angle collisions.
Supplemental plaques used in conjunction with a STOP or YIELD sign should be limited to those specified for such use in the EPG.


C. Minimum volumes:
'''Standard. '''Where drivers proceeding straight ahead must yield to traffic approaching from the opposite direction, such as at a one-lane bridge, a TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC (R1-2aP) plaque shall be mounted below the YIELD sign. See [[#fig903.2.53.2|Figure 903.2.53.2]] and [[#fig903.2.53.3|Figure 903.2.53.3]] in [[#903.2.53|EPG 903.2.53]].


: 1. The vehicular volume entering the intersection from the major street approaches (total of both approaches) averages at least 300 vehicles per hour for any 8 hours of an average day, and
'''Support. '''[[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.13|Figure 903.1.13]] shows examples of some typical placements of STOP signs and YIELD signs.


: 2. The combined vehicular, pedestrian, and bicycle volume entering the intersection from the minor street approaches (total of both approaches) averages at least 200 units per hour for the same 8 hours, with an average delay to minor-street vehicular traffic of at least 30 seconds per vehicle during the highest hour, but
[[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.13|EPG 903.1.13]] contains additional information about separate and combined mounting of other signs with STOP or YIELD signs.


: 3. If the 85th-percentile approach speed of the major-street traffic exceeds 40 mph, the minimum vehicular volume warrants are 70 percent of the values in Items 1 and 2, above.  
'''Guidance. '''Stop lines that are used to supplement a STOP sign should be located as described in [[620.2 Pavement and Curb Markings (MUTCD Chapter 3B) #620.2.18|EPG 620.2.18]]. Yield lines that are used to supplement a YIELD sign should be located as described in [[620.2 Pavement and Curb Markings (MUTCD Chapter 3B) #620.2.18|EPG 620.2.18]].


D. Where no single criterion is satisfied, but where Criteria B, C.1, and C.2 are all satisfied to 80 percent of the minimum values.  Criterion C.3 is excluded from this condition.
Where there is a marked crosswalk at the intersection, the STOP sign should be installed in advance of the edge of the crosswalk that is nearest to the approaching traffic.


'''Option.'''  Other criteria that may be considered in an engineering study include:
Except at roundabouts and channelized right-turn lanes, where there is a marked crosswalk at the intersection, the YIELD sign should be installed in advance of the edge of the crosswalk that is nearest to the approaching traffic.


A. The need to control left-turn conflicts;
Where two roads intersect at an acute angle, the STOP or YIELD sign should be positioned at an angle, or shielded, so that the legend is out of view of traffic to which it does not apply.


B. The need to control vehicle/pedestrian conflicts near locations that generate high pedestrian volumes;
At a roundabout intersection, to prevent circulating vehicles from yielding unnecessarily, the face of the YIELD sign is not to be visible from the circulatory roadway.


C. Locations where a road user, after stopping, cannot see conflicting traffic and is not able to negotiate the intersection unless conflicting cross traffic is also required to stop; and
If a raised splitter island is available on the left-hand side of a multi-lane roundabout approach, an additional YIELD sign should be placed on the left-hand side of the approach.


D. An intersection of two residential neighborhood collector (through) streets of similar design and operating characteristics where multiway stop control would improve traffic operational characteristics of the intersection.
'''Option. '''If a raised splitter island is available on the left-hand side of a single-lane roundabout approach, an additional YIELD sign may be placed on the left-hand side of the approach.


==903.5.5 YIELD Sign (R1-2, R1-2a) (MUTCD Section 2B.08)==
At wide-throat intersections or where two or more approach lanes of traffic exist on the signed approach, an additional STOP or YIELD sign may be installed on the left-hand side of the road and/or a stop or yield line may be used to improve observance of the right-of-way control. At channelized intersections or at divided roadways separated by a median or divisional island (painted or physical), the additional STOP or YIELD sign may be placed on a channelizing island, or in the median or on the divisional island.
 
'''Standard. '''More than one STOP sign or more than one YIELD sign shall not be placed on the same support facing in the same direction.
 
=={{SpanID|903.2.18}}903.2.18  Yield Here To Pedestrians Signs (R1-5 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.19)==


{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|-
|[[image:R1-2.gif|left|175px|thumb|<center>'''R1-2'''</center>]]
||[[image:R1-5.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R1-5'''</center>|130px]]||
||[[image:R1-2a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R1-2a'''</center>|95px]]
[[image:R1-5d.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R1-5d'''</center>|120px]]
|}
|}


'''Standard.''' The YIELD (R1-2) sign shall be a downward-pointing equilateral triangle with a wide red border and the legend YIELD in red on a white background.
'''Support. '''The R1-5 series signs are intended to mitigate the scenario that can place pedestrians at risk by blocking other drivers’ view of pedestrians and by blocking the pedestrians' view of the vehicles approaching in the adjacent lanes.
 
'''Standard. '''Yield Here to Pedestrians (R1-5, R1-5a, R1-5c, and R1-5d) signs shall be used if yield lines are used in advance of a marked crosswalk only where it crosses an uncontrolled multi-lane approach. The legend STATE LAW shall not be displayed on the R1-5 series signs.  


'''Support.''' The YEILD sign assigns right-of-way to traffic on certain approaches to an intersection.  Vehicles controlled by a YIELD sign need to slow down to a speed that is reasonable for the existing conditions or stop when necessary to avoid interfering with conflicting traffic.
'''Guidance. '''If yield lines and Yield Here to Pedestrians signs are used in advance of a crosswalk that crosses an uncontrolled multi-lane approach, the signs should be placed 20 to 50 feet in advance of the nearest edge of the crosswalk (see  [[620.2 Pavement and Curb Markings (MUTCD Chapter 3B) #620.2.18|EPG 620.2.18]] and [[#fig620.2.18|Figure 620.2.18]]).


'''Standard.''' The TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC (R1-2a) plaque shall be used to supplement the YIELD sign before one-lane bridges.  Refer to Figs. 903.5.36.3 and 903.5.36.4 in [[903.5 Regulatory Signs#903.5.36 WEIGHT LIMIT Sign (R12-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.49)|EPG 903.5.36.1 Weight/Speed Restriction Signing]].  
'''Standard. '''When used with a School Crossing assembly within school zones (see [[:Category:908 Traffic Controls for School Areas (MUTCD Part 7)|EPG 908]]), the R1-5a sign shall be used in place of the R1-5 sign in accordance with the second paragraph of this article.


===903.5.5.1 YIELD Sign Applications (MUTCD Section 2B.09)===
When used with a Trail Crossing assembly (see  [[903.3 Warning Signs and Object Markers (MUTCD Chapter 2C) #903.3.44|EPG 903.3.44]]), the R1-5d sign shall be used in place of the R1-5 sign in accordance with the second paragraph of this article.


'''Option.''' YIELD signs may be installed:
'''Guidance. '''When Yield Here to Pedestrians signs are provided in advance of a crosswalk across an multi-lane approach, parking should be prohibited in the area between the yield line and the crosswalk.
A. On the approaches to a through street or highway where conditions are such that a full stop is not always required.
[[image:903.5.5.1 roundabout.jpg|right|250px|thumb|<center>'''[[233.3 Roundabouts|Roundabout]]'''</center>]]
B. For a channelized turn lane that is separated from the adjacent travel lanes by an island, even if the adjacent lanes at the intersection are controlled by a highway traffic control signal or by a STOP sign.


C. At the second crossroad of a divided highway, where the median width at the intersection is 30 ft. or greater.  In this case, a STOP or YIELD sign may be installed at the entrance to the first roadway of a divided highway and a YIELD sign may be installed at the entrance to the second roadway.
Yield lines and Yield Here to Pedestrians signs should not be used in advance of crosswalks that cross an approach to or departure from a roundabout.  


D. An intersection where a special problem exists and where engineering judgment indicates the problem to be susceptible to correction by the use of the YIELD sign.
'''Option. '''A Pedestrian Crossing (W11-2) warning sign may be placed overhead or may be post-mounted with a diagonal downward-pointing arrow (W16-7P) plaque at the crosswalk location where Yield Here to Pedestrians signs have been installed in advance of the crosswalk.


E. Facing the entering roadway for a merge-type movement if engineering judgment indicates that control is needed because acceleration geometry and/or sight distance is not adequate for merging traffic operation.
'''Standard. '''If a W11-2 sign is post-mounted at the crosswalk location where a Yield Here to Pedestrians sign is used on the approach, the Yield Here to Pedestrians sign shall not be placed on the same post as the W11-2 sign.  


'''Standard.''' A YIELD (R1-2) sign shall be used to assign right of way at the entrance to a roundabout. YIELD signs at roundabouts shall be used to control the approach roadways and shall not be used to control the circulatory roadway.  Other than for all of the approaches to a roundabout, YIELD signs shall not be placed on all of the approaches to an intersection.
'''Option. '''An advance Pedestrian Crossing (W11-2) warning sign with an AHEAD or a distance supplemental plaque may be used in conjunction with a Yield Here to Pedestrians sign on the approach to the same crosswalk.


===903.5.5.2  YIELD Sign Placement (MUTCD Section 2B.10)===
In-Street Pedestrian Crossing signs and Yield Here to Pedestrians signs may be used together at the same crosswalk.


'''Standard.'''  The YIELD sign shall be installed on the near side of the intersection on the right-hand side of the approach to which it applies. When the YIELD sign is installed at this required location and the sign visibility is restricted, a YIELD AHEAD sign (see [[903.6 Warning Signs#903.6.28 Advance Traffic Control Signs (W3-1, W3-2, W3-3, W3-4) (MUTCD Section 2C.29)|EPG 903.6.28]]) shall be installed in advance of the YIELD sign.
=={{SpanID|903.2.19}}903.2.19  In-Street Pedestrian and Trail Crossing Signs (R1-6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.20)==


The YIELD sign shall be located as close as practical to the intersection it regulates, while optimizing its visibility to the road user it is intended to regulate.
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
||[[File:R1-6.png|left|thumb|<center>'''R1-6'''</center>|130px]]||
[[File:R1-6d.png|left|thumb|<center>'''R1-6d'''</center>|130px]]
|-
| colspan="2" style="padding: 4px 8px;border: 1px solid #c8ccd1;background-color: #f8f9fa;;"|'''Note: '''The legend STATE LAW is optional
|}


YIELD signs shall not be mounted on the same post.
'''Option. '''The In-Street Pedestrian Crossing (R1-6) sign, In-Street Trail Crossing (R1-6d) sign, may be used to remind road users of laws regarding right-of-way at an unsignalized crosswalk. The legend STATE LAW may be displayed at the top of the R1-6 series signs if applicable. On the R1-6 series signs, the legend YIELD may be used instead of the appropriate YIELD sign symbol.


No items other than inventory stickers, sign installation dates and bar codes shall be affixed to the fronts of YIELD signs, and the placement of these items shall be in the border of the sign.  No items other than official traffic control signs, inventory stickers, sign installation dates, anti-vandalism stickers and bar codes shall be mounted on the backs of YIELD signs.  No items other than retroreflective strips or official traffic control signs shall be mounted on the fronts or backs of YIELD sign supports.
MoDOT may develop and apply criteria for determining the applicability of In-Street Pedestrian Crossing signs.


YIELD signs shall not be used on Freeways and Expressways where there is sufficient length of an acceleration lane to allow the motorist to properly merge with the traffic.  This length, measured from the outside ramp curve point at the beginning of the acceleration lane to the end of the taper, shall be 600 ft. or more.  When used in this case, a 60-in. YIELD (R1-2) sign shall be used.
'''Standard. '''If used, In-Street Pedestrian or Trail Crossing signs shall only be placed in the roadway at the crosswalk location on a raised island.


YIELD signs shall be used at a cloverleaf interchange where the in-loop traffic merges with the acceleration and deceleration traffic movement.  In these cases, a 60-in. YIELD (R1-2) sign shall be utilized.
The In-Street Pedestrian or Trail Crossing sign shall not be post-mounted on the left-hand or right-hand side of the roadway.  


'''Guidance.''' A sign that is mounted back-to-back with a YIELD sign should stay within the edges of the YIELD sign, see EPG 903.5.30 for proper sign sizes.
'''Support. ''' [[620.8 Channelizing Devices used for Emphasis of Pavement Marking Patterns (MUTCD Chapter 3I) #620.8.2|EPG 620.8.2]] contains information about the use of tubular markers to provide additional emphasis for a pedestrian crossing. '''


'''Support.''' Location Standardization, EPG 903.1.21, contains additional information about separate and combined mounting of other signs with YIELD signs.
'''Standard. '''When used at an uncontrolled crossing, the In-Street Pedestrian Crossing sign shall be used only as a supplement to a Pedestrian Crossing (W11-2) warning sign with a diagonal downward-pointing arrow (W16-7P) plaque at the crosswalk location.  


'''Guidance.'''  Yield lines, when used to supplement a YIELD sign, should be located at a point where the road user should yield (see [[:category:620 Pavement Marking|EPG 620 Pavement Marking]]).
When used at an uncontrolled crossing, the In-Street Trail Crossing sign shall be used only as a supplement to a Trail Crossing (W11-15) warning sign with a diagonal downward-pointing arrow (W16-7P) plaque at the crosswalk location.


Where two roads intersect at an acute angle, the YIELD sign should be positioned at an angle, or shielded, so that the legend is out of view of traffic to which it does not apply.
An In-Street or Trail Crossing sign shall not be placed in advance of the crosswalk to educate road users about the State law prior to reaching the crosswalk, nor shall it be installed as an educational display that is not near any crosswalk.


Except at roundabout intersections, where there is a marked crosswalk at the intersection, the YIELD sign should be installed in advance of the crosswalk line nearest to the approaching traffic.
'''Option. '''In-Street Pedestrian or Trail Crossing signs may be mounted back-to-back on a raised island in the median of an undivided roadway.  


At a roundabout intersection, to prevent circulating vehicles from yielding unnecessarily, the face of the YIELD sign is not to be visible from the circulatory roadway.
'''Standard. '''The In-Street Pedestrian or Trail Crossing sign shall not be used at crosswalks on approaches controlled by a traffic control signal, pedestrian hybrid beacon, or an emergency-vehicle hybrid beacon.
 
'''Option. '''The In-Street Pedestrian or Trail Crossing sign may be used at intersections or midblock pedestrian crossings with flashing beacons.  


YIELD signs should be used where an island, either painted or physical, creates free movements.   
'''Support. '''The provisions of [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.15|EPG 903.1.15]] concerning mounting height are not applicable for the In-Street Pedestrian Crossing sign[[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.18|EPG 903.1.18]] contains information about sign mounting methods.


'''Option.''' YIELD signs may also be used without an island, such as an acceleration ramp.
'''Standard. '''The top of an In-Street Pedestrian or Trail Crossing sign placed in an island shall be a maximum of 4 feet above the island surface.


At wide-throat intersections or where two or more approach lanes of traffic exist on the signed approach, observance of the yield control may be improved by the installation of an additional YIELD sign on the left side of the road and/or the use of a yield line.  At channelized intersections, the additional YIELD sign may be effectively placed on a channelizing island.
'''Option. '''The In-Street Pedestrian Crossing or Trail Crossing signs may be used seasonally to prevent damage in winter because of plowing operations, and may be removed at night if the pedestrian activity at night is minimal.


==903.5.6 YIELD HERE TO PEDESTRIANS Signs (R1-5, R1-5a) (MUTCD Section 2B.11)==
=={{SpanID|903.2.20}}903.2.20  Speed Limit Sign (R2-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.21)==


{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|-
||[[image:R1-5.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R1-5'''</center>|150px]]||
|[[image:R2-1.png|left|thumb|150px|<center>'''R2-1'''</center>]]
[[image:R1-5a.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R1-5a'''</center>|130px]]
|}
|}


'''Standard.''' Yield Here To Pedestrians (R1-5, R1-5a) signs shall be used if yield lines are used in advance of a marked crosswalk that crosses an uncontrolled multi-lane approach.
'''Support. '''In general, the maximum speed limits applicable to roads are established:
::A. Statutorily – a maximum speed limit applicable to a particular class of road, such as freeways or city streets, that is established by State law; or
::B. As speed zones – based on engineering studies.
 
State statutory limits restrict the maximum speed limit that can be established on a particular road, notwithstanding what an engineering study might indicate. Maximum speed limits in Missouri are governed by the Missouri Revised Statutes, Section 304.010.
 
MoDOT can establish non-statutory speed limits or designate reduced speed zones using an engineering study. Setting appropriate speed limits is especially important to ensure safety for all road users in varying types of contexts, particularly on roadways where adjacent land use suggests that trips could be served by varied modes. These situations include urban and suburban non-freeway arterials or rural arterials that serve as main streets in smaller communities, consistent with the context classifications of urban core, urban, suburban, and rural towns found in “A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets,” 2018 Edition, AASHTO. When setting a speed limit, a range of factors such as land-use context, pedestrian and bicyclist activity, crash history, intersection spacing, driveway density, roadway geometry, roadside conditions, roadway functional classification, traffic volume, and observed speeds can influence the speed limit determined in the engineering study. The engineering study will determine which of the recommended factors will prevail in setting the speed limit.
 
MoDOT can use speed limit setting tools and methods such as expert systems and those consistent with the safe system approach as part of the required engineering study for a non-statutory speed limit. As speed limit setting tools vary, practitioners needs to be aware of their limitations and advantages, possible variation between the tools and the need to explore gaps or weaknesses of tools, and weigh the output accordingly in consideration of setting speed limits.
 
To achieve desired operating speeds, agencies often implement other speed management strategies concurrently with setting speed limits, such as traffic calming measures, geometric design features, and increased enforcement. See  [[905.2 Traffic Studies #905.2.14|EPG 905.2.14]] for more information regarding speed limit guidelines.


'''Guidance.''' If Yield lines and Yield Here To Pedestrians (R1-5 or R1-5a) signs are used in advance of a crosswalk that crosses an uncontrolled multi-lane approach, they should be placed 20 to 50 ft. in advance of the nearest crosswalk line (see [[:category:620 Pavement Marking|EPG 620 Pavement Marking]]) and parking should be prohibited in the area between the yield line and the crosswalk.  
'''Standard. '''Speed zones (other than statutory speed limits) shall only be established on the basis of an engineering study that has been performed in accordance with traffic engineering practices. The engineering study shall consider the roadway context.  


'''Standard.''' If a W11-2 sign has been post-mounted at the crosswalk location where a Yield Here to Pedestrians sign is used on the approach, the Yield Here to Pedestrians sign shall not be placed on the same post as or block the road user’s view of the W11-2 sign.
'''Guidance. '''Among the factors that should be considered when conducting an engineering study for establishing or reevaluating speed limits within speed zones are the following:
::A. Roadway environment (such as roadside development, number and frequency of driveways and access points, and land use), functional classification, public transit volume and location or frequency of stops, parking practices, and pedestrian and bicycle facilities and activity;
::B. Roadway characteristics (such as lane widths, shoulder condition, grade, alignment, median type, and sight distance);
::C. Geographic context (such as an urban district, rural town center, non-urbanized rural area, or suburban area), and multi-modal trip generation;
::D. Reported crash experience for at least a 12-month period;
::E. Speed distribution of free-flowing vehicles including the pace, median (50th-percentile), and 85th-percentile speeds; and
::F. A review of past speed studies to identify any trends in operating speeds.


'''Support.''' The Yield Here To Pedestrians (R1-5, R1-5a) sign can be positioned for right-hand and left-hand indications.
When the 85th-percentile speed is appreciably greater than the posted speed limit, and the roadway context does not support setting a higher speed limit, the engineering study should consider whether changes to geometric features, enforcement, and/or other speed-reduction countermeasures might improve compliance with the posted speed limit. A similar approach should be used if the results of past speed studies indicate that the 85th-percentile speed has consistently increased.


==903.5.7 SPEED LIMIT Sign (R2-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.13)==
On urban and suburban arterials, and on rural arterials that serve as main streets through developed areas of communities, the 85th-percentile speed should not be used to set speed limits without consideration of all factors described in the first Guidance paragraph of this article.  


[[image:R2-1.jpg|center|150px|thumb|<center>'''R2-1'''</center>]]
On a freeway, expressway, or rural highway (outside urbanized locations or conditions), the speed limit that is posted within a speed zone should be within 5 mph of the 85th-percentile speed of free-flowing motor-vehicle traffic under the following conditions:
::A. All factors described in the first Guidance paragraph of this article have been considered and determined to be non-mitigating, and
::B. The measures described in the second Guidance paragraph of this article have been considered to the extent practicable.  


See  [[905.2 Traffic Studies #905.2.14|EPG 905.2.14]] for additional information regarding setting speed limits


'''Standard.'''  Speed limits shall be as established by or in accordance to [http://www.moga.mo.gov/statutes/C300-399/3040000010.HTM Missouri Statute 304.010].  
MoDOT should conduct engineering studies to reevaluate non-statutory speed limits on segments of their roadways that have undergone significant changes since the last review (such as changes to roadway context, the addition or elimination of parking or driveways, changes in the number of travel lanes, changes in the configuration of bicycle lanes, changes to road geometrics, changes in traffic control signal coordination, or significant changes in traffic volumes).


After an engineering study has been made according to established traffic engineering practices, the SPEED LIMIT (R2-1) sign shall display the limit established by law, ordinance, regulation, or as adopted by the authorized agency.  The speed limits shown shall be in multiples of 5 mph.  
Speed studies for signalized intersection approaches should be taken outside the influence area of the traffic control signal, which is generally considered to be approximately ½ mile, to avoid obtaining skewed results for the speed distribution. If the signal spacing is less than 1 mile, the speed study should be at approximately the middle of the segment.


'''Guidance.''' At least once every 5 years, state and local agencies should reevaluate non-statutory speed limits on segments of their roadways that have undergone a significant change in roadway characteristics or surrounding land use since the last review.
'''Standard. '''The Speed Limit (R2-1) sign shall display the limit established by law, ordinance, regulation, or as adopted by the authorized agency based on an engineering study. The speed limits displayed shall be in multiples of 5 mph.


No more than three speed limits should be displayed on any one Speed Limit sign or assembly.  When a speed limit should be posted, it should be within 5 mph of the 85th-percentile speed of free-flowing traffic. Speed studies for signalized intersection approaches should be taken outside the influence area of the traffic control signal, which is generally considered to be approximately ½ mile, to avoid obtaining skewed results for the 85<sup>th</sup>-percentile speed.
Speed Limit (R2-1) signs, indicating speed limits for which posting is required by law, shall be located at the points of change from one speed limit to another.


A Reduced Speed Limit Ahead (W3-5 or W3-5a) sign should be used to inform road users of a reduced speed zone where the speed limit is being reduced by more than 10 mph, or where engineering judgment indicates the need for advance notice to comply with the posted speed limit ahead.
At the downstream end of the section to which a particular speed limit applies, a Speed Limit sign showing the next speed limit shall be installed.  


'''Option.'''  Other factors that may be considered when establishing speed limits (see [[949.2 Speed Limit Guidelines|EPG 949.2]]) are the following:
Speed Limit signs indicating the statutory speed limits shall be installed at entrances to Missouri and at city limits, where appropriate.


A. Road characteristics, shoulder condition, grade, alignment, and sight distance;
'''Guidance'''. Additional Speed Limit signs should be installed beyond interchanges and major intersections and at other locations where it is necessary to remind road users of the speed limit that is applicable.


B. The pace speed;
Speed Limit signs should not be located at curves or other locations where the legal speed limit is greater than the safe operating speed. If Speed Limit signs are installed on the same sign supports and above a City Limit sign, the sign supports should be sized to properly support both signs.


C. Roadside development and environment;
The following are recommended locations for posting a Speed Limit sign:
::A. Downstream from all acceleration ramps on the freeway/expressway system, posted after the route confirmation marker, if space allows;
::B. Downstream from major intersections such as state system junctions, signalized intersections, and major county road junctions;
::C. Where it is necessary to remind road users of the speed limit that is applicable;
::D. In each direction of travel for road users leaving the Interstate system onto a state route. The sign should be located, if practical, approximately 400 ft. beyond the route confirmation assembly. If the crossroad is not located on the state system, the proper jurisdiction should be notified; or
::E. When the speed limit is reduced on the freeway/expressway, an additional sign should be posted in the median.


D. Parking practices and pedestrian activity; and
'''Support. '''The “Traffic Control Devices Handbook – 2nd Edition, 2013, ITE.” contains suggested criteria on the spacing of speed limit signs.


E. Reported crash experience for at least a 12-month period.
[[903.3 Warning Signs and Object Markers (MUTCD Chapter 2C) #903.3.32|EPG 903.3.32]] contains information about the use of speed zone signs to inform road users of a reduced or variable speed zone to provide advance notice to comply with the posted speed limit ahead.


[[616.3 Changeable Message Signs (CMS)|A changeable message sign]] that changes the speed limit for traffic and ambient conditions may be installed provided that the appropriate speed limit is shown at the proper times.
'''Option. '''If a W3-5b sign is posted to provide notice of a variable speed zone, an END VARIABLE SPEED LIMIT (R2-13) sign may be installed at the downstream end of the zone to provide notice to road users of the termination of the speed zone.


A changeable message sign that displays to approaching drivers the speed at which they are traveling may be installed in conjunction with a Speed Limit sign.
Advance traffic control warning signs (see [[903.3 Warning Signs and Object Markers (MUTCD Chapter 2C) #903.3.29|EPG 903.2.29]]), intersection warning signs (see [[903.3 Warning Signs and Object Markers (MUTCD Chapter 2C) #903.3.33|EPG 903.3.33]]), and/or other traffic control devices are appropriate warning prior to a signalized intersectionA Speed Limit sign should not be used for this purpose.
'''Guidance.'''  If a changeable message sign displaying approach speeds is installed, the legend YOUR SPEED XX MPH or such similar legend should be shownThe color of the changeable message legend should be a yellow legend on a black background or the reverse of these colors.


An advisory speed plaque mounted below a warning sign should be used to warn road users of an advisory speed for a roadway condition. A Speed Limit sign should not be used for this situation.
'''Guidance. '''An advisory speed plaque (see  [[903.3 Warning Signs and Object Markers (MUTCD Chapter 2C) #903.3.59|EPG 903.3.59]]) mounted below a warning sign should be used to warn road users of an advisory speed for a roadway condition. A Speed Limit sign should not be used for this purpose.


'''Support.''' Advisory Speed signs are discussed in [[903.6 Warning Signs#903.6.36 Advisory Exit Speed Sign (W13-2, W13-3) (MUTCD Section 2C.36)|EPG 903.6.36]] and [[903.6 Warning Signs#903.6.46 Advisory Speed Plaque (W13-1) (MUTCD Section 2C.46)|EPG 903.6.46]] and Temporary Traffic Control Zone Speed signs are discussed in [[616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations|the MoDOT Traffic Control for Field Operations]].
'''Option. '''A variable speed limit sign that changes the speed limit for traffic and ambient conditions may be installed provided that the appropriate speed limit is displayed at the proper times and locations in accordance with the third and fourth Guidance paragraphs of this article.  


==903.5.8 Combination Speed Limit Sign (R2-4a)==
'''Standard. '''The variable speed limit sign legend “SPEED LIMIT” shall be a black legend on a white retroreflective background. The variable speed limit legend shall be displayed in white LEDs on an opaque black background.  


[[image:R2-4a.jpg|center|85px|thumb|<center>'''R2-4a'''</center>]]
'''Support. ''' [[903.3 Warning Signs and Object Markers (MUTCD Chapter 2C) #903.3.13|EPG 903.3.13]] contains information about the use of a Vehicle Speed Feedback plaque mounted below a Speed Limit sign that displays to approaching drivers the speed at which they are traveling.


'''Standard.'''  A Combination Speed Limit (R2-4a) sign shall be posted in urban areas and at each county line and only on interstate routes.
Advisory speed signs and plaques are discussed in [[903.3 Warning Signs and Object Markers (MUTCD Chapter 2C) #903.3.12|EPG 903.3.12]] and [[903.3 Warning Signs and Object Markers (MUTCD Chapter 2C) #903.3.59|903.3.59]]. Temporary traffic control zone speed signs are discussed in [[:Category:616 Temporary Traffic Control (MUTCD Part 6)|EPG 616]]. The WORK ZONE (G20-5aP) plaque intended for installation above a Speed Limit sign is discussed in [[616.7_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Regulatory_Signs_(MUTCD_Chapter_6G)#616.7.7_Work_Zone_and_Higher_Fines_Signs_and_Plaques_(MUTCD_Section_6G.08)|EPG 616.7.7]]. School Speed Limit signs are discussed in [[908.2 Signs (MUTCD Chapter 7B) #908.2.5|EPG 908.2.5]].


'''Option.''' Where engineering judgment determines that slow speeds on a highway might impede the normal and reasonable movement of traffic, the Combination Speed Limit sign may be installed to indicate the minimum legal speed.
=={{SpanID|903.2.21}}903.2.21 Combined Maximum and Minimum Speed Limits Sign (R2-4a) (MUTCD Section 2B.24)==


==903.5.9 SPEED LIMIT XX EXCEPT WHERE POSTED Signs (R2-5d)==
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|[[image:R2-4a.png|left|thumb|150px|<center>'''R2-4a'''</center>]]
|}


[[image:R2-5d May 2011.jpg|center|85px|thumb|<center>'''R2-5d'''</center>]]
'''Standard. '''Combined Maximum and Minimum Speed Limits (R2-4a) signs shall be installed only on interstate routes in lieu of Speed Limit (R2-1) signs to designate the maximum and minimum speed limits that apply.


'''Standard.''' The Speed Limit XX Except Where Posted (R2-5d) sign shall be authorized only at those locations where it has been requested and required by an enabling ordinance.
'''Guidance. '''The Combined Maximum and Minimum Speed Limits sign should be located in the same manner as Speed Limit signs (See [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.9|EPG 903.2.9]]). Additionally, the R2-4a sign should be installed on interstate routes at entrances to Missouri and where interstate routes cross county lines. '''


'''Option.''' The Speed Limit XX Except Where Posted sign may be used on all state highways and outer roads except the interstate system.
=={{SpanID|903.2.22}}903.2.22 Speed Limit XX Except Where Posted Sign (R2-5d)==


==903.5.10 Location of Speed Limit Signs==
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|[[image:R2-5d.png|left|thumb|150px|<center>'''R2-5d'''</center>]]
|}


'''Standard.''' Speed Limit (R2-1) signs, indicating speed limits for which posting is required by law, shall be located at the points of change from one speed limit to another.
'''Standard. '''The SPEED LIMIT XX EXCEPT WHERE POSTED (R2-5d) sign shall be installed only at locations where it has been requested and is required by an enabling ordinance.


At the end of the section to which a speed limit applies, a Speed Limit sign showing the next speed limit shall be installed.  Additional Speed Limit signs shall be installed beyond major intersections and at other locations where it is necessary to remind road users of the speed limit that is applicable.
'''Guidance. '''The SPEED LIMIT XX EXCEPT WHERE POSTED sign should be placed immediately to the right of the City Limit sign on its own post.


Speed Limit signs indicating the statutory speed limits shall be installed at entrances to Missouri and at jurisdictional boundaries of metropolitan areas.
'''Option. '''The SPEED LIMIT XX EXCEPT WHERE POSTED sign may be used on all state highways and outer roads except the Interstate system.


'''Guidance.''' Care should be taken to ensure Speed Limit signs are not located at curves or other points where the legal speed limit is greater than the safe speed.
=={{SpanID|903.2.23}}903.2.23 Higher Fines Signs and Plaque (MUTCD Section 2B.25)==


The following are recommended locations for posting a Speed Limit sign:
'''Support. '''See [[907.3 Travel Safe Zones #907.3|EPG 907.3]] for information on Travel Safe Zones.
A. Downstream from all acceleration ramps on the freeway/expressway system, posted after the route confirmation marker, if space allows;


B. Downstream from major intersections such as state system junctions, signalized intersections and in rural areas after crossroads that have a paved surface;
=={{SpanID|903.2.24}}903.2.24 Movement Prohibition Signs (R3-1 through R3-4, R3-18, and R3-27) (MUTCD Section 2B.26)==
C. Where it is necessary to remind road users of the speed limit that is applicable;
D. In each direction of travel for motorist leaving the interstate system onto a state routeThe sign should be located, if practical, approximately 400 ft. beyond the route confirmation assembly.  If the crossroad is not located on the state system, the proper jurisdiction should be notified; or
E.  When the speed limit is reduced on the freeway/expressway, an additional sign should be posted in the median.


==903.5.11 Movement Prohibition Signs (R3-1 through R3-4 and R3-18) (MUTCD Section 2B.18)==
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|-
Line 579: Line 1,268:
||[[image:R3-4.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-4'''</center>|95px]]
||[[image:R3-4.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-4'''</center>|95px]]
||[[image:R3-18.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-18'''</center>|95px]]
||[[image:R3-18.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-18'''</center>|95px]]
||[[image:R3-27.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-27'''</center>|95px]]
|}
|}


'''Standard.''' Except as provided in the Option and the No U-Turn sign (R3-4) guidance, where are prohibited, Movement Prohibition signs shall be installed. Missouri Statute 304.341, which governs u-turn movements states:
'''Standard. '''Movement Prohibition signs shall be installed where specific movements are prohibited at an intersection approach except as provided in the second Option and fourth Standard paragraphs of this article.


It shall be unlawful for the driver of any vehicle to turn such vehicle so as to proceed in the opposite direction at any intersection controlled by a traffic signal or police officer; nor shall such turn be made at any place unless the movement can be made in safety and without interfering with other traffic.
'''Support. '''Missouri Statute 304.341, which governs U-turn Movements at signalized intersections, states: It shall be unlawful for the driver of any vehicle to turn such vehicle so as to proceed in the opposite direction at any intersection controlled by a traffic signal or police officer; nor shall such turn be made at any place unless the movement can be made in safety and without interfering with other traffic.


Missouri Statute 304.120 gives municipalities, by ordinance, to make additional rules of the road or traffic regulations to meet their needs and traffic conditions, which would allow u-turn movements if needed.  
Missouri Statute 304.120 allows municipalities, by ordinance, to make additional rules of the road or traffic regulations to meet their needs and traffic conditions, which would allow U-turn Movements to be permitted at certain unsignalized intersections.


The No U-Turn sign (R3-4) shall be used sparingly and only where a specific problem has been documented and not as standard practice for median breaks.  If used, these signs shall be placed at or between intersections to indicate where u-turns are prohibited.
'''Guidance. '''Movement Prohibition signs should only be used to prohibit a turn or through movement from an entire approach and should not be used to designate movements that are required or permitted from a specific lane or lanes on a multi-lane approach.  


The No U-Turn sign shall be installed in conjunction with the Authorized and Emergency Vehicle Only sign (R5-19).  The No U-Turn sign shall be installed above the Authorized Emergency Vehicle Only sign.  See the Authorized and Emergency Vehicle Only sign, for additional information.
Movement Prohibition signs should be placed where they will be most easily seen by road users who might be intending to make the movement.


'''Guidance.'''  Movement Prohibition signs should be placed where they will be most easily seen by road users who might be intending to make the movement.
If a No Right Turn (R3-1) sign is used, at least one should be placed either over the roadway or at a right-hand corner of the intersection.


If No Right Turn (R3-1) signs are used, at least one should be placed either over the roadway or at a right-hand corner of the intersection.
If a No Left Turn (R3-2) sign is used, at least one should be placed over the roadway, at the far left corner of the intersection, on a median, or in conjunction with the STOP sign or YIELD sign located on the near right corner.


If No Left Turn (R3-2) signs are used, at least one should be placed either over the roadway, at the far left-hand corner of the intersection, on a median, or in conjunction with the STOP sign or YIELD sign located on the near right corner.
Except as provided in Item C of the third Standard paragraph of this article for signalized locations, if a NO TURNS (R3-3) sign is used, two signs should be used, one at a location specified for a No Right Turn sign and one at a location specified for a No Left Turn sign.


Except as provided in the Option, if NO TURNS (R3-3) signs are used, two signs should be used, one at a location specified for a No Right Turn sign and one at a location specified for a No Left Turn sign.
If a No U-Turn (R3-4) sign or a combination No U or Left Turn (R3-18) sign is used, at least one should be used at a location specified for a No Left Turn sign.


If No U-Turn (R3-4) signs or combination No U-Turn/No Left Turn (R3-18) signs are used, at least one should be used at a location specified for No Left Turn signs.  
The No U-Turn sign (R3-4) should be used sparingly and only where a specific problem has been documented and not as standard practice for median breaks. If used, these signs should be placed at or between intersections to indicate where U-turns are prohibited.


'''Option. ''' If both left turns and U-turns are prohibited, the combination No U-Turn/No Left Turn (R3-18) sign may be used instead of separate R3-2 and R3-4 signs.
If both left turns and U-turns are prohibited, the combination No U or Left Turn (R3-18) sign should be used instead of separate R3-2 and R3-4 signs.


'''Guidance.''' If No Straight Through (R3-27) signs are used, at least one should be placed either over the roadway or at a location where it can be seen by road users who might be intending to travel straight through the intersection.
'''Standard. '''The No U-Turn sign shall be installed above the AUTHORIZED AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES ONLY (R5-29) sign (See [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.36|EPG 903.2.36]]).


If signals are present:
'''Support. ''' [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.25|EPG 903.2.25]] through [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.28|EPG 903.2.28]] contain information regarding lane control signs that indicate the required or permitted movements from individual lanes.


A. The No Right Turn sign should be installed adjacent to a signal face viewed by road users in the right-hand lane.
'''Guidance. '''If a No Straight Through (R3-27) sign is used, at least one should be placed either over the roadway or at a location where it can be seen by road users who might be intending to travel straight through the intersection.


B. The No Left Turn (or No U-Turn or combination No U-Turn/No Left Turn) sign should be installed adjacent to a signal face viewed by road users in the left lane.
If turn prohibition signs are installed in conjunction with traffic control signals:
::A. The No Right Turn sign should be installed adjacent to a signal face viewed by road users in the right-hand lane.
::B. The No Left Turn (or No U-Turn or combination No U or Left Turn) sign should be installed adjacent to a signal face viewed by road users in the left-hand lane.
::C. A NO TURNS sign should be placed adjacent to a signal face viewed by all road users on that approach, or two signs should be used.


C. A NO TURNS sign should be placed adjacent to a signal face viewed by all road users on that approach, or two signs should be used.
'''Option. '''If turn prohibition signs are installed in conjunction with traffic control signals, an additional turn prohibition sign may be post-mounted to supplement the sign mounted overhead.


If turn prohibition signs are installed in conjunction with traffic control signals, an additional Movement Prohibition sign may be post-mounted to supplement the sign mounted overhead.
Where ONE WAY signs are used (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.40|EPG 903.2.40]]), No Left Turn and No Right Turn signs may be omitted.


Where ONE WAY signs are used (see EPG 903.5.23), No Left Turn and No Right Turn signs may be omitted.
Where the movement restriction applies to certain vehicle classes, signs incorporating a supplementary legend, modified as appropriate, may be used to indicate the specific vehicle class restriction or exception. When the movement restriction applies during certain time periods only, the following Movement Prohibition signing alternatives may be used and are listed in order of preference:
::A. A blank-out or changeable message sign (see Chapter 2L) that displays the prohibited movement only during the time that the movement prohibition is applicable, especially at signalized intersections.
::B. Permanently-mounted signs incorporating a supplementary legend showing the hours and days during which the prohibition is applicable. Contact the Highway Safety and Traffic Division for the design of supplementary legends and plaques.
::C. Portable signs, installed by proper authority, located off the roadway at each corner of the intersection. The portable signs are only to be used during the time that the movement prohibition is applicable.


When the movement restriction applies during certain time periods only, the following Movement Prohibition signing alternatives may be used and are listed in order of preference:
'''Standard. '''The blank-out part-time electronic-display Movement Prohibition sign shall consist of a red circle and diagonal with a white prohibited movement on an opaque black background.


A. [[616.3 Changeable Message Signs (CMS)|Changeable message signs]], especially at signalized intersections.
'''Option. '''Movement Prohibition signs may be omitted at a ramp entrance to an expressway or a channelized intersection where the design is such as to indicate clearly the one-way traffic movement on the ramp or turning lane.


B. Permanently mounted signs incorporating a supplementary legend showing the hours and days during which the prohibition is applicable.
'''Standard. '''The No Left Turn (R3-2) sign, the No U-Turn (R3-4) sign, and the combination No U or Left Turn (R3-18) sign shall not be used at approaches to roundabouts to prohibit drivers from turning left onto the circulatory roadway of a roundabout.


C. Portable signs, installed by proper authority, located off the roadway at each corner of the intersection. The portable signs are only to be used during the time that the movement prohibition is applicable.
'''Support. '''At roundabouts, the use of R3-2, R3-4, or R3-18 signs to prohibit left turns onto the circulatory roadway might confuse drivers about the possible legal turning movements around the roundabout. ONE WAY (R6-1 or R6-2) signs are appropriate to indicate the travel direction within a roundabout.


Movement Prohibition signs may be omitted at a ramp entrance to an expressway or a channelized intersection where the design is such as to indicate clearly the one-way traffic movement on the ramp or turning lane.
=={{SpanID|903.2.25}}903.2.25 Intersection Lane Control Signs (R3-5 through R3-8) (MUTCD Section 2B.27)==


'''Standard.''' The No Left Turn (R3-2) sign, the No U-Turn (R3-4) sign and the combination No U-Turn/No Left Turn (R3-18) sign shall not be used at approaches to roundabouts to prohibit drivers from turning left onto the circulatory roadway of a roundabout.
'''Standard. '''Intersection Lane Control signs, if used, shall require road users in certain lanes to turn, shall permit turns from a lane where such turns would otherwise not be permitted, shall require a road user to stay in the same lane and proceed straight through an intersection, or shall indicate permitted movements from a lane.


'''Support.''' At roundabouts, the use of R3-2, R3-4 or R3-18 signs to prohibit left turns onto the circulatory roadway might confuse drivers about the possible legal turning movements around the roundabout.  Roundabout Directional Arrow (R6-4 series) signs and/or ONE WAY (R6-1R or R6-2R) signs are the appropriate signs to indicate the travel direction within a roundabout.
Intersection Lane Control signs shall not be used in lieu of turn prohibition signs, such as No Right-Turn (R3-1).
 
==903.5.12 Intersection Lane Control Signs (R3-5 through R3-8) (MUTCD Section 2B.19)==
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|[[image:R3-5.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-5'''</center>|105px]]
||[[image:R3-5a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-5a'''</center>|95px]]
||[[image:R3-6.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-6'''</center>|95px]]
||[[image:R3-7.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-7'''</center>|95px]]
|-
|[[image:R3-8.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-8'''</center>|125px]]
||[[image:R3-8a.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-8a'''</center>|145px]]
||[[image:R3-8b.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-8b'''</center>|145px]]
|}


'''Standard.''' Intersection Lane Control signs, if used, shall require road users in certain lanes to turn, shall permit turns from a lane where such turns would otherwise not be permitted, shall require a road user to stay in the same lane and proceed straight through an intersection, or shall indicate permitted movements from a lane. Intersection Lane Control signs shall have three applications:
'''Support. '''Intersection Lane Control signs have three applications:
::A. Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-5 series and R3-7 series) signs,
::B. Optional Movement Lane Control (R3-6 series) signs, and
::C. Advance Intersection Lane Control (R3-8 series) signs.


A. Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-5, R3-5a, and R3-7) signs;
'''Guidance. '''When Intersection Lane Control signs are mounted overhead, each sign used should be placed over the lane or a projection of the lane to which it applies.


B. Optional Movement Lane Control (R3-6) sign; and
On signalized approaches where through lanes that become mandatory turn lanes, multiple-lane turns that include shared lanes for through and turning movements, ramps with two or more lanes or other lane-use regulations are present that would be unexpected by unfamiliar road users, overhead Intersection Lane Control signs should be installed approximately 250 ft. in advance of the stop bar over the appropriate lanes. A one-arm cantilever tubular truss to support these signs should be used to eliminate an obstacle on one side of the roadway.


C. Advance Intersection Lane Control (R3-8 series) signs.
'''Option. '''A signal mast arm design (without signal head) may be used to mount Intersection Lane Control signs, which allows a longer arm than standard one or two arm tubular sign supports. The upright post may be placed on either side of the roadway, and if possible, placed so that roadway geometrics draw traffic away from the post and footing.


Intersection Lane Control signs shall not be used in lieu of turn prohibition signs, such as No Right-Turn (R3-1).
'''Guidance. '''The Left Only (R3-5L) sign should be installed on the back side of the mast arms over the left turn lanes where practical.


The Left Only (R3-5L) sign shall be installed on the back side of the mast arms over the left turn lanes where practical.
Where overhead mounting on the approach is impracticable for the Advance and/or Intersection Lane Control signs, one of the following alternatives should be employed:
::A. At locations where through lanes become mandatory turn lanes, a Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-7) sign should be post-mounted on the left-hand side of the roadway where a through lane is becoming a mandatory left-turn lane on a one-way street or where a median of sufficient width for the signs is available, or on the right-hand side of the roadway where a through lane is becoming a mandatory right-turn lane.
::B. At locations where a through lane is becoming a mandatory left-turn lane on a two-way street where a median of sufficient width for the signs is not available, and at locations where multiple-lane turns that include shared lanes for through and turning movements are present, an Advance Intersection Lane Control (R3-8 series) sign should be post-mounted in a prominent location in advance of the intersection, and consideration should be given to the use of an oversized version in accordance with [[#tab903.2.3|Table 903.2.3]].


Lane Control signs shall not be installed on the far side of the intersection.  
Use of an overhead sign for one approach lane should not require installation of overhead signs for the other lanes of that approach.  


'''Guidance.''' Lane Control signs should be mounted overhead approximately 250 ft. in advance of the stop bar.  These signs should be used for ramps with two or more lanes approaching the ramp intersection, or approaches to intersections with high approach volumes, or unusual or unexpected geometrics. A one-arm cantilever tubular truss to support these signs should be used to eliminate an obstacle on one side of the roadway.
'''Option. '''Intersection Lane Control signs may be omitted where:
::A. A turn bay has been provided by physical construction or pavement markings, and
::B. Only the road users using such turn bays are permitted to make a turn in that direction.


When Intersection Lane Control signs are mounted overhead, each sign should be placed over the lane or a projection of the lane to which it applies.
'''Standard. '''Except as provided in the last paragraph of this article, at roundabouts, Intersection Lane Control (R3-5, R3-6, and R3-8 series) signs shall display curved-stem arrow symbols as shown in [[#fig903.2.25|Figure 903.2.25]].


On signalized approaches where through lanes that become mandatory turn lanes, multiple-lane turns that include shared lanes for through and turning movements, or other lane-use regulations are present, overhead lane control signs should be installed at the signalized location over the appropriate lanes or projections thereof and in advance of the intersection over the appropriate lanes.
'''Option. '''Normal-stem arrow symbol options may be displayed on Intersection Lane Control (R3-5, R3-6, and R3-8 series) signs at roundabouts where they more effectively indicate road geometry based on engineering judgment.


Where overhead mounting on the approach is impractical for the advance and/or intersection lane-use signs, one of the following alternatives should be employed:
{{SpanID|fig903.2.25}}
[[File:Figure 903.2.25 Intersection Lane Control Signal Arrow Options for Roundabouts.jpg|center|thumb|alt=A: The first example shows a vertical black curved-stem arrow curving up and then slightly to the right and then to the left. Three “match arrows with desired lane-use configuration” are shown attached to the black arrows. One is attached to the arrow indicating a left-turn maneuver. One is attached to the arrow indicating a through maneuver. One is attached to the arrow indicating a right-turn maneuver.
B: The second example shows a vertical black normal-stem arrow curving up and to the left. The arrow is shown curving around an “optional for left-most lane” circle. Three “match arrows with desired lane-use configuration” are shown attached to the black arrows. One is attached to the arrow indicating a left-turn maneuver. One is attached to the arrow indicating a through maneuver. One is attached to the arrow indicating a right-turn maneuver.|800px|'''Figure 903.2.25''' Intersection Lane Control Signal Arrow Options for Roundabouts]]


A. At locations where through lanes become mandatory turn lanes, a mandatory movement lane control (R3-7) sign should be post-mounted on the left-hand side of the roadway where a through lane is becoming a mandatory left-turn lane on a one-way street or where a median of sufficient width for the signs is available, or on the right-hand side of the roadway where a through lane is becoming a mandatory right-turn lane.
=={{SpanID|903.2.26}}903.2.26  Mandatory Movement Lane Control Signs (R3-5, R3-5a, and R3-7) and Plaques (MUTCD Section 2B.28)==


B. At locations where a through lane is becoming a mandatory left-turn lane on a two-way street where a median of sufficient width for the signs is not available, and at locations where multiple-lane turns that include shared lanes for through and turning movements are present, an Advance Intersection Lane Control (R3-8 series) sign should be post-mounted in a prominent location in advance of the intersection, and consideration should be given to the use of an oversized version in accordance with [[#Table 903.5.3 Regulatory Sign and Plaque Sizes|Table 903.5.3]].
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
||[[File:R3-5.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-5'''</center>|105px]]
||[[File:R3-5a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-5a'''</center>|95px]]
||[[File:R3-7L.png|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-7L'''</center>|130px]]
||[[File:R3-7R.png|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-7R'''</center>|130px]]
|}


'''Standard.''' Use of an overhead sign for one approach lane shall not require installation of overhead signs for the other lanes of that approach.
'''Standard. '''Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-5, R3-5a, and R3-7) signs, if used, shall indicate only the single vehicle movement that is required from the lane.  


'''Option.'''  A signal mast arm design (without signal head) may be used to mount Lane Control signs, which allows a longer arm than standard one or two arm tubular sign supports. The pedestal may be placed on either side of the roadway, and if possible, placed so that roadway geometrics draw traffic away from the pedestal.
The Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-5 and R3-5a) symbol signs shall include the legend ONLY and shall be mounted overhead over the specific lanes to which they apply (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.25|EPG 903.2.25]]). The R3-7 sign shall be for post-mounting only. The R3-7 sign shall not be mounted at the far side of the intersection.


Where an approach has one or two through lanes, the Intersection Lane Control signs (R3-5, R3-6, or R3-8) may be overhead or ground mounted. Intersection Lane Control signs may be omitted where:
If used, the Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-7) sign shall be located in advance of the intersection, such as near the upstream end of the mandatory movement lane, and/or at the near side of the intersection where the regulation applies.  


A. Turning bays have been provided by physical construction or pavement markings, and
The use of the Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-7) word message sign shall be limited to only locations where through lanes approaching an intersection become mandatory turn lanes.  


B. Only the road users using such turning bays are permitted to make a similar turn.
Mandatory Movement Lane Control Signs shall not be used on roadways with speed limits 50 mph or greater. Contact Highway Safety and Traffic Division for alternatives when speed limits are 50 mph or greater.


'''Standard.''' Where three or more approach lanes are available to traffic, Advance Intersection Lane Control (R3-8 series) signs, if used, shall be post-mounted in advance of the intersection and shall not be mounted overhead.
'''Guidance. '''Mandatory Movement Lane Control signs should be accompanied by lane-use arrow markings, especially where traffic volumes are high, where there is a high percentage of commercial vehicles, or where other distractions exist.


'''Guidance.''' If used, an Advance Intersection Lane Control sign should be placed at an adequate distance in advance of the intersection so that road users can select the appropriate lane. If used, the Advance Intersection Lane Control sign should be installed either in advance of the tapers or at the beginning of the turn lane.
'''Option. '''The Through Only (R3-5a) sign may be used to require a road user in a particular lane to proceed straight through an intersection.


'''Option.''' An Advance Intersection Lane Control sign may be repeated closer to the intersection for additional emphasis.
On an approach to a mandatory turn lane where traffic regularly enters the shoulder to access the turn lane inappropriately, creating safety or operational issues, a DO NOT DRIVE ON SHOULDER (R4-17) sign (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.35|EPG 903.2.35]]) may be used to supplement the standard Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-5 and/or R3-7 series) signs.


==903.5.13 Mandatory Movement Lane Control Signs (R3-5, R3-5a and R3-7)(MUTCD Section 2B.20)==
=={{SpanID|903.2.27}}903.2.27  Optional Movement Lane Control Signs (R3-6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.29)==


{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|-
|[[image:R3-5.gif|left|100px|thumb|<center>'''R3-5'''</center>]]
||[[image:R3-6.png|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-6'''</center>|130px]]
||[[image:R3-5a.gif|100px|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-5a'''</center>]]
||[[image:R3-6a.png|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-6a'''</center>|130px]]
||[[image:R3-7.gif|100px|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-7'''</center>]]
||[[image:R3-6b.png|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-6b'''</center>|130px]]
|}
|}


'''Standard.''' If used, the Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-5, R3-5a and R3-7) sign shall indicate only the single vehicle movement that is required from the lane. If used, the Mandatory Movement Lane Control sign shall be located in advance of the intersection, such as near the upstream end of the mandatory movement lane, and/or at the intersection where the regulation applies.
'''Standard. '''Optional Movement Lane Control (R3-6, R3-6a and R3-6b) signs, if used, shall be used for two or more movements from a specific lane or to emphasize permitted movements. The Optional Movement Lane Control sign shall be mounted overhead over the specific lane to which it applies.  


The Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-7) sign shall include the legend RIGHT (LEFT) LANE MUST TURN RIGHT (LEFT). The Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-5 and R3-5a) symbol signs shall include the legend ONLY.  
If used, the Optional Movement Lane Control signs shall indicate all permissible movements from specific lanes.


The R3-7 word message sign shall be for post-mounting only.
Because more than one movement is permitted from the lane, the word message ONLY shall not be used on an Optional Movement Lane Control sign.  


The use of the Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-7) word message sign shall be limited to only locations that are adjacent to the full-width portion of a mandatory turn lane.  The R3-7 sign shall not be installed adjacent to a through lane in advance of a turn bay taper or adjacent to a turn bay taper.
Optional Movement Lane Control signs shall be used for two or more movements from a specific lane where a movement, not allowed by State statute or local ordinance, is permitted.


Where the number of lanes available to through traffic on an approach is three or more, Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-5 and R3-5a) symbol signs, if used, shall be mounted overhead over the specific lanes to which they apply (See EPG 903.5.12).
The Optional Movement Lane Control signs shall not be used alone to effect a turn prohibition.


'''Guidance.''' Mandatory Movement Lane Control signs should be accompanied by lane use arrow markings, especially where traffic volumes are high, where there is a high percentage of commercial vehicles, or where other distractions exist.
'''Guidance. '''If used, the Optional Movement Lane Control sign should be located overhead in advance of the intersection, such as near the upstream end of an adjacent mandatory movement lane, and/or overhead at the intersection where the regulation applies.


If the R3-5 or R3-5a sign is post-mounted on an approach with two or fewer through lanes, an appropriate supplemental plaque should be added above the sign to indicate the specific lane to which the mandatory movement applies.
=={{SpanID|903.2.28}}903.2.28  Advance Intersection Lane Control Signs (R3-8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.30)==


'''Option.''' The Straight Through Only (R3-5a) sign may be used to require a road user in a particular lane to proceed straight through an intersection.
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align: center;"
|-
||[[image:R3-8.png|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-8'''</center>|130px]]
||[[image:R3-8a.png|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-8a'''</center>|195px]]
||[[image:R3-8b.png|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-8b'''</center>|195px]]
|-
||[[image:R3-8xa.png|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-8xa'''</center>|195px]]
||[[image:R3-8xb.png|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-8xb'''</center>|195px]]
||[[image:R3-8xc.png|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-8xc'''</center>|195px]]
|}


When the Mandatory Movement Lane Control sign for a left-turn lane is installed back-to-back with a Keep Right (R4-7) sign, the dimensions of the Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-5) sign may be the same as the Keep Right sign.
'''Option. '''Advance Intersection Lane Control (R3-8, R3-8a, and R3-8b) signs may be used to indicate the configuration of all lanes ahead.


==903.5.14 Optional Lane Control Sign (R3-6) (MUTCD Section 2B.21)==
The word message ONLY or the bicycle symbol, may be used within the border in combination with the arrow symbols of the R3-8 sign series.  


[[image:R3-6.gif|center|100px|thumb|<center>'''R3-6'''</center>]]
Where a bicycle lane is between two general-purpose lanes the R3-8 series signs may be modified to show the bicycle lane with a white legend on a black background in accordance with designs of the R3-8x series signs (see [[914.2 Regulatory Signs (MUTCD Chapter 9B) #914.2.2|EPG 914.2.2]]).


'''Standard.''' If used, the Optional Movement Lane Control (R3-6) sign shall be used for two or more movements from a specific lane or to emphasize permitted movements. If used, the Optional Movement Lane Control sign shall be located in advance of the intersection, such as near the upstream end of an adjacent mandatory movement lane, and/or at the intersection where the regulation applies.  If used, the Optional Movement Lane Control sign shall indicate all permissible movements from specific lanes.  
'''Guidance. '''When used, an Advance Intersection Lane Control sign should be placed at an adequate distance in advance of the intersection, either along the lane tapers or at the beginning of the turn lane so that road users can select the appropriate lane.  


Optional Movement Lane Control signs shall be used for two or more movements from a specific lane where a movement, not normally allowed, is permitted. The Optional Movement Lane Control sign shall not be used alone to effect a turn prohibition.  
'''Option. '''An Advance Intersection Lane Control sign may be repeated closer to the intersection along the approach for additional emphasis.


Where the number of lanes available to through traffic on an approach is three or more, an Optional Movement Lane Control (R3-6) sign, if used, shall be mounted overhead over the specific lane to which it applies (see EPG 903.5.12).
'''Standard. '''An Advance Intersection Lane Control (R3-8 series) sign shall not be mounted at the far side of an intersection to which it applies.  


Because more than one movement is permitted from the lane, the word message ONLY shall not be used on an Optional Movement Lane Control sign.
Where three or more approach lanes are available to traffic, Advance Intersection Lane Control (R3-8 series) signs, if used, shall be post-mounted in advance of the intersection and shall not be mounted overhead.


'''Option.''' The word message OK may be used within the border in combination with the arrow symbols of the R3-6 sign.  
=={{SpanID|903.2.29}}903.2.29  Two-Way Left-Turn-Only Signs (R3-9a and R3-9b) and Plaques (MUTCD Section 2B.32)==


==903.5.15 Two-Way Left Turn Only/Center Lane Only Signs (R3-9a, R3-9b)(MUTCD Section 2B.24)==
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|-
|[[image:R3-9a.gif|left|100px|thumb|<center>'''R3-9a'''</center>]]||[[image:R3-9b.gif|100px|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-9b'''</center>]]
||[[File:R3-9a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-9a'''</center>|105px]]
|}  
||[[File:R3-9b.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R3-9b'''</center>|85px]]
|}
 
'''Support. '''Missouri Statute 300.215, which governs two-way left turn lane movements states:
 
Designated two-way left turn lanes: Where a special lane for making left turns by drivers proceeding in opposite directions have been indicated by official traffic control devices:
 
::A. A left turn shall not be made from any other lane;
 
::B. A vehicle shall not be driven in the lane except when preparing for or making a left turn from or into the roadway or when preparing for or making a U-turn when otherwise permitted by law;


'''Standard.'''  Missouri Statute 300.215, which governs two way left turn lane movements states:
::C. A vehicle shall not be driven in the lane for a distance more than five hundred feet.


Designated two-way left turn lanes: Where a special lane for making left turns by drivers proceeding in opposite directions have been indicated by official traffic control devices:
'''Standard. '''Two-Way Left Turn Only (R3-9a) signs shall be used for overhead installation only. Center Lane Only (R3-9b) signs shall be post mounted installations.


A. A left turn shall not be made from any other lane;
'''Guidance. '''A Two-Way Left-Turn-Only (R3-9a or R3-9b) sign should be used in conjunction with the required pavement markings where a non-reversible lane is reserved for the exclusive use of left-turning vehicles in either direction and is not used for passing, overtaking, or through travel.


B. A vehicle shall not be driven in the lane except when preparing for or making a left turn from or into the roadway or when preparing for or making a u-turn when otherwise permitted by law;
'''Option. '''The post-mounted R3-9b sign may be used as an alternate to or a supplement to the overhead R3-9a sign


C. A vehicle shall not be driven in the lane for a distance more than five hundred feet.  
Additional R3-9b signs may be installed after major intersections, or in situations that require additional emphasis of the proper use of this lane.  


Two-Way Left Turn Only (R3-9a or R3-9b) signs shall be used where a lane in the center of the roadway is reserved for exclusive use of left turning vehicles in either direction and is no used for passing, overtaking or through travel.
'''Support. '''Signing is especially helpful to drivers in areas where the two-way left-turn-only maneuver is new, in areas subject to environmental conditions that frequently obscure the pavement markings, and on peripheral streets with two-way left-turn-only lanes leading to an extensive system of routes with two-way left-turn-only lanes.


Two-Way Left Turn Only signs shall be used for overhead installation only.
=={{SpanID|903.2.30}}903.2.30 Jughandle Signs (R3-23, R3-24, R3-25, and R3-26 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.35)==


Center Lane Only (R3-9b) signs shall be post mounted installations.
'''Guidance. '''There are limited cases where these signs are applicable to the MoDOT system. Any use of these signs requires authorization from the Highway Safety and Traffic Division.'''


'''Guidance.'''  Two-Way Left Turn Only signs should be installed for each direction of travel.


Center Lane Only signs should be placed at the beginning of the center turn lane and at approximately one half-mile intervals.
=={{SpanID|903.2.31}}903.2.31  DO NOT PASS Sign (R4-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.36)==


Two-Way Left Turn Only and Center Lane Only signs should be used in conjunction with the required pavement markings where a nonreversible lane is reserved for the exclusive use of left-turning vehicles in either direction and is not used for passing, overtaking or through travel.
[[File:R4-1.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''R4-1'''</center>|105px]]


'''Option.''' The ground-mounted R3-9b sign may be used as an alternate to or a supplement to the overhead-mounted R3-9a sign, and additional R3-9b signs may be used based on engineering judgment. The legend BEGIN or END may be used within the border of the main sign itself, or on a plaque mounted immediately above it.
'''Option. '''The DO NOT PASS (R4-1) sign may be used in addition to pavement markings (see  [[620.2 Pavement and Curb Markings (MUTCD Chapter 3B) #620.2.3|EPG 620.2.3]]) to emphasize the restriction on passing. The DO NOT PASS sign may be used at one-lane bridges and work zones. Any other use of this sign requires authorization from the Highway Safety and Traffic Division.


'''Support.''' Signing is especially helpful to drivers in areas where the two-way left turn only maneuver is new, in areas subject to environmental conditions that frequently obscure the pavement markings, and on peripheral streets with two-way left turn only lanes leading to an extensive system of routes with two-way left turn only lanes.
'''Support. '''Standards for determining the location and extent of no-passing zone pavement markings are set forth in  [[620.2 Pavement and Curb Markings (MUTCD Chapter 3B) #620.2.3|EPG 620.2.3]].


==903.5.16 DO NOT PASS Sign (R4-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.28)==
'''Standard. '''PASS WITH CARE (R4-2) signs shall be used in conjunction with the DO NOT PASS sign.


[[image:R4-1.gif|center|85px|thumb|<center>'''R4-1'''</center>]]
=={{SpanID|903.2.32}}903.2.32 PASS WITH CARE Sign (R4-2) (MUTCD Section 2B.37)==


'''Option.''' The DO NOT PASS (R4-1) sign may be used in addition to pavement markings to emphasize the restriction on passing.  The DO NOT PASS sign may be used for one-lane bridges and work zones.  Any other use of this sign requires authorization from the State Traffic Engineer.
[[File:R4-2.png|center|thumb|<center>'''R4-2'''</center>|105px]]


The DO NOT PASS sign may be used at the beginning of, and at intervals within, a zone through which sight distance is restricted or where other conditions make overtaking and passing inappropriate.
'''Guidance. '''The PASS WITH CARE (R4-2) sign should be installed at the downstream end of a no-passing zone if a DO NOT PASS sign has been installed at the upstream end of the zone.


'''Standard.''' PASS WITH CARE (R4-2) signs shall be used in conjunction with the DO NOT PASS sign.
'''Standard. '''The PASS WITH CARE sign shall be the same size and shall be erected in the same manner as the DO NOT PASS (R4-1) sign.


'''Support.''' Standards for determining the location and extent of no-passing zone pavement markings are set forth in [[:Category:620 Pavement Marking|EPG 620]].
=={{SpanID|903.2.33}}903.2.33 KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASS Sign (R4-16) and SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT Sign (R4-3) (MUTCD Section 2B.38)==


==903.5.17 PASS WITH CARE (R4-2) (MUTCD Section 2B.29)==
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
||[[File:R4-3.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-3'''</center>|105px]]
||[[File:R4-16.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-16'''</center>|105px]]
|}


[[image:903.5.26 R4-2.jpg|center|85px|thumb|<center>'''R4-2'''</center>]]
'''Option. '''The KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASS (R4-16) sign may be used on roadways where there are two lanes in one direction of travel to direct drivers to stay in the right-hand lane except when they are passing another vehicle.


'''Guidance.''' The PASS WITH CARE (R4-2) sign should be installed at the downstream end of a no-passing zone if a DO NOT PASS sign has been installed at the upstream end of the zone.
'''Guidance. '''If used, the KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASS sign should be installed at or just beyond the beginning of a two-lane section of roadway and at selected locations along two-lane roadways where additional emphasis is needed.


'''Standard.''' The PASS WITH CARE sign shall be the same size and shall be erected in the same manner as the DO NOT PASS (R4-1) sign.
'''Option. '''The SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT (R4-3) sign may be used on multi-lane through roadways to improve capacity or reduce unnecessary lane changing due to the presence of slower vehicles that impede the normal flow of traffic.


==903.5.18 SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT (R4-3) (MUTCD Section 2B.30)==
'''Standard. '''The SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT (R4-3) sign shall be required for climbing lanes.


[[image:R4-3.gif|center|100px|thumb|<center>'''R4-3'''</center>]]
'''Guidance. '''If used, the SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT sign should be installed at or just beyond the beginning of a multi-lane roadway section or at the beginning of an extra lane provided for trucks and/or other slow-moving traffic, and at selected locations where there is a tendency on the part of some road users to drive in the left-hand lane(or lanes) below the normal speed of traffic. These signs should not be used on the approach to an interchange or through an interchange area where traffic is entering or exiting, or along deceleration or acceleration lanes.
'''Standard.''' The SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT (R4-3) sign shall be required for climbing lanes.


'''Option.'''  The sign may be used on multi-lane roadways to reduce unnecessary lane changing.
If an extra lane has been provided for trucks and other slow-moving traffic, a Lane Ends sign (see  [[903.3 Warning Signs and Object Markers (MUTCD Chapter 2C) #903.3.39|EPG 903.3.39]]) should be installed in advance of the point where the extra lane ends. Appropriate pavement markings should be installed at both the upstream and downstream ends of the extra lane (see  [[620.2 Pavement and Curb Markings (MUTCD Chapter 3B) #620.2.14|EPG 620.2.14]] and [[#fig620.2.14|Figure 620.2.14]] ).


'''Guidance.'''  If used, the SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT sign should be installed just beyond the beginning of a multi-lane pavement, and at selected locations where there is a tendency on the part of some road users to drive in the left lane (or lanes) below the normal speed of traffic. This sign is not to be used on the approach to an interchange or through an interchange area.
=={{SpanID|903.2.34}}903.2.34  Keep Right and Keep Left Signs (R4-7 Series and R4-8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.39)==
==903.5.19 KEEP RIGHT AND KEEP LEFT Signs (R4-7, R4-7a, R4-7b, R4-8, R4-8a, R4-8d) (MUTCD Section 2B.32)==


{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|-
|[[image:R4-7.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-7'''</center>|105px]]
||[[File:R4-7.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-7'''</center>|105px]]
||[[image:R4-7a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-7a'''</center>|95px]]
||[[File:R4-7a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-7a'''</center>|105px]]
||[[image:R4-7b.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-7b'''</center>|95px]]
||[[File:R4-7b.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-7b'''</center>|115px]]
|}
||[[File:R4-7c.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-7c'''</center>|85px]]
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|-
|[[image:R4-8.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-8'''</center>|105px]]
||[[File:R4-8.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-8'''</center>|105px]]
||[[image:R4-8a.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-8a'''</center>|95px]]
||[[File:R4-8a.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-8a'''</center>|105px]]
||[[File:R4-8b.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-8b'''</center>|105px]]
||[[File:R4-8c.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-8c'''</center>|85px]]
|}
|}


'''Option.''' The symbolic Keep Right (R4-7) sign may be used at locations where it is necessary for traffic to pass only to the right-hand side of a roadway feature or obstruction. The symbolic Keep Left (R4-8) sign may be used at locations where it is necessary for traffic to pass only to the left-hand side of a roadway feature or obstruction.  
'''Option. '''The Keep Right (R4-7) sign may be used at locations where it is necessary for traffic to pass only to the right-hand side of a roadway feature or obstruction. The Keep Left (R4-8) sign may be used at locations where it is necessary for traffic to pass only to the left-hand side of a roadway feature or obstruction.
 
'''Guidance. '''At locations where it is not readily apparent that traffic is required to keep to the right, a Keep Right sign should be used.
 
'''Standard. '''If Keep Right signs are installed at the start of a median or at a median opening, they shall be placed as close as practicable to the approach ends of the medians, and shall be visible to traffic on the divided highway.
 
'''Guidance. '''If used, the Keep Right sign should be mounted on the face of or just in front of a pier or other obstruction separating opposite directions of traffic in the center of the highway such that traffic will have to pass to the right-hand side of the sign.


'''Guidance.''' At locations where it is not readily apparent that traffic is required to keep to the right, a Keep Right signs should be used.
Where the approach end of the island channelizes traffic away from the approach direction, the word legend (R4-7a, R4-7b, R4-8a, or R4-8b) signs should be used instead of the symbol (R4-7 or R4-8) signs to emphasize the degree of curvature away from the approach direction (see [[#fig903.2.34.1|Figure 903.2.34.1]] ).


If used, the Keep Right sign should be installed as close as practical to approach ends of raised medians, parkways, islands and underpass piers. The sign should be mounted on the face of or just in front of a pier or other obstruction separating opposite directions of traffic in the center of the highway so that traffic will have to pass to the right-hand side of the sign.  
Where a two-lane, two-way highway transitions to a divided highway, the KEEP RIGHT (R4-7b) sign should be installed within 50 ft. of the gore point, if possible. The edge of the sign should be a minimum of 6 ft. from the curb or shoulder point.


The KEEP RIGHT (R4-7b) should be erected within 50 ft. of the gore point, if possible. Where pavement transitions from two lanes, two-way roadway to a divided highway, the edge of the sign should be a minimum of 6 ft. from the curb or shoulder point.  
'''Standard. '''The Keep Right (Left) sign shall not be installed on the right-hand (left-hand) side of the roadway in a position where traffic must pass to the left-hand (right-hand) side of the sign.


'''Standard.''' The Keep Right sign (R4-7, R4-7a, R4-7b) shall not be installed on the right-hand side of the roadway in a position where traffic must pass to the left-hand side of the sign.
'''Option. '''The Keep Right sign may be omitted at intermediate ends of divisional islands and medians.


The KEEP RIGHT (R4-7b) sign shall be erected as near the nose of the median as possible where an undivided highway transitions into a divided highway.
A narrow Keep Right (R4-7c) sign may be installed on the approach end of a median island that is less than 4 feet wide at the point where the sign is to be located.


A narrow Keep Right sign shall not be installed on a median island that has a width of 4 ft. or more at the point where the sign is to be located. Supplemental plaques are not supported by MUTCD. KEEP RIGHT signs (R4-8d) have been discontinued. MoDOT shall no longer provide KEEP RIGHT signs (R4-8d). Existing KEEP RIGHT signs (R4-8d) shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.
'''Standard. '''A narrow Keep Right (R4-7c) sign shall not be installed on a median island that has a width of 4 feet or more at the point where the sign is to be located.  


'''Option.''' The Keep Right sign may be omitted at intermediate ends of divisional islands and medians. Where the obstruction obscures the Keep Right sign, the minimum placement height may be increased for better sign visibility.
'''Option. '''The Keep Right sign may be installed in the median of a divided highway crossing that functions as a single intersection such that it is visible to traffic on the divided highway as shown in [[#fig903.2.41.3|Figure 903.2.41.3]]  and [[#fig903.2.41.4|Figure 903.2.41.4]] .  


==903.5.20 DO NOT ENTER Sign (R5-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.37)==
'''Support. '''[[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.40|EPG 903.2.40]] provides more information about the use of the Keep Right sign in combination with or in lieu of ONE-WAY signs at divided highway crossings.


[[image:R5-1.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''R5-1'''</center>|125px]]
'''Standard. '''The KEEP RIGHT (R4-7b) sign shall be installed as close to the median nose as possible where an undivided highway transitions into a divided highway.


'''Standard.'''  The DO NOT ENTER (R5-1) sign shall be used where traffic is prohibited from entering a restricted roadway. If the sign is mounted behind a STOP or YIELD sign, the 30-in. DO NOT ENTER sign shall be used and shall only be placed behind 48-in. STOP sign and 60-in. YIELD sign.  
{{SpanID|fig903.2.34.1}}
[[File:Figure 903.2.34.1 Examples of Keep Right and Keep Left Sign Placement (Sheet 1 of 2).jpg|center|800px|alt=The first example shows a two-lane vertical roadway on the left of a two-lane horizontal roadway. Both lanes of the horizontal roadway are traveling eastbound. Posted on a triangular median island, which separates the southbound lane from the northbound lane, an R4-7a sign is shown facing south toward northbound traffic merging east onto the horizontal roadway.


'''Guidance.'''  The DO NOT ENTER sign, if used, should be placed directly in view of a road user at the point where a road user could wrongly enter a divided highway, one-way roadway, or ramp. The sign should be mounted on the right-hand side of the roadway, facing traffic that might enter the roadway or ramp in the wrong direction.
The second example shows a two-lane vertical roadway intersecting a three-lane horizontal roadway. All lanes of the horizontal roadway are traveling eastbound. Posted on a triangular median island, an R4-7a sign is shown facing south toward northbound traffic merging east onto the horizontal roadway.


If the DO NOT ENTER sign would be visible to traffic to which it does not apply, the sign should be turned away from, or shielded from, the view of that traffic.
The third example shows a two-lane vertical roadway curving to the east into a one-lane ramp. Posted on a triangular median island, an R4-7a sign is shown facing south toward northbound traffic merging onto the curved ramp.|thumb|'''Figure 903.2.34.1 '''Examples of Keep Right and Keep Left Sign Placement ''(Sheet 1 of 2)'']]


'''Option.'''  The DO NOT ENTER sign may be installed where it is necessary to emphasize the one-way traffic movement on a ramp or turning lane. A second DO NOT ENTER sign on the left-hand side of the roadway may be used, particularly where traffic approaches from an intersecting roadway.
{{SpanID|fig903.2.34.2}}
[[File:Figure 903.2.34.2 Examples of Keep Right and Keep Left Sign Placement (Sheet 2 of 2).jpg|center|800px|alt=The first example shows a three-lane vertical roadway intersecting a two-lane horizontal roadway. Both directions of the vertical roadway are separated by a narrow median island. Posted on the median island, an R4-7 sign is shown facing north toward the horizontal roadway, indicating vehicles must keep right when traveling on the south receiving leg of the intersection.  


==903.5.21 WRONG WAY Sign (R5-1a) (MUTCD Section 2B.38)==
The second example shows a four-lane vertical roadway, two lanes in each direction, separated by a yellow painted median. The median transitions into a wider raised median that tapers outward as it continues north. Posted at the start of the wider median, an R4-7b sign is shown facing south toward northbound traffic, indicating vehicles must keep right.|thumb|'''Figure 903.2.34.2 '''Examples of Keep Right and Keep Left Sign Placement ''(Sheet 2 of 2)'']]


[[image:R5-1a.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''R5-1a'''</center>|105px]]
=={{SpanID|903.2.35}}903.2.35 DO NOT DRIVE ON SHOULDER Sign (R4-17) (MUTCD Section 2B.43)==


'''Option.''' The WRONG WAY (R5-1a) sign may be used as a supplement to the DO NOT ENTER sign where an exit ramp intersects a crossroad or a crossroad intersects a one-way roadway in a manner that does not physically discourage or prevent wrong-way entry. See [[903.17 Typical Signing Applications|EPG 903.17 Typical Signing Applications]] for typical placements of WRONG WAY signs.
[[image:R4-17.jpg|center|thumb|<center>'''R4-17'''</center>|105px]]


'''Guidance.''' If used, the WRONG WAY sign should be placed at a location along the exit ramp or the one-way roadway farther from the crossroad than the DO NOT ENTER sign (see EPG 903.5.24).
'''Option. '''The DO NOT DRIVE ON SHOULDER (R4-17) sign may be installed to inform road users that using the shoulder of a roadway as a travel lane is prohibited.


'''Option.''' ONE WAY signs may be omitted at intersections with divided highways that have median widths at the intersection itself of less than 30 feet.
'''Guidance. '''The DO NOT DRIVE ON SHOULDER (R4-17) sign should be considered for special conditions if there is a need determined by district traffic engineering staff. The sign should be considered as a temporary tool to aid in the enforcement of the condition. After it appears the problem has been corrected, these signs should be removed.


[[image:903.5.21.1.jpg|center|580px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.5.21.1, Example of Application of Regulatory Signing and Pavement Markings at an Exit Ramp Termination to Deter Wrong-Way Entry'''</center>]]
'''Support. '''The R4-17 sign is to be used only where necessary. MoDOT does not want to set driver expectations for general use of this sign.


[[image:903.5.21.2.jpg|center|550px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.5.21.2, Example of Application of Regulatory Signing and Pavement Markings at an Entrance Ramp Where the Design Does not Clearly Indicate the Direction of Flow'''</center>]]
=={{SpanID|903.2.36}}903.2.36  Selective Exclusion Signs and Plaques (MUTCD Section 2B.45)==


==903.5.22 Selective Exclusion Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.39)==
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|-
||[[image:R5-2.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R5-2'''</center>|105px]]
||[[image:R5-2.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R5-2'''</center>|105px]]
|[[image:R5-3.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R5-3'''</center>|105px]]
||[[image:R5-2aP.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R5-2aP'''</center>|105px]]
||[[image:R5-15.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R5-15'''</center>|95px]]
||[[image:R5-25.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R5-25'''</center>|105px]]
||[[image:R5-29.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R5-29'''</center>|105px]]
|}
|}
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|[[image:R5-16.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R5-25'''</center>|95px]]
||[[image:R5-21.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R5-31'''</center>|95px]]
||[[image:R7-102.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R7-35'''</center>|95px]]
|}
'''Support.'''  Selective Exclusion signs give notice to road users that state or local statutes or ordinances exclude designated types of traffic or activities from using particular roadways or facilities.
'''Standard.'''  If used, Selective Exclusion signs shall clearly indicate the type of traffic or activity that is excluded. 


'''Support.''' Typical exclusion messages include:
'''Option. '''Selective Exclusion signs may be used to provide notice to road users that State or local statutes or ordinances exclude designated types of traffic from using particular roadways or facilities.


A. No Trucks (R5-2);
'''Standard. '''Selective Exclusion signs shall clearly indicate the type of traffic that is excluded.


B. NO MOTOR VEHICLES (R5-3);
'''Support. '''Typical exclusion messages include:
::A. No Trucks (R5-2),
::B. No Pedestrian Crossing (R9-3),
::C. EXCEPT LOCAL DELIVERY (R5-2aP) plaque.
::D. NO VENDING (R5-24)
::E. NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE (R5-25)
::F. AUTHORIZED AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES ONLY (R5-29)


C. PEDESTRIANS PROHIBITED (R5-10c);
'''Guidance. '''If an exclusion is governed by vehicle weight, a Weight Limit sign (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.53|EPG 903.2.53]]) should be used instead of a Selective Exclusion sign.


D. NO VENDING (R5-24);
The Selective Exclusion sign should be placed on the right-hand side of the roadway at an appropriate distance from the intersection so as to be clearly visible to all road users turning into the roadway that has the exclusion. The No Pedestrian Crossing (R9-3) sign (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.46|EPG 903.2.46]]) should be installed so as to be clearly visible to pedestrians who are at a location where an alternative route is available.


E. NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE (R5-25);
'''Option. '''The No Pedestrian Crossing (R9-3) sign may also be used at underpasses or elsewhere where pedestrian facilities are not provided.


F.  NO PARKING ON BRIDGE (R7-35);
The EXCEPT LOCAL DELIVERY (R5-2aP) plaque may be mounted below the R5-2 sign.


G.  DO NOT STOP ON TRACKS (R5-31).
The NO VENDING (R5-24) sign may be used at locations where vending is taking place within the right-of-way.


'''Guidance.''' If an exclusion is governed by vehicle weight, a Weight Limit sign (see EPG 903.5.36) should be used instead of a Selective Exclusion sign.
'''Standard. '''When used, the NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE (R5-25) sign shall be mounted at or near the bridge ends.


The Selective Exclusion sign should be placed on the right-hand side of the roadway at an appropriate distance from the intersection so as to be clearly visible to all road users turning into the roadway that has the exclusion. The NO PEDESTRIANS (R5-10c) sign should be installed so as to be clearly visible to pedestrians who are at a location where an alternative route is available.
'''Option. '''The NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE (R5-25) sign may be used at locations where fishing from a bridge creates a safety hazard.


'''Option.''' The NO PEDESTRIANS (R5-10c) or No Pedestrian Crossing (R9-3a) sign may also be used at underpasses or elsewhere where pedestrian facilities are not provided.
'''Guidance. '''The AUTHORIZED AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES ONLY (R5-29) sign should be used at emergency crossovers to prohibit vehicles from using the emergency crossover unless they have special permission (such as law enforcement vehicles or emergency vehicles) or are performing official business (such as highway agency vehicles).


'''Guidance.'''  When the NO VENDING (R5-24) sign is used, the Missouri State Highway Patrol should be notified of the problem location.  The sign should be erected no closer to the roadway than a point midway between the shoulder and the right of way line.  The sign should be installed parallel to the centerline and visible from the roadway.
The No U Turn sign should be installed above the AUTHORIZED AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES ONLY sign.


'''Option.'''  The NO VENDING (R5-24) sign may be used at locations where vending is taking place on right of way.  
Signing for both directions of traffic should be provided on one post with the signs being installed 90 degrees to the roadway. The signs should be mounted back to back. The post should be located approximately in the middle of the median. If median width is greater than 60 ft., consideration should be given to install separate signs.


'''Standard.''' When used, the NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE (R5-25) sign shall be mounted at or near the bridge ends.
=={{SpanID|903.2.37}}903.2.37 DO NOT ENTER Sign (R5-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.46)==


'''Option.''' The NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE (R5-25) sign may be used at locations where fishing from a bridge creates a safety hazard. 
[[image:R5-1.gif|thumb|center|<center>'''R5-1'''</center>|105px]]


'''Guidance.''' The NO PARKING ON BRIDGE sign (R7-35) should be used at bridge ends or on bridges where motorists tend to block or endanger through traffic by parking on the bridge.
'''Standard. '''The DO NOT ENTER (R5-1) sign shall be used at the following locations:
::A. Where a two-way roadway becomes a one-way roadway;
::B. The intersection of an interchange exit ramp with a crossroad as specified in [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.39|EPG 903.2.39]] (see [[#fig903.2.39.1|Figure 903.2.39.1]]);
::C. The intersection of a channelized or turning roadway with a two-way undivided crossroad; and
::D. Except as provided in the fourth paragraph of this article, an intersection with a divided highway (see [[#fig903.2.37|Figure 903.2.37]]).


The DO NOT STOP ON TRACKS sign (R5-31) should be used at locations where railroad tracks are close enough to an intersection that motorists may have a tendency to stop the vehicle on the railroad tracks.
If the DO NOT ENTER sign is mounted behind a STOP or YIELD sign:
::A. 36 x 36 inch DO NOT ENTER sign shall be used behind a 48 x 48 inch STOP sign; and
::B. 30 x 30 inch. DO NOT ENTER sign shall be used behind a 60 x 60 inch YIELD sign.


==903.5.23 ONE WAY Signs (R6-1, R6-2) (MUTCD Section 2B.40)==
'''Guidance. '''A DO NOT ENTER sign should be installed at other locations where additional emphasis is needed where wrong-way movements are prominent or where the intersecting angle of roadways is such that the visibility of ONE WAY signs alone does not sufficiently convey the restriction.  
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|[[image:R6-1.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R6-1'''</center>|125px]]
||[[image:R6-2.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R6-2'''</center>|95px]]
|}
'''Standard.'''  Except as provided in the Option below, the ONE WAY (R6-1 or R6-2) sign shall be used to indicate streets or roadways upon which vehicular traffic is allowed to travel in one direction only. 
ONE WAY signs shall be placed parallel to the one-way street at all access points that intersect one-way roadways as shown in [[903.17 Typical Signing Applications|EPG 903.17 Typical Signing Applications]].


At an intersection with a divided highway that has a median width at the intersection itself of 30 ft. or more, ONE WAY signs shall be placed, visible to each crossroad approach, on the near right and far left corners of each intersection with the directional roadways.  
'''Option. '''A DO NOT ENTER sign may be omitted on a low-speed urban street that is a divided highway at a crossing that functions as two separate intersections.


At an intersection with a divided highway that has a median width at the intersection itself of less than 30 ft., Keep Right (R4-7) sign and/or ONE WAY signs shall be installed.  If Keep Right signs are installed, they shall be placed as close as practical to the approach ends of the medians and shall be visible to traffic on the divided highway and each crossroad approach. If ONE WAY signs are installed, they shall be placed on the near right and far left corners of the intersection and shall be visible to each crossroad approach.
'''Guidance. '''The DO NOT ENTER sign, if used, should be placed directly in view of a road user at the point where a road user could wrongly enter a divided highway, one-way roadway, or ramp. The sign should be mounted facing traffic that might enter the roadway or ramp in the wrong direction.  


'''Option.''' ONE WAY signs may be omitted on the one-way roadways of divided highways, where the design of interchanges indicates the direction of traffic on the separate roadways. The ONE WAY (R6-2) signs may be used in lieu of the ONE WAY (R6-1) signs on mast arms for signals or where lateral space is limited.  
At a crossing with a divided highway; the sign, if used, should be placed on the outside edge side of the roadway facing traffic that might enter the roadway in the wrong direction.


'''Standard.''' If used, at unsignalized intersections, with one-way streets, ONE WAY signs shall be placed on the near right and the far left corners of the intersection facing traffic entering or crossing the one-way street (See EPG 903.17 Typical Signing Applications).  
If the DO NOT ENTER sign would be visible to traffic to which it does not apply, the sign should be turned away from, or shielded from, the view of that traffic.


If used at signalized intersections, with one-way streets, ONE WAY signs shall be placed near the appropriate signal faces, on the poles holding the traffic signals, on the mast arm or span wire holding the signals, or at the locations specified for unsignalized intersections.  
A second DO NOT ENTER sign should be used, particularly where traffic approaches from an intersecting roadway ([[#fig903.2.37|Figure 903.2.37]]).


At unsignalized T-intersections where the roadway at the top of the T-intersection is a one-way roadway, ONE WAY signs shall be placed on the near right and the far side of the intersection facing traffic on the stem approach (See EPG 903.17 Typical Signing Applications).
[[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.12|EPG 903.1.12]] contains the provisions for the use of continuously-operated or actuated LEDs to enhance the conspicuity of signs.


At signalized T-intersections where the roadway at the top of the T-intersection is a one-way roadway, ONE WAY signs shall be placed near the appropriate signal faces on the poles holding the traffic signals, on the mast arm or span wire holding the signals, or at the locations specified for unsignalized intersections.
{{SpanID|fig903.2.37}}
[[File:Figure 903.2.37 Locations of DO NOT ENTER and WRONG WAY Signing for Divided Highway Crossings that Function as Two Separate Intersections.jpg|thumb|800px|alt=A vertical two-lane roadway intersects a horizontal divided highway with two eastbound lanes, a median, and two westbound lanes. Each direction of the horizontal highway has a left-turn lane at its intersection with the vertical roadway.
Along the eastbound lanes, a required R5-1 “DO NOT ENTER” sign is posted on the median to the left of the left-turn lane, facing westbound traffic. A second R5-1 sign is posted to the right of the eastbound right lane at the intersection, also facing westbound traffic. Farther west along the eastbound lanes, two R5-1a “WRONG WAY” signs are installed outside of the travel lanes, one on each side of the roadway, both facing westbound traffic.
Along the westbound lanes, a required R5-1 “DO NOT ENTER” sign is posted on the median to the left of the left-turn lane, facing eastbound traffic. A second R5-1 sign is posted to the right of the westbound right lane at the intersection, also facing eastbound traffic. Farther east along the westbound lanes, two R5-1a “WRONG WAY” signs are installed outside of the travel lanes, one on each side of the roadway, both facing eastbound traffic.
Spacing guidance is shown: the R5-1 signs are placed 50 to 80 feet from the intersection, while the R5-1a signs are placed 200 to 250 feet from the R5-1 signs.|center|'''Figure 903.2.37 '''Locations of DO NOT ENTER and WRONG WAY Signing for Divided Highway Crossings that Function as Two Separate Intersections]]


'''Support.''' Typical locations for the ONE WAY sign include ramp terminals, crossovers and some unusual intersections.
=={{SpanID|903.2.38}}903.2.38  WRONG WAY Sign (R5-1a) (MUTCD Section 2B.47)==


==903.5.24 Wrong-Way Traffic Control at Interchange Ramps (MUTCD Section 2B.41)==
[[image:R5-1a.gif|thumb|center|<center>'''R5-1a'''</center>|105px]]


'''Standard.''' At interchange exit ramp terminals where the ramp intersects a crossroad in such a manner that wrong-way entry could inadvertently be made, the following signs shall be used (see Fig. 903.5.21.1):
'''Option. '''The WRONG WAY (R5-1a) sign may be used as a supplement to the DO NOT ENTER sign where a crossroad intersects a one-way roadway in a manner that does not physically discourage or prevent wrong-way entry (see [[#fig903.2.37|Figure 903.2.37]]).


A. At least one ONE WAY sign for each direction of travel on the crossroad shall be placed where the exit ramp intersects the crossroad.  
'''Guidance. '''If used, the WRONG WAY sign should be placed at a location along the one-way roadway farther from the crossroad than the DO NOT ENTER sign (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.37|EPG 903.2.37]]).


B. At least one DO NOT ENTER sign shall be conspicuously placed near the downstream end of the exit ramp in positions appropriate for full view of a traveler starting to enter wrongly form the crossroad.  
The WRONG WAY sign should be placed on the same side of the road as the DO NOT ENTER sign.


C. At least one WRONG WAY sign shall be placed on the exit ramp facing a traveler traveling in the wrong direction.  
'''Support. '''[[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.12|EPG 903.1.12]] contains the provisions for the use of continuously-operated or actuated LEDs to enhance the conspicuity of signs.


'''Guidance.''' In addition, the following pavement markings should be used (see Figure 903.5.21.1):
=={{SpanID|903.2.39}}903.2.39  Wrong-Way Traffic Control at Interchange Ramps (MUTCD Section 2B.48)==


A. On two-lane paved crossroads at interchanges, double solid yellow lines should be used as a center line for an adequate distance on both sides approaching the ramp intersections.  
'''Standard. '''At interchange exit ramp terminals where the ramp intersects a crossroad in such a manner that wrong-way entry could inadvertently be made, the following signs shall be used (see [[#fig903.2.39.1|Figure 903.2.39.1]]):
::A. At least one ONE WAY sign for each direction of travel on the crossroad shall be placed where the exit ramp intersects the crossroad.
::B. At least one DO NOT ENTER sign shall be conspicuously placed near the downstream end of the exit ramp in positions appropriate for full view of a road user starting to enter wrongly from the crossroad.
::C. At least one WRONG WAY sign shall be placed on the exit ramp facing a road user traveling in the wrong direction.


B. Where crossroad channelization or ramp geometrics do not make wrong-way movements difficult, a lane-use arrow should be placed in each lane of an exit ramp near the crossroad terminal where it will be clearly visible to a potential wrong-way traveler.  
'''Guidance. '''In addition, the following pavement markings should be used (see [[#fig903.2.39.1|Figure 903.2.39.1]]):
::A. On two-lane paved crossroads at interchanges, solid double yellow lines should be used as a center line for an adequate distance on both sides approaching the ramp intersections.
::B. Where crossroad channelization or ramp geometrics do not make wrong-way movements difficult, a lane-use arrow should be placed in each lane of an exit ramp near the crossroad terminal where it will be clearly visible to a potential wrong-way road user.


'''Option.''' The following traffic control devices may be used to supplement the signs and pavement markings described in this article:  
'''Option. '''The following traffic control devices may be used to supplement the signs and pavement markings described in the first and second paragraphs of this article:
::A. Additional ONE WAY signs may be placed, especially on two-lane rural crossroads, appropriately in advance of the ramp intersection to supplement the required ONE WAY sign(s).
::B. Additional WRONG WAY signs may be used.
::C. Slender, elongated wrong-way arrow pavement markings (see [[620.2 Pavement and Curb Markings (MUTCD Chapter 3B) #fig3b21|Figure 620.2.22.1]]) intended primarily to warn wrong-way road users that they are traveling in the wrong direction may be placed upstream from the ramp terminus (see [[#fig903.2.39.1|Figure 903.2.39.1]] ) to indicate the correct direction of traffic flow. Wrong-way arrow pavement markings may also be placed on the exit ramp at appropriate locations near the crossroad junction to indicate wrong-way movement.
::D. Lane-use arrow pavement markings may be placed on the exit ramp and crossroad near their intersection to indicate the permissive direction of flow.
::E. Lane control signs or movement prohibition signs may be used on the approaches to the exit ramp.
::D. A Keep Right (R4-7 or R4-7c) may be used on a ramp median nose for wrong-way traffic control.


A. Additional ONE WAY signs may be placed, especially on two-lane rural crossroads, appropriately in advance of the ramp intersection to supplement the required ONE WAY sign(s).  
'''Guidance. '''On interchange entrance ramps where the ramp merges with the through roadway and the design of the interchange does not clearly make evident the direction of traffic on the separate roadways or ramps, a ONE WAY sign visible to traffic on the entrance ramp and through roadway should be placed on each side of the through roadway near the entrance ramp merging point.


B. Additional WRONG WAY signs may be used.  
'''Option. '''On interchange entrance ramps where the ramp merges with the through roadway and the design of the interchange does not clearly make evident the direction of traffic on the separate roadways or ramps a No Left Turn (R3-2) sign may be located on the left-hand side of the entrance ramp at the gore. If a No Left Turn (R3-2) sign is located on the left-hand side, a supplemental R3-2 sign may be installed on the right-hand side of the entrance ramp.  


C. Slender, elongated wrong-way arrow pavement markings (see [[:Category:620 Pavement Marking|EPG 620]]) intended primarily to warn wrong-way travelers that they are traveling in the wrong direction may be placed upstream from the ramp terminus (see Fig. 903.5.21.1) to indicate the correct direction of traffic flow. Wrong-way arrow pavement markings may also be placed on the exit ramp at appropriate locations near the crossroad junction to indicate wrong-way movement. The wrong-way arrow markings may consist of pavement markings or bidirectional red-and-white raised pavement markers or other units that show red to wrong-way travelers and white to other travelers.
On interchange entrance ramps where the ramp merges with the through roadway and the design clearly indicates the direction of flow, a ONE WAY sign may be placed visible to traffic on the entrance ramp and/or a NO TURNS (R3-3) sign may be placed visible to traffic on the entrance ramp and through roadway at the gore area.
D. Lane-use arrow pavement markings may be placed on the exit ramp and crossroad near their intersection to indicate the permissive direction of flow.  


'''Guidance.''' On interchange entrance ramps where the ramp merges with the through roadway and the design of the interchange does not clearly make evident the direction of traffic on the separate roadways or ramps, a ONE WAY sign visible to traffic on the entrance ramp and through roadway should be placed on each side of the through roadway near the entrance ramp merging point as illustrated in Fig. 903.5.21.2.  
'''Support. '''[[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.37|EPG 903.2.37]], [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.38|EPG 903.2.38]], and [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.40|EPG 903.2.40]] contain further information on signing to avoid wrong-way movements at at-grade intersections on expressways.


'''Option.''' At locations where engineering judgment determines that a special need exists, other standard warning or prohibitive methods and devices may be used as a deterrent to the wrong-way movement.
{{SpanID|fig903.2.39.1}}
[[File:Figure 903.2.39.1. Example of Application of Regulatory Signing and Pavement Markings at an Exit Ramp Termination to Deter Wrong-Way Entry.jpg|800px|alt=The example shows a horizontal two-lane roadway with an entrance ramp connecting from the north and a vertical exit ramp intersecting from the south.
At the top of the figure, on the horizontal roadway, a guide sign for “I-70 East Columbia” is shown to the right of the roadway, adjacent to a R3-1 “No Right Turn” sign and two R6-1 one-way signs, all facing eastbound traffic. Further east, at the intersection, there are two additional R6-1 one-way signs, back to back—one facing eastbound traffic and the other facing westbound traffic.
At the bottom of the figure, on the vertical exit ramp, two R5-1a “WRONG WAY” signs are shown, one on each side of the roadway, both facing north. A Wrong-Way arrow is marked on the pavement between the signs. Further north, two R5-1 “DO NOT ENTER” signs are shown on both sides of the roadway, both facing north. As the exit ramp approaches the intersection, it splits into two lanes, one for right turns and one for through/left turns, separated by a triangular-shaped channelizing island.
At the intersection of the exit ramp right-turn lane, a Wrong-Way arrow is marked on the pavement. A yield line pavement marking is shown across the lane. Adjacent to this marking and on the right side of the lane, an R1-2 “Yield” sign is shown, with an optional R1-1 “Stop” sign alternative, in which case the marking should be a stop line. Immediately behind these signs, an R5-1 “DO NOT ENTER” sign is shown facing toward the northeast and the horizontal roadway.
In the through/left-turn lane of the exit ramp, an R1-1 “Stop” sign is posted on the island in front of two back-to-back R6-1 one-way signs that face both directions of the horizontal roadway.
Spacing guidance is shown: the R5-1 signs are placed 50 to 80 feet from the intersection, while the R5-1a “WRONG WAY” signs are placed 200 to 250 feet from the DO NOT ENTER sign.|thumb|center|'''Figure 903.2.39.1.''' Example of Application of Regulatory Signing and Pavement Markings at an Exit Ramp Termination to Deter Wrong-Way Entry]]


Where there are no parked cars, pedestrian activity or other obstructions such as snow or vegetation, and if an engineering study indicates that a lower mounting height would address wrong-way movements on freeway or expressway exit ramps, a DO NOT ENTER sign(s) and/or a WRONG WAY sign(s) that is located along the exit ramp facing a road user who is traveling in the wrong direction may be installed at a minimum mounting height of 3 ft., measured vertically from the bottom of the sign to the elevation of the near edge of the pavement.  
{{SpanID|fig903.2.39.2}}
[[File:Figure 903.2.39.2. Locations of Wrong-Way signing for Divided Highways with Offset Left Turn Lanes.jpg|800px|alt=The example shows a horizontal divided highway intersected by a vertical two-lane roadway. The divided highway has two eastbound lanes, a median, and two westbound lanes, each with a left-turn lane at the intersection.
Starting with the eastbound approach, two R5-1a “WRONG WAY” signs are located outside of the travel lane, one on each side of the roadway, both facing east. Just east of these, an R5-1 “DO NOT ENTER” sign is posted on the median to the left of the eastbound left-turn lane, and another R5-1 sign is posted to the right of the eastbound right lane. Additionally, a third “DO NOT ENTER” sign is placed just east of the first sign on the right.
On the westbound approach, two R5-1a “WRONG WAY” signs are located outside of the travel lane, one on each side of the roadway, both facing west. Just west of these, an R5-1 “DO NOT ENTER” sign is posted on the median to the left of the westbound left-turn lane, and another R5-1 sign is posted to the right of the westbound right lane. Additionally, a third “DO NOT ENTER” sign is placed just west of the first sign on the right.
In total, six R5-1 “DO NOT ENTER” signs and four R5-1a “WRONG WAY” signs are shown, oriented toward drivers who may mistakenly travel the wrong way.|thumb|center|'''Figure 903.2.39.2. ''' Locations of Wrong-Way signing for Divided Highways with Offset Left Turn Lanes<br/><br/>'''Notes:'''<br/>
<ol style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
<li>Distances may be adjusted up to 20’ +/- based on engineering judgement</li>
<li>4”x72” red sign post delineators are optional</li>
<li>MoDOT maintained signs shall not be installed on the back of non-MoDOT maintained signs</li>
<li>See [[#fig903.2.41.1 |Figure 903.2.41.4 ]] for ONE WAY signing for Divided Highways with Offset Left Turn Lanes</li>
</ol>
]]


'''Support.''' Refer to EPG 903.5.25 for additional information on signing to avoid wrong-way movements at at-grade intersections on expressways.
=={{SpanID|903.2.40}}903.2.40  ONE WAY Signs (R6-1 and R6-2) (MUTCD Section 2B.49)==


==903.5.25 Divided Highway Crossing Signs (R6-3, R6-3a, R6-3b) (MUTCD Section 2B.42)==
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|-
|[[image:R6-3.gif|150px|left|thumb|<center>'''R6-3'''</center>]]
||[[image:R6-1.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R6-1'''</center>|170px]]
||[[image:R6-3a.gif|125px|left|thumb|<center>'''R6-3a'''</center>]]
|[[image:R6-2.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R6-2'''</center>|110px]]
||[[image:R6-3b.gif|125px|left|thumb|<center>'''R6-3b'''</center>]]
|}
|
 
'''Standard. '''Except as provided in the sixth paragraph of this article, the ONE WAY (R6-1 or R6-2) sign shall be used to indicate streets or roadways upon which vehicular traffic is allowed to travel in one direction only.
 
ONE WAY signs shall be placed parallel to the one-way street at all alleys and roadways that intersect one-way roadways.
 
At the crossing of a roadway with a divided highway that functions as two separate intersections, ONE WAY signs shall be placed, visible to each crossroad approach, on the near right and far left corners of each intersection with the directional roadways (see [[#fig903.2.41.1|Figures 903.2.41.1]] and [[#fig903.2.41.2|903.2.41.2]]).
 
At the crossing of a roadway with a divided highway that functions as a single intersection Keep Right (R4-7) signs (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.34|EPG 903.2.34]]) and/or ONE WAY signs shall be installed (see [[#fig903.2.41.3|Figure 903.2.41.3]] and [[#fig903.2.41.4|Figure 903.2.41.4]]). If Keep Right signs are installed, they shall be placed as close as practicable to the approach ends of the medians and shall be visible to traffic on the divided highway as shown in [[#fig903.2.41.3|Figure 903.2.41.3]] and [[#fig903.2.41.4|Figure 903.2.41.4]]. If ONE WAY signs are installed, they shall be placed on the near right and far left corners of the intersection and shall be visible to each crossroad approach.
 
'''Option. '''At the crossing of a roadway with a divided highway, regardless of function as a single or separate intersections, ONE WAY signs may also be placed on the far right corner of the intersection as shown in [[#fig903.2.41.1|Figure 903.2.41.1]], [[#fig903.2.41.2|Figure 903.2.41.2]], [[#fig903.2.41.3|Figure 903.2.41.3]] and [[#fig903.2.41.4|Figure 903.2.41.4]].


'''Standard.''' On unsignalized minor-street approaches from which both left turns and right turns are permitted onto a divided highway that has a median width at the intersection itself of 30 ft. or more, except as provided in the paragraph below, a Divided Highway Crossing (R6-3 or R6-3a) sign shall be used to advise road users that they are approaching an intersection with a divided highway.
ONE WAY signs may be omitted on the one-way roadways of divided highways, where the design of interchanges indicates the direction of traffic on the separate roadways.


If a Divided Highway Crossing sign is used at a four-legged intersection, the R6-3 sign shall be used. If used at a T-intersection, the R6-3a sign shall be used.  
'''Support. ''' [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2.39|EPG 903.2.39]] contains information for the placement of ONE WAY signs at a crossroad with an interchange.


The Divided Highway Crossing sign shall be located on the near right corner of the intersection, mounted beneath the STOP or YIELD sign or on a separate support. The DIVIDED HIGHWAY (R6-3b) sign may be used in situations where the R6-3 or R6-3a Divided Highway Crossing signs may be confusing.
'''Standard. '''If used at unsignalized intersections with one-way streets, ONE WAY signs shall be placed on the near right and the far left corners of the intersection facing traffic entering or crossing the one-way street.


==903.5.26 Parking, Standing and Stopping Signs (R7 and R8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.46)==
If used at signalized intersections with one-way streets, ONE WAY signs shall be placed near the appropriate signal faces, on the poles holding the traffic signals, on the mast arm or span wire holding the signals, or at the locations specified for unsignalized intersections.


{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
At unsignalized T-intersections where the roadway at the top of the T-intersection is a one-way roadway, ONE WAY signs shall be placed on the near-right and the far side of the intersection facing traffic on the stem approach.
|-
 
|[[image:R7-1.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R7-1'''</center>]]||
ONE WAY (R6-2) signs may be used in lieu of ONE WAY (R6-1) signs on mast arms for signals or where lateral space is limited.
||[[image:R7-4a.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R7-4a'''</center>]]
||[[image:R7-10.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R7-33'''</center>]]
|[[image:R7-11.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R7-34'''</center>]]
|}


{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
Where the central island of a roundabout allows for the installation of signs, ONE WAY signs may be used to direct traffic counter-clockwise around the central island (see [[#fig903.2.40.2|Figure 903.2.40.2]] and [[#fig903.2.40.3|Figure 903.2.40.3]]).
|-
||[[image:R7-103.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R7-103'''</center>]]
|[[image:R7-106.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R7-106'''</center>]]
||[[image:R7-107.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R7-107'''</center>]]
|}


{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
'''Guidance. '''Where used on the central island of a roundabout, the mounting height of a ONE WAY sign should be at least 4 feet, measured vertically from the bottom of the sign to the elevation of the near edge of the traveled way.
|-
||[[image:R7-108.jpg|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R7-108'''</center>]]
||[[image:R7-200.jpg|190px|left|thumb|<center>'''R7-200'''</center>]] 
||[[image:R7-201.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R7-201aP'''</center>]]
||[[image:R8-3.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R8-3'''</center>|95px]]
|}


'''Support.'''  Signs governing the parking, stopping and standing of vehicles cover a wide variety of regulations, and only general guidance can be provided here. The word “standing” when used on the R7 and R8 series of signs refers to the practice of a driver keeping the vehicle in a stationary position while continuing to occupy the vehicle. Typical examples of parking, stopping, and standing signs and plaques are as follows:
{{SpanID|fig903.2.40.1}}
[[File:Figure 903.2.40.1 Example of Regulatory and Warning Signs for a Mini-Roundabout.png|center|thumb|alt=A central island surrounded by a circular roadway is shown with four roadways that enter from the north, south, east, and west.
1.  NO PARKING ANYTIME (R7-1);
On the roadway entering the circular roadway from the south, a sign assembly composed of a W2-6 sign mounted above a W13-1P plaque is shown to the right of the roadway facing south. Farther north, a W11-2 sign mounted above a W16-7P plaque is shown to the right of the roadway facing south in advance of a crosswalk. Just beyond this crosswalk, an R1-2 “YIELD” sign is shown on the right side of the roadway facing south, at the entrance to the mini-roundabout.
On the opposite side of the road, before the same crosswalk, a W11-2 sign mounted above a W16-7P plaque is shown facing north.|800px|'''Figure 903.2.40.1''' Example of Regulatory and Warning Signs for a Mini-Roundabout]]


2. NO PARKING ANYTIME (DOUBLE ARROW) (R7-1D);
{{SpanID|fig903.2.40.2}}
[[File:Figure 903.2.40.2 Example of Regulatory and Warning Signs for a One-Lane Roundabout.png|center|thumb|alt=A central island surrounded by a circular roadway is shown with four roadways that enter from the north, south, east, and west.
On the roadway entering the circular roadway from the south, a sign assembly composed of a W2-6 sign mounted above a W13-1P plaque is shown to the right of the roadway facing south. Farther north, a W11-2 sign mounted above a W16-7P plaque is shown to the right of the roadway facing south in advance of a crosswalk. Just beyond this crosswalk, an R1-2 “YIELD” sign is shown on the right side of the roadway facing south as it enters the one-lane roundabout.
Within the central island of the roundabout, an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign is shown facing south. In the median of the north approach, prior to entering the roundabout, an R1-2 “YIELD” sign is shown facing south.
On the opposite side of the south approach (before the same crosswalk), a W11-2 sign mounted above a W16-7P plaque is shown facing north.|800px|'''Figure 903.2.40.2''' Example of Regulatory and Warning Signs for a One-Lane Roundabout]]


3. NO PARKING ANYTIME (LEFT ARROW) (R7-1L);
{{SpanID|fig903.2.40.3}}
[[File:Figure 903.2.40.3 Example of a Regulatory and Warning Signs for a Two-Lane Roundabout with Consecutive Double lefts.png|center|thumb|alt=A central island surrounded by a circular roadway is shown with four roadways that enter from the north, south, east, and west.
On the roadway entering the circular roadway from the south, a sign assembly composed of a W2-6 sign mounted above a W13-1P plaque is shown to the right of the roadway facing south. Farther north, a W11-2 sign mounted above a W16-7P plaque is shown to the right of the roadway facing south in advance of a crosswalk. Just beyond this crosswalk, an R1-2 “YIELD” sign is shown on the right side of the roadway facing south as it enters the one-lane roundabout.
Within the central island of the roundabout, an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign is shown facing south. In the median of the northbound approach, prior to entering the roundabout, an R1-2 “YIELD” sign is shown facing south. Additionally, in this same median, two sign assemblies composed of a W2-6 sign mounted above a W13-1P plaque are shown: one placed before the crosswalk facing south, and another placed just beyond the crosswalk facing north.
On the opposite side of the north approach (before the same crosswalk), a W11-2 sign mounted above a W16-7P plaque is shown facing north.|800px|'''Figure 903.2.40.3''' Example of a Regulatory and Warning Signs for a Two-Lane Roundabout with Consecutive Double lefts]]


4NO PARKING ANYTIME (RIGHT ARROW) (R7-1R);
=={{SpanID|903.2.41}}903.2.41 Divided Highway Crossing Signs (R6-3 and R6-3a) (MUTCD Section 2B.50)==


5. NO STOPPING OR STANDING (R7-4a);
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
||[[image:R6-3.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R6-3'''</center>|150px]]
|[[image:R6-3a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R6-3a'''</center>|150px]]
|}


6NO STOPPING OR STANDING (DOUBLE ARROW) (R7-4aD);
'''Standard. '''On unsignalized minor-street approaches from which both left turns and right turns are permitted onto a divided highway at a crossing that functions as two separate intersections (see [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.23|EPG 903.1.23]]), a Divided Highway Crossing (R6-3 or R6-3a) sign shall be used to advise road users that they are approaching an intersection with a divided highway (see [[#fig903.2.41.1|Figure 903.2.41.1]] and [[#fig903.2.41.2|Figure 903.2.41.2]]).


7. NO STOPPING OR STANDING (LEFT ARROW) (R7-4aL);
If a Divided Highway Crossing sign is used at a four-leg intersection, the R6-3 sign shall be used. If used at a T-intersection, the R6-3a sign shall be used.


8. NO STOPPING OR STANDING (RIGHT ARROW) (R7-4aR);
The Divided Highway Crossing sign shall be located on the near right corner of the intersection, mounted beneath a STOP or YIELD sign or on a separate support.


9.  RESERVED PARKING for Persons with Disabilities (R7-8);
The DIVIDED HIGHWAY (R6-3b) sign may be used in situations where the R6-3 or R6-3a Divided Highway Crossing signs may be confusing.


10. RESERVED PARKING for Persons with Disabilities (DOUBLE ARROW) (R7-8D);
{{SpanID|fig903.2.41.1}}
[[File:Figure 903.2.41.1 ONE WAY Signing for Divided Highways with Median Widths Greater than 150 Feet.png|center|thumb|alt=The example shows a horizontal divided highway intersected by a vertical two-lane roadway. The divided highway has two lanes to the east, a wide median greater than 150 feet, and two lanes to the west, each with a left-turn lane at the intersection.
On the vertical roadway, northbound approach, on the right just before the intersection with the east lanes there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign with an R1-1 “STOP” sign and an R6-3 “Divided Highway” sign, all facing south. Behind these signs, back-to-back, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign facing north. Just past the intersection with the east lanes, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign on the right corner facing south.
Further north, at the intersection with the west lanes, an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign with an R1-1 “STOP” sign faces south. Behind this sign, back-to-back, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign facing north. Just past the intersection with the west lanes, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign on the right corner facing south.
On the vertical roadway, southbound approach, the signing is mirrored. On the right just before the intersection with the west lanes, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign with an R1-1 “STOP” sign and an R6-3 “Divided Highway” sign, all facing north. Behind these signs, back-to-back, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign facing south. Just past the intersection with the west lanes, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign on the right corner facing north.
Further south, at the intersection with the east lanes, an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign with an R1-1 “STOP” sign faces north. Behind this sign, back-to-back, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign facing south. Just past the intersection with the east lanes, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign on the right corner facing north.|800px|'''Figure 903.2.41.1''' ONE WAY Signing for Divided Highways with Median Widths Greater than 150 Feet]]


11. RESERVED PARKING for Persons with Disabilities (LEFT ARROW) (R7-8L);
{{SpanID|fig903.2.41.2}}
[[File:Figure 903.2.41.2 ONE WAY Signing for Divided Highways with Median Widths of 60 Feet to 150 Feet.png|center|thumb|alt=The example shows a horizontal divided highway intersected by a vertical two-lane roadway. The divided highway has two lanes to the east, a median width between 60 and 150 feet, and two lanes to the west, each with a left-turn lane at the intersection.
On the vertical roadway, northbound approach, on the right just before the intersection with the east lanes there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign with an R1-1 “STOP” sign and an R6-3 “Divided Highway” sign, all facing south. Behind these signs, back-to-back, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign facing north. Just past the intersection with the east lanes, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign on the right side of the roadway facing south.
Further north, at the intersection with the west lanes, an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign with either an R1-1 “STOP” sign or an R1-2 “YIELD” sign faces south. Behind this sign, back-to-back, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign facing north. Just past the intersection with the west lanes, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign on the right corner facing south.
On the vertical roadway, southbound approach, the signing is mirrored. On the right just before the intersection with the west lanes, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign with an R1-1 “STOP” sign and an R6-3 “Divided Highway” sign, all facing north. Behind these signs, back-to-back, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign facing south. Just past the intersection with the west lanes, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign on the right side of the roadway facing north.
Further south, at the intersection with the east lanes, an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign with either an R1-1 “STOP” sign or an R1-2 “YIELD” sign faces north. Behind this sign, back-to-back, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign facing south. Just past the intersection with the east lanes, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign on the right corner facing north.|800px|'''Figure 903.2.41.2''' ONE WAY Signing for Divided Highways with Median Widths of 60 Feet to 150 Feet]]


12. RESERVED PARKING for Persons with Disabilities (RIGHT ARROW) (R7-8R);
{{SpanID|fig903.2.41.3}}
[[File:Figure 903.2.41.3 ONE WAY Signing for Divided Highways with Median Widths Narrower Than 60 Feet.png|center|thumb|alt=A vertical two-lane roadway intersects a horizontal highway with two lanes to the east, a median narrower than 60 feet, and two lanes to the west. Each direction of the horizontal highway has a left-turn lane at its intersection with the vertical roadway.
On the vertical roadway, northbound approach, on the right just before the intersection with the east lanes there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign with an R1-1 “STOP” sign and an R6-3 “Divided Highway” sign, all facing south. Behind these signs, back-to-back, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign facing north. Just past the intersection with the east lanes, there is an R4-7 “KEEP RIGHT” sign posted on the median facing west.
Further north, past the intersection with the west lanes, an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign faces south (optional).
On the vertical roadway, southbound approach, the signing is mirrored. On the right just before the intersection with the west lanes, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign with an R1-1 “STOP” sign and an R6-3 “Divided Highway” sign, all facing north. Behind these signs, back-to-back, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign facing south. Just past the intersection with the west lanes, there is an R4-7 “KEEP RIGHT” sign posted on the median facing east.
Further south, past the intersection with the east lanes, an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign faces north (optional).|800px|'''Figure 903.2.41.3''' ONE WAY Signing for Divided Highways with Median Widths Narrower Than 60 Feet]]


13. NO TRUCK PARKING (R7-33);
{{SpanID|fig903.2.41.4}}
[[File:Figure 903.2.41.4 ONE WAY Signing for Divided Highways with Offset Left Turn Lanes.png|center|thumb|alt=A vertical two-lane roadway intersects a horizontal highway with two lanes to the east, a median, and two lanes to the west. Each direction of the horizontal highway has a left-turn lane at its intersection with the vertical roadway, and the left-turn lanes are offset across the median.
On the vertical roadway, north approach, on the right just before the intersection with the east lanes there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign with an R1-1 “STOP” sign and an R6-3 “Divided Highway” sign, all facing south. Behind these signs, back-to-back, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign facing north. Just past the intersection with the east lanes, there is an R4-7 “KEEP RIGHT” sign posted on the median facing west.
Further north, past the intersection with the west lanes, an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign faces south (optional).
On the vertical roadway, south approach, the signing is mirrored. On the right just before the intersection with the west lanes, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign with an R1-1 “STOP” sign and an R6-3 “Divided Highway” sign, all facing north. Behind these signs, back-to-back, there is an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign facing south. Just past the intersection with the west lanes, there is an R4-7 “KEEP RIGHT” sign posted on the median facing east.
Further south, past the intersection with the east lanes, an R6-1 “ONE WAY” sign faces north (optional).|800px|'''Figure 903.2.41.4''' ONE WAY Signing for Divided Highways with Offset Left Turn Lanes]]


14PARRALEL PARKING ONLY (R7-34);
=={{SpanID|903.2.42}}903.2.42 Parking, Standing, and Stopping Signs (R7 and R8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.52)==


15. PARRALEL PARKING ONLY (DOUBLE ARROW) (R7-34D);
'''Support. '''Parking signs pertain to the parking, standing, and stopping of vehicles along the roadway and in designated parking areas. They cover a wide variety of regulations, and only general guidance can be provided here. The word “standing” when used on the R7 and R8 series of signs refers to the practice of a driver keeping the vehicle in a stationary position while continuing to occupy the vehicle. The word “stopping” when used on the R7 and R8 series signs refers to any vehicle, occupied by a driver or not, that stops other than to avoid conflict with other traffic or to comply with official direction. Other types of activities such as active loading, active passenger loading, and/or waiting might be established in State or local codes for use on R7 and R8 series signs.


16.  PARRALEL PARKING ONLY (LEFT ARROW) (R7-34L);
Parking signs are categorized as either (1) prohibiting parking or (2) permitting parking with restrictions on how parking is allowed.


17. PARRALEL PARKING ONLY (RIGHT ARROW) (R7-34R);
The types of parking, standing, or stopping prohibitions that might be encountered include, but are not limited to:
::A. Prohibited at all times;
::B. Prohibited only at certain times of the day and/or days of the week;
::C. Prohibited with exceptions, such as for bus stops, loading/unloading zones, persons with disabilities, or electric vehicle charging stations; or
::D. Prohibited under certain conditions, such as Snow Emergency Routes.


18NO PARKING (R8-3):
Permissive parking signs allowing parking with restrictions include, but are not limited to:
::A. Parking only allowed for limited time duration (such as 30 minutes or for 1 hour);
::BMetered parking requiring payment at an individual or a multi-space parking meter, or through electronic means such as by telephone or mobile application.;
::C. Parking only for specific persons (such as those with disabilities or patrons or employees of a business) or specific vehicle types (such as electric vehicles, police/government vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles, or taxis);
::D. Angled or back-in angled parking when it is not commonly used in the area;
::E. Parking programs such as neighborhood/residential permits, school areas, or special events; and
::F. Emergency parking or stopping only.


19. NO PARKING EXCEPT SUNDAY AND HOLIDAYS (R7-103);
The District Engineer is authorized to act on requests for parking restrictions within incorporated areas upon receipt of a city ordinance requesting the same.


20. NO PARKING ALL TRAILORS AND TRUCKS OVER 6 TONS (R7-36);
'''Option. '''The District Engineer may authorize parking restrictions after completion of a study by the district staff and review by county and local law enforcement.


21.  ½ HOUR PARKING (R7-108);
Within interchange areas and on ramps the standard NO PARKING ANYTIME (R7-1) sign may be used.


22. ½ HOUR PARKING (DOUBLE ARROW) (R7-108D);
'''Guidance. '''Local law enforcement agencies should be consulted when determining if there is a need for no parking signs to be installed.


23½ HOUR PARKING (LEFT ARROW) (R7-108L);
=={{SpanID|903.2.43}}903.2.43 Design of Parking, Standing, and Stopping Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.53)==
<center>
{| style="text-align: center;"
|-
| [[File:R7-1.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-1 '''</center>]]
| [[File:R7-108.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-108 '''</center>]]
| [[File:R7-111.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-111 '''</center>]]
| [[File:R7-111a.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-111a '''</center>]]
| [[File:R7-112.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-112 '''</center>]]
| [[File:R7-112a.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-112a '''</center>]]
|-
| [[File:R7-112b.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-112b '''</center>]]
| [[File:R7-113.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-113 '''</center>]]
| [[File:R7-113aP.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-113aP '''</center>]][[File:R7-113bP.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-113bP '''</center>]]
| [[File:R7-114a.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-114a '''</center>]]
| [[File:R7-114b.jpg|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-114b '''</center>]]
| [[File:R7-201P.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-201P '''</center>]]
|-
| [[File:R7-202P.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-202P '''</center>]]
| [[File:R7-5.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-5 '''</center>]]
| [[File:R7-8.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-8 '''</center>]]
| [[File:R7-8aP.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-8aP '''</center>]]
| [[File:R7-35.png|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R7-35 '''</center>]]


24. ½ HOUR PARKING (RIGHT ARROW) (R7-108R);
|}
</center>
'''Standard. '''Parking, standing, or stopping signs shall be rectangular.


25.  NO PARKING LOADING ZONE (R7-106);
Public agencies shall follow established law (State law, local ordinance, or regulation) as adopted by the authorized agency regarding what messages are allowed on parking signs.


26. NO PARKING LOADING ZONE (DOUBLE ARROW) (R7-106D);
The legend on parking signs shall state applicable regulations. Parking signs shall comply with the standards of shape, color, and location.


27. NO PARKING LOADING ZONE (LEFT ARROW) (R7-106L);
Prohibitive parking signs shall be used where parking is prohibited at all times or at specific times. Except as otherwise provided in this article, parking signs shall have a red legend and border on a white background and, when the parking prohibition symbol is used, the symbol “P” shall be black.  


28. NO PARKING LOADING ZONE (RIGHT ARROW) (R7-106R);
Permissive parking signs shall be used where only time-limited parking or parking in a particular manner is allowed. Permissive parking signs shall have a green legend and border on a white background.


29. NO PARKING BUS STOP (R7-107);
'''Guidance. '''Parking information, should be displayed from top to bottom of the sign, as applicable, in the following order:
::A. The restriction or prohibition;
::B. The times of the day that it is applicable, if not all hours;
::C. The days of the week that it is applicable, if not every day;
::D. Qualifying or supplementary information;
::E. Exemptions to the restriction of prohibition; and
::F. Any tow-away message or symbol.


30. NO PARKING BUS STOP (DOUBLE ARROW) (R7-107D);
If the parking regulation applies to a limited area or zone, the limits of the regulation should be shown by arrows or supplemental plaques. If arrows are used and if the sign is at the end of a parking zone, there should be a single-headed arrow pointing in the direction that the regulation is in effect. If the sign is at an intermediate point in a zone, there should be a double-headed arrow pointing both ways. When a single sign is used at the transition point between two parking zones, it should display a right arrow and a left arrow pointing in the direction that the respective regulations apply.


31. NO PARKING BUS STOP (LEFT ARROW) (R7-107L);
'''Standard. '''The times and days for which the parking regulations are in effect shall be posted if they are not in effect at all times of day or all days of the week.  


32. NO PARKING BUS STOP (RIGHT ARROW) (R7-107R);
'''Option. '''As an alternate to the use of arrows to show designated restriction zones, the following word messages may be used: BEGIN, END, HERE TO CORNER, HERE TO ALLEY, and THIS SIDE OF SIGN.


33. COMBINATION OF ANY TWO PARKING SIGNS (R7-200); and
'''Standard. '''Where parking spaces are reserved for persons with disabilities, the Accessible Parking (R7-8) sign shall be used to designate the space and shall display the official International Symbol of Accessibility.


34.  TOW AWAY ZONE (R7-201aP).
Where parking spaces that are reserved for persons with disabilities are designed to accommodate wheelchair vans, a VAN ACCESSIBLE (R7-8aP) plaque shall be mounted below the R7-8 sign.  


The district engineer is authorized to act on requests for parking restrictions within incorporated areas upon receipt of a city ordinance requesting the same.
The RESERVED PARKING for Persons with Disabilities (R7-8) sign shall be installed in rest area parking lots 10 ft. to 16 ft. from the edge of the handicap ramp.


'''Option.''' The district engineer may authorize parking restrictions after completion of a study by the district staff and review by county and local law enforcement.
'''Support. '''The R7-8L has a left arrow and the R7-8R a right arrow. The R7-8 does not have an arrow.


Within interchange areas and on ramps the standard NO PARKING ANYTIME (R7-1) sign may be used.
'''Guidance. '''Where parking spaces are designated for parking of electric vehicles, an Electric Vehicle Parking (R7-111 series, R7-112 series, and R7-113) sign should be installed adjacent to the designated spaces. Where there is no time limit, the R7-111 series sign should be used. Where parking is subject to a time limit, the R7-112 series sign should be used.  


'''Guidance.'''  Local law enforcement agencies involved should be advised of the change and have city support.  
Where parking spaces are only designated for charging of electric vehicles, an R7-113 sign or R7-114 series sign should be installed adjacent to the designated spaces.


===903.5.26.1 Design of Parking, Standing and Stopping Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.47)===
Where additional restrictions apply while a vehicle occupies the designated space, the R7-113P series plaques should be installed below the R7-113 sign or the R7-114 series signs.


'''Support.''' Discussions of parking signs and parking regulations in this article apply not only to parking, but also to standing and stopping.
'''Option. '''A Tow-Away Zone (R7-201P or R7-201aP) plaque may be mounted below any parking prohibition sign. The word legend TOW-AWAY ZONE may be incorporated into the parking prohibition sign in lieu of using a separate plaque.  


'''Standard.'''  The legend on parking signs shall state applicable regulations.  Parking signs shall comply to the standards of shape, color, and location.
The R7-201P plaque may have a black or red symbol and border on a white background.  


Where parking is prohibited at all times or at specific times, the basic design for parking signs shall have a red legend and border on a white background (Parking Prohibition signs), except that the R8-4 and R8-7 signs and the alternate design for the R7-201aP plaque shall have a black legend and border on a white background, and the R8-3 sign shall have a black legend and border and a red circle and slash on a white background.  Where only limited-time parking or parking in a particular manner are permitted, the signs shall have a green legend and border on a white background (Permissive Parking signs).
'''Guidance. '''When a legend other than that on the standard parking signs is necessary, letter height, symbol size, and basic sign layout should be consistent with the those shown on the standard parking signs as detailed in the FHWA “Standard Highway Signs” publication (see  [[:Category:911_General_(MUTCD_Part_1)#Relation_to_Other_Publications_(MUTCD_Section_1A.05)|EPG 911 (MUTCD Section 1A.05)]]). '''


'''Guidance.'''  Variations in sign legend may be requested.  If signs different from those listed are required, the following information may be included in the legend on the R7-10x series:
In general, the letter height of the principal legend on parking signs sized for urbanized applications should be at least 2 inches.


A. The restriction or prohibition;
The NO PARKING ON BRIDGE sign (R7-35) should be used at bridge ends or on bridges where motorists tend to block or endanger through traffic by parking on the bridge.


B. The times of the day that it is applicable, if not at all hours; and
=={{SpanID|903.2.44}}903.2.44  Placement of Parking, Standing, and Stopping Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.54)==


C. The days of the week that it is applicable, if not every day.
'''Support. '''The efficacy of parking, standing, and stopping signs, when used on conventional roads in urbanized or developed environments, depends on their visibility and consistent placement along a street or within a particular block. It is often impracticable for the entire legend to be legible from similar distances as for other types of signs. Therefore, it is important that their conventional form be recognizable from an adequate distance such that the road user can obtain the information upon closer inspection.


If the parking restriction applies to a limited area or zone, the limits of the restriction should be shown by arrows or supplemental plaques. If arrows are used and if the sign is at the end of a parking zone, there should be a single-headed arrow pointing in the direction that the regulation is in effect.  If the sign is at an intermediate point in a zone, there should be a double-headed arrow pointing both ways.  When a single sign is used at the transition point between two parking zones, it should display a right and left arrow pointing in the direction that the respective restrictions apply.
'''Guidance. '''When signs with arrows are used to indicate the extent of the restricted zones, the signs should be set at an angle of not less than 30 degrees nor more than 45 degrees with the line of traffic flow in order to be visible to approaching traffic.


Where special parking restrictions are imposed during heavy snowfall, Emergency Snow Route (R7-203) signs should be installed.  The legend will vary according to the regulations, but the signs should be vertical rectangles, having a white background with the upper part of the plate a red background.
When signs are placed at the head of perpendicular parking stalls, the signs should be parallel to the roadway facing the parking stall.


'''Option.'''  To minimize the number of parking signs, blanket regulations that apply to a given district may, if legal, be posted at district boundary lines.
Spacing of signs should be based on legibility, conspicuity, and sign orientation.


As an alternate to the use of arrows to show designated restriction zones, word messages such as BEGIN, END, HERE TO CORNER, HERE TO ALLEY, THIS SIDE OF SIGN, or BETWEEN SIGNS may be used.
If the zone is long, signs should be used at intermediate points within the zone.


Where parking is prohibited during certain hours and time-limited parking or parking in a particular manner is permitted during certain other time periods, the red Parking Prohibition and green Permissive Parking signs may be designed as follows:
If the signs are mounted at an angle of 90 degrees to the curb line, two signs should  be mounted back to back at the transition point between two parking zones, each with an appended THIS SIDE OF SIGN (R7-202P) supplemental plaque.


A. Two 12 in. x 18 in. parking signs may be used with the red Parking Prohibition sign installed above or to the left of the green Permissive Parking sign; or
If the signs are mounted at an angle of 90 degrees to the curb line, signs without any arrows or appended plaques should be used at intermediate points within a parking zone, facing in the direction of approaching traffic. Otherwise, the standards of placement should be the same as for signs using directional arrows.


B. The red Parking Prohibition sign and the green Permissive Parking sign may be combined to form an R7-200 sign on a single 24 in. x 18 in. sign, or on a single 12 in. x 30 in. sign.
'''Option. '''Blanket parking regulations that apply to an entire jurisdiction may, if legal, be posted in the vicinity of the jurisdictional boundary lines. Blanket parking regulations that apply to a posted zone or district may, if legal, be posted at the entry points to the zone or district.  


The R7-200 sign is the combination of any other two parking signs. This type of sign is not intended for used on a freeway. At the transition point between two parking zones, a single sign or two signs mounted side by side may be used.
=={{SpanID|903.2.45}}903.2.45 Emergency Restriction Signs (R8-7) (MUTCD Section 2B.55)==


The words NO PARKING may be used as an alternative to the No Parking symbol.  The supplemental educational plaque, NO PARKING, with a red legend and border on a white background, may be used above signs incorporating the No Parking symbol.
[[image:R8-7.gif|center|150px|thumb|<center>'''R8-7'''</center>]]


Alternate designs for the R7-107 sign may be developed such as the R7-107a sign.  Alternate designs may include, on a single panel, a transit logo, an approved bus symbol, a parking prohibition, the words BUS STOP, and an arrow.  The preferred bus symbol color is black, but other dark colors may be used.  Additionally, the transit logo may be shown on the bus face in the appropriate colors instead of placing the logo separately.  The reverse side of the sign may contain bus routing information.
'''Standard. '''Emergency Restriction signs shall be rectangular and shall have a black legend and border on a white background.  


To make the parking regulations more effective and to improve public relations by giving a definite warning, a sign reading TOW-AWAY ZONE (R7-201aP) may be appended to, or incorporated in, any parking prohibition sign.
'''Option. '''The EMERGENCY STOPPING ONLY (R8-7) sign  may be used to discourage or prohibit shoulder parking on the interstate and other freeway highway systems based on the Missouri Revised Statutes, Section 304.024.


===903.5.26.2 Placement of Parking, Stopping and Standing Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.48)===
'''Guidance. '''The use of the EMERGENCY STOPPING ONLY sign should be held to a minimum and not erected unless there is a specific problem.


'''Guidance.''' When signs with arrows are used to indicate the extent of the restricted zones, the signs should be set at an angle of not less than 30 degrees or more than 45 degrees with the line of traffic flow in order to be visible to approaching traffic.
'''Support. ''' [[913.2 Signs (MUTCD Chapter 8B) #913.2.7|EPG 913.2.7]] contains information for the use of the DO NOT STOP ON TRACKS (R8-8) sign to discourage or prohibit parking or stopping on railroad or light rail transit tracks.


Spacing of signs should be based on legibility and sign orientation.  If the zone is unusually long, signs showing a double arrow should be used at intermediate points within the zone.


'''Standard.''' If the signs are mounted at an angle of 90 degrees to the curb line, two signs shall be mounted back-to-back at the transition point between two parking zones, each with an appended THIS SIDE OF SIGN (R7-202P) supplemental plaque.
=={{SpanID|903.2.46}}903.2.46  Pedestrian Crossing Signs (R9-3) (MUTCD Section 2B.57)==
<center>
{|
|-
| [[File:R9-3.jpg|thumb|center|<center>'''R9-3'''</center>|120px]]
| [[File:R9-3a.jpg|thumb|center|<center>'''R9-3a'''</center>|120px]]
|}</center>


'''Guidance.''' If the signs are mounted at an angle of 90 degrees to the curb line, signs without any arrow or appended plaque should be used at intermediate points within a parking zone, facing in the direction of approaching traffic.  Otherwise the standards of placement should be the same as for signs using directional arrows.
'''Option. '''Pedestrian Crossing signs may be used to limit pedestrian crossing to specific locations.


==903.5.27 NO PARKING ALL TRAILERS AND TRUCKS OVER 6 TONS (R7-36)==
'''Standard. '''If used, Pedestrian Crossing signs shall be installed to face pedestrian approaches.


[[image:R7-104.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''R7-36'''</center>|100px]]
'''Option. '''The No Pedestrian Crossing (R9-3) sign may be used to prohibit pedestrians from crossing a roadway at an undesirable location or in front of a school or other public building where a crossing is not designated.


'''Standard.'''  NO PARKING ALL TRAILERS AND TRUCKS OVER 6 TONS (R7-36) signs shall be placed in each commuter parking lot.  A sign shall be installed at or near each entrance of the commuter parking lot.
The NO PEDESTRIAN CROSSING (R9-3a) word message sign may be used as an alternate to the R9-3 symbol sign.


'''Support.''' This parking restriction is necessary because commuter lots have been used by commercial trailers and trucks for extended periods of parking.
'''Support. '''Pedestrians with vision disabilities might need features other than traffic control devices to provide effective communication of the prohibition of pedestrian crossing.


==903.5.28 RESERVED PARKING For Persons with Disabilities Sign (R7-8, R7-8P)==
=={{SpanID|903.2.47}}903.2.47  Traffic Signal Pedestrian and Bicyclist Actuation Signs (R10-3b, R10-3d, R10-3e, R10-4, and R10-25) (MUTCD Section 2B.58)==


{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
<center>
{|
|-
| [[File:R10-3b.jpg|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-3b'''</center>]]
| [[File:R10-3d.jpg|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-3d'''</center>]]
| [[File:R10-3e.jpg|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-3e'''</center>]]
| [[File:R10-4.jpg|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-4'''</center>]]
| [[File:R10-25.jpg|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-25'''</center>]]
|-
|-
|[[image:R7-8.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R7-8'''</center>]]
||[[image:R7-8P.jpg|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R7-8P'''</center>]]
|}
|}
</center>


'''Standard.''' The RESERVED PARKING for Persons with Disabilities (R7-8) sign shall be installed in rest area parking lots 10 ft. to 16 ft. from the edge of the handicap ramp.
'''Standard. '''Where manual actuation of a traffic signal is required for pedestrians or bicyclists to call a signal phase to cross the roadway, traffic signal signs applicable to pedestrian actuation or bicyclist actuation shall be mounted immediately above or incorporated into the push button detector units (see [[902.9 Pedestrian Control Features (MUTCD Chapter 4I) #902.9.5|EPG 902.9.5]]). '''


Where parking spaces that are reserved for persons with disabilities are designated to accommodate wheelchair vans, a VAN ACCESSIBLE (R7-8P) plaque shall be mounted below the R7-8 sign. The R7-8P plaque shall have a green legend and border on a white background.
'''Support. '''Traffic signal signs applicable to pedestrians include:
::A. Push Button for Walk Signal (R10-3 series), and
::B. Push Button for Green Signal (R10-4 series).


'''Support.''' The R7-8L has a left arrow and the R7-8R a right arrow.  The R7-8 does not have an arrow.
'''Option. '''If the signalized intersection has push buttons but no pedestrian heads the PUSH BUTTON FOR GREEN SIGNAL (R10-4) sign may be used instead of the R10-3e and R10-3j signs.


==903.5.29 Emergency Restriction Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.49)==
'''Guidance. '''The finger in the push button symbol on the R10-4 sign should point in the same direction as the arrow on the sign.


[[image:R8-7.gif|center|150px|thumb|<center>'''R8-7'''</center>]]
'''Option. '''Where symbolic pedestrian signal indications are used, an educational sign (R10-3b) may be used at signalized intersections. The R10-3d educational sign may be used to inform pedestrians that the pedestrian clearance time is sufficient only for the pedestrian to cross to the median at locations where pedestrians cross in two stages using a median refuge island. The R10-3e educational sign may be used where countdown pedestrian signals have been provided.


'''Option.'''  The EMERGENCY STOPPING ONLY (R8-7) sign may be used to discourage or prohibit shoulder parking on the interstate and other freeway highway systems based on Section 304.024 RSMo.
The R10-3e sign shall be used with pre-timed pedestrian signals. For actuated pedestrian signal, the R10-3eL and R10-3eR shall be mounted immediately above or incorporated in pedestrian pushbutton units.


'''Standard.'''  EMERGENCY STOPPING ONLY signs shall be rectangular and have a black legend and border on a white background.
The R10-25 sign may be used where a push button detector has been installed for pedestrians to activate In-Roadway Warning Lights (see [[902.20 In-Roadway Warning Lights (MUTCD Chapter 4U) #902.20|EPG 902.20]]) or flashing beacons that have been added to the pedestrian warning signs.


'''Guidance.'''  The use of the EMERGENCY STOPPING ONLY sign should be held to a minimum and not erected unless there is a specific problem.
=={{SpanID|903.2.48}}903.2.48  Traffic Signal Signs and Plaques (R10-5 through R10-23a) (MUTCD Section 2B.59)==
 
<center>
==903.5.30 Traffic Signal Signs (R10-3, R10-5 through R10-30) (MUTCD Section 2B.53)==
{|
 
|-
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
| [[File:R10-5.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-5 '''</center>]]
| [[File:R10-6.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-6 '''</center>]]
| [[File:R10-7.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-7 '''</center>]]
| [[File:R10-10.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-10 '''</center>]]
|-
|-
|[[image:R10-3b.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-3b'''</center>|95px]]||[[image:R10-3bR.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-3bR'''</center>|95px]]||[[image:R10-3c.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-3c'''</center>|95px]]||[[image:R10-3cL.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-3cL'''</center>|95px]]
| [[File:R10-12.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-12 '''</center>]]
||[[image:R10-3eL.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-3eL'''</center>|95px]]
| [[File:R10-12a.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-12a '''</center>]]
|}
| [[File:R10-13.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-13 '''</center>]]
 
| [[File:R10-14.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-14 '''</center>]]
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
| [[File:R10-14a.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-14a '''</center>]]
|-
|-
|[[image:R10-5.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-5'''</center>|95px]]
| [[File:R10-14b.jpg|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-14b '''</center>]]
||[[image:R10-6.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-6'''</center>|95px]]||[[image:R10-7.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-7'''</center>|95px]]
| [[File:R10-15.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-15 '''</center>]]
||[[image:R10-7a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-7a'''</center>|95px]]
| [[File:R10-23.gif|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-23 '''</center>]]
||[[image:R10-10.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-10'''</center>|95px]]
| [[File:R10-23a.jpg|center|thumb|alt=|105px|<center>'''R10-23a '''</center>]]
|}
{|style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|-
|[[image:R10-11c.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-11c'''</center>|95px]]
||[[image:R10-12.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-12'''</center>|95px]]
||[[image:R10-13.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-13'''</center>|95px]]
||[[image:R10-21.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-21'''</center>|95px]]
|}
|}
</center>


'''Support.''' Refer to [[:Category:902 Signals|EPG 902 Signals]] for more information on the application of these signs.
'''Option. '''To supplement traffic signal control, traffic signal (R10-5 through R10-30) signs may be used to regulate road users.


'''Option.''' To supplement traffic signal control, Traffic Signal signs R10-5 through R10-30 may be used to regulate road users.  
Traffic signal signs may be installed at certain locations to clarify signal control. Among the legends that may be used for this purpose are:
::A. LEFT (RIGHT) ON GREEN ARROW ONLY (R10-5),
::B. STOP HERE ON RED (R10-6) for observance of stop lines,
::C. DO NOT BLOCK INTERSECTION (R10-7) for avoidance of traffic obstructions,
::D. LEFT (RIGHT) TURN SIGNAL (R10-10),
::E. U TURN SIGNAL (R10-10a) for exclusive control of a U-turn movement,
::F. LEFT (RIGHT) TURN YIELD ON GREEN (symbolic circular green) (R10-12), and
::G. LEFT (RIGHT) TURN YIELD ON FLASHING YELLOW ARROW (R10-12a).


Traffic Signal signs may be installed at certain locations to clarify signal control. Among the legends that may be used for this purpose are STOP HERE ON RED (R10-6) for observance of stop lines, DO NOT BLOCK INTERSECTION (R10-7) for avoidance of traffic obstructions, DO NOT BLOCK ENTRANCE (R10-7a), RIGHT TURN SIGNAL (R10-10R), LEFT TURN YIELD ON FLASHING ARROW (special sign), and STOP HERE ON FLASHING RED (R10-14b) for emergency-vehicle hybrid beacon.
'''Guidance. '''If used, the LEFT ON GREEN ARROW ONLY sign, the LEFT TURN SIGNAL sign, the LEFT TURN YIELD ON GREEN (symbolic circular green) sign, or the LEFT TURN YIELD ON FLASHING YELLOW ARROW sign should be located adjacent to the left-turn signal face.


'''Guidance.''' If used, the LEFT TURN YIELD ON FLASHING ARROW (special sign) sign should be located adjacent to the left-turn signal face.
'''Standard. '''The LEFT TURN SIGNAL (R10-10L) sign has been discontinued by MoDOT. These signs shall remain in place until the circular red indication is replaced with a red left arrow (see [[902.6 Steady (Stop-and-Go) Operation of Traffic Control Signals (MUTCD Chapter 4F) #902.6.6|EPG 902.6.6]] Signal Indications for Protected Only Mode Left-Turn Movements in a Separate Signal Face).


'''Standard.''' The R10-3e and R10-3j sign shall be used with pre-timed pedestrian signals. For actuated pedestrian signal, the R10-3eL or R10-3jL and the R10-3eR or R10-3jR shall be mounted immediately above or incorporated in pedestrian pushbutton units.  
If an existing R10-10L is at the end of its service life, it shall be removed, and the circular red indication shall be replaced with a red left arrow.


The LEFT TURN SIGNAL (R10-10L) has been discontinued and shall be replaced by the LEFT TURN YIELD ON FLASHING ARROW (special sign) sign.  These signs shall remain in place to the end of their service life or when the signal head is replaced, whichever comes first.
'''Guidance. '''If used, the RIGHT ON GREEN ARROW ONLY sign, the RIGHT TURN SIGNAL sign, or the RIGHT TURN YIELD ON FLASHING YELLOW ARROW sign should be located adjacent to the right-turn signal face.


The RIGHT TURN SIGNAL (R10-10R) sign does not restrict right turns on red by state law, however, if local ordinances or enforcement practices cause this restriction, this sign may be omitted.  
'''Option. '''If used, a U TURN SIGNAL (R10-10a) sign may be installed adjacent to the signal face that exclusively controls a U-turn movement.


The LEFT TURN SIGNAL - YIELD ON FLASHING ARROW (special sign) or RIGHT TURN SIGNAL sign shall be used next to a signal indication where the turning movement is controlled by a flashing yellow arrow.  
'''Standard. '''The CROSSWALK—STOP ON RED (symbolic circular red) (R10-23) and STOP ON RED-YIELD ON FLASHING RED AFTER STOP (R10-23a) signs shall only be used in conjunction with pedestrian hybrid beacons (see [[902.10 Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons (MUTCD Chapter 4J) #902.10.2|EPG 902.10.2]]).


The LEFT TURN YIELD ON FLASHING ARROW (special sign) sign is used when the LEFT TURN SIGNAL sign is already in place and the turn is controlled by a flashing yellow arrow.  
The EMERGENCY SIGNAL (R10-13) sign shall be used in conjunction with emergency-vehicle traffic control signals (see [[902.13 Traffic Control Signals for Emergency-Vehicle Access (MUTCD Chapter 4M) #902.13.2|EPG 902.13.2]]).


RIGHT TURN SIGNAL signs shall not be used at ramp terminals, the stems of tee intersections, or any other situation where there is no opposing through or left turning traffic.  
The EMERGENCY SIGNAL—STOP ON FLASHING RED (R10-14 or R10-14a) sign shall be used in conjunction with emergency-vehicle hybrid beacons (see [[902.14 Hybrid Beacons for Emergency-Vehicle Access (MUTCD Chapter 4N) #902.14.2|EPG 902.14.2]]).


If right turn on red (RTOR) is restricted, then the NO RIGHT TURN ON RED (R10-11a) sign shall be used in lieu of the RIGHT TURN SIGNAL sign.  
'''Option. '''If needed for extra emphasis, a STOP HERE ON FLASHING RED (R10-14b) sign may be installed with an emergency-vehicle hybrid beacon.


The EMERGENCY SIGNAL (R10-13) sign shall be used in conjunction with emergency-vehicle traffic control signals.
'''Standard. '''The Left Turn Yield to Bicycles (R10-12b) sign shall be limited to applications where the conflicting bicyclist movement would be unexpected in direction, location, or similar condition that would tend to violate the expectation of a turning motorist.


The EMERGENCY SIGNAL – STOP ON FLASHING RED (R10-14) and STOP HERE ON FLASHING RED (R10-14b) signs shall be used in conjunction with emergency-vehicle hybrid beacons.  
'''Guidance. '''The Left Turn Yield to Bicycles sign should be located adjacent to the left-turn signal face.  


'''Option.''' If the signalized intersection has push buttons but no pedestrian heads the PUSH BUTTON FOR GREEN SIGNAL (R10-4) sign may be used instead of the R10-3e and R10-3j signs.  
Currently the R10-12b sign is not used by MoDOT.  Contact the Highway Safety and Traffic division when considering the use of this sign.


In order to remind drivers who are making turns to yield to pedestrians, Turning Vehicles Yield to Pedestrians (R10-15) sign may be used.
Where conditions might warrant additional emphasis to drivers turning at a signalized intersection where potential pedestrian conflicts might not be readily apparent, a Turning Vehicles Yield to Pedestrians (R10-15) sign may be used.


A RIGHT TURN ON RED MUST YIELD TO U-TURN (R10-30) sign may be installed to remind road users that they must yield to conflicting u-turn traffic on the street or highway on to which they are turning right on a red signal after stopping. A RIGHT TURN MUST YIELD TO U-TURN (special sign) sign may be installed under a yield sign to remind road users that they must yield to conflicting u-turn traffic on the street or highway on to which they are turning right controlled by a yield sign.
The R10-15 series signs, where used, should be placed as follows:
::A. On the near right corner of the signalized intersection for right-turning vehicles.
::B. On the far left corner of the signalized intersection for the left-turning vehicles onto a two-way street.
::C. On the near left corner of the signalized intersection for left-turning vehicles from a one-way street onto a one-way street.


The R10-25 sign may be used where a pushbutton detector has been installed for pedestrians to activate [[902.14 In-Roadway Lights|In-Roadway Warning Lights]] or flashing beacons that have been added to the pedestrian warning signs.
=={{SpanID|903.2.49}}903.2.49  No Turn on Red Signs (R10-11 and R10-30a) (MUTCD Section 2B.60)==


'''Standard.''' The LEFT TURN YIELD ON GREEN (symbolic green ball) (R10-12) sign has been discontinued and shall be replaced by the LEFT TURN YIELD ON FLASHING ARROW (special sign) sign.  These signs shall remain in place to the end of their service life or when the signal head is replaced, whichever comes first. Refer to EPG 902.6.9.7 Signing a Turn Movement for application of uses.
<center>
{|
| [[File:R10-11.gif|thumb|center|105px|<center>'''R10-11'''</center>]]
|}
</center>


The LEFT TURN SIGNAL YIELD ON GREEN BALL (R10-21) sign has been discontinued and shall be replaced by the LEFT TURN SIGNAL YIELD ON FLASHING ARROW (special sign) sign.  These signs shall remain in place to the end of their service life or when the signal head is replaced, whichever comes first. Refer to [[902.6 Signal Indications and Signing#902.6.9.7 Signing a Turn Movement|EPG 902.6.9.7 Signing a Turn Movement]] for application of uses.
'''Standard. '''Where a right turn on a circular red signal indication (or a left turn on a circular red signal indication from a one-way street to a one-way street) is to be prohibited, a NO TURN ON RED (R10-11) word message sign shall be used.  


'''Standard.''' The NO RIGHT TURN ON RED (R10-11a) sign shall be used to prohibit a right turn on red.  
The NO TURN ON RED (R10-11) sign shall be used to prohibit a right turn on red.


'''Guidance.''' The RIGHT TURN SIGNAL (R10-10R) sign should be used when a right turn movement with an exclusive turn lane is protected and controlled by a three-section head consisting of R-Yrt-Rt or R-YRT-FYRT-RT. If used, the NO TURN ON RED sign should mounted adjacent to the far right signal indication. Refer to [[902.5 Traffic Control Signal Features#902.5.33 Signal Indications for Protected/Permissive Mode Right-Turn Movements (MUTCD Section 4D.24)|EPG 902.5.33]] to determine when a A NO TURN ON RED sign should be considered.
'''Guidance. '''If used, the No Turn on Red sign should be installed near the appropriate signal head.


==903.5.31 Photo Enforced Signs and Plaques (R10-18, R10-19aP) (MUTCD Section 2B.55)==
A No Turn on Red sign should be considered when an engineering study finds that one or more of the following conditions exists:
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
::A. Inadequate sight distance to vehicles approaching from the left (or right, if applicable);
|-
::B. Geometrics or operational characteristics of the intersection that might result in unexpected conflicts;
|[[image:R10-18.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-18'''</center>|95px]]||
::C. An exclusive pedestrian or bicycle phase;
[[image:R10-19.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R10-19aP'''</center>|95px]]
::D. An unacceptable number of conflicting pedestrian movements with right-turn-on-red maneuvers, especially involving children, older pedestrians, or persons with disabilities;
|}
::E. More than three right-turn-on-red crashes reported in a 12-month period for the particular approach; or
::F. The skew angle of the intersecting roadways creates difficulty for drivers to see traffic approaching from their left (or right, if applicable).


'''Option.''' A TRAFFIC LAWS PHOTO ENFORCED (R10-18) sign may be installed at a jurisdictional boundary to advise road users that some of the traffic regulations within that jurisdiction are being enforced by photographic equipment.
'''Standard. '''If an R10-11 sign with conventional road size as shown in [[#tab903.2.3|Table 903.2.3]] is used on an approach on the far side of the intersection and the distance between the stop line and the sign is greater than 120 feet, then a duplicate sign shall be located on the near side of the intersection to supplement the sign on the far side of the intersection.  


A PHOTO ENFORCED (R10-19aP) sign may be mounted below a regulatory sign to advise road users that the regulation is being enforced by photographic equipment.
Except as provided by the option below, if right turn on red (RTOR) is restricted, then the NO TURN ON RED (R10-11) sign shall be used in lieu of the RIGHT TURN SIGNAL sign.


'''Standard.''' If used below a regulatory sign, the PHOTO ENFORCED (R10-19aP) sign shall be a rectangle with a black legend and border on a white background.
'''Guidance. '''If used, the NO TURN ON RED sign should mounted adjacent to the far right signal indication. Refer to [[902.6 Steady (Stop-and-Go) Operation of Traffic Control Signals (MUTCD Chapter 4F) #902.6.13|EPG 902.6.13]] to determine when a NO TURN ON RED sign should be considered.


==903.5.32 KEEP OFF MEDIAN Sign (R11-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.57)==
'''Option. '''Where space is limited, the square-shaped NO TURN ON RED (R10-11b) sign may be used instead of the R10-11 sign.


[[image:R11-1.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''R11-1'''</center>|105px]]
When a no-turn-on-red restriction applies during certain time periods only, the following alternatives may be used:
::A Movement Prohibition (R3-1, R3-2, R3-4, R3-18, and R3-27) signs or NO TURN ON RED signs displayed by using a blank-out sign for the time period or one or more portion(s) of a particular cycle of the traffic control signal during which the prohibition is applicable; or


'''Option.'''  The KEEP OFF MEDIAN (R11-1) sign may be used to prohibit driving into or parking on the median.
White LEDs may be used in the border and activated during periods of turn prohibition to enhance the sign conspicuity.


'''Guidance.'''  The KEEP OFF MEDIAN sign should be installed on the left of the roadway within the median at random intervals as needed wherever there is a tendency for encroachment.
A RIGHT TURN ON RED MUST YIELD TO U-TURN (R10-30) sign may be installed to remind road users that they must yield to conflicting U-turn traffic on the street or highway onto which they are turning right on a red signal after stopping.


'''Support.'''  A median is the area between two roadways of a divided highway measured from edge of travel way to edge of travel way or the area between a highway and an outer road.
A RIGHT TURN MUST YIELD TO U-TURN (R10-30a) sign may be installed under a yield sign to remind road users that they must yield to conflicting U-turn traffic on the street or highway on to which they are turning right controlled by a yield sign.


==903.5.33 ROAD CLOSED Sign (R11-2) and LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY Signs (R11-3 Series, R11-4) (MUTCD Section 2B.58)==
=={{SpanID|903.2.50}}903.2.50  Ramp Metering Signs (R10-28 and R10-29) (MUTCD Section 2B.61)==


{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
<center>
|-
{|
|[[image:R11-2.gif|125px|thumb|left|<center>'''R11-2'''</center>]]||[[image:R11-3a.jpg|thumb|left|<center>'''R11-3a'''</center>|125px]]||[[image:R11-3b.jpg|thumb|left|<center>'''R11-3b'''</center>|125px]]||[[image:R11-4.gif|thumb|left|<center>'''R11-4'''</center>|125px]]  
| [[File:R10-28.jpg|thumb|center|95px|<center>'''R10-28'''</center>]]
| [[File:R10-29.jpg|thumb|center|125px|<center>'''R10-29'''</center>]]
|}
|}
</center>
'''Option. '''When ramp control signals (see [[902.16 Traffic Control Signals for Freeway Entrance Ramps (MUTCD Chapter 4P) #902.2.16|EPG 902.16]]) are used to meter traffic on a freeway or expressway entrance ramp, regulatory signs with legends appropriate to the control may be installed adjacent to the ramp control signal faces.


'''Guidance.'''  The ROAD CLOSED (R11-2) sign should be installed where roads have been closed to all traffic (except authorized vehicles). ROAD CLOSED—LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY (R11-3a) or ROAD CLOSED TO THRU TRAFFIC (R11-4) signs should be used where through traffic is not permitted, or for a closure some distance beyond the sign, but where the highway is open for local traffic up to the point of closure.
For entrance ramps with only one controlled lane, an XX VEHICLE(S) PER GREEN (R10-28) sign may be used to inform road users of the number of vehicles that are permitted to proceed during each short display of the green signal indication. For entrance ramps with more than one controlled lane, an XX VEHICLE(S) PER GREEN EACH LANE (R10-29) sign may be used to inform road users of the number of vehicles that are permitted to proceed from each lane during each short display of the green signal indication.


'''Standard.''' The Road Closed (R11-2, R11-3 series, and R11-4) signs shall be designed as horizontal rectangles. These signs shall be preceded by the applicable Advance Road Closed warning sign with the secondary legend AHEAD and, if applicable, an Advance Detour warning sign.
'''Support. '''[[903.12 Changeable Message Signs (MUTCD Chapter 2L) #903.12|EPG 903.12]] contains provisions for the use of blank-out or changeable message signs when the metering is limited by time, day, or condition.


'''Option.''' The word message BRIDGE OUT may be substituted for the ROAD CLOSED message where applicable.
=={{SpanID|903.2.51}}903.2.51 KEEP OFF MEDIAN Sign (R11-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.62)==


==903.5.34 DO NOT DRIVE ON SHOULDER Sign (R4-17) (MUTCD Section 2B.36)==
<center>
{|
|[[File:R11-1.jpg|thumb|center|105px|<center>'''R11-1'''</center>]]
|}
</center>


[[image:R11-5.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''R4-17'''</center>|105px]]
'''Option. '''The KEEP OFF MEDIAN (R11-1) sign may be used to prohibit driving into or parking on the median.


'''Guidance.''' The DO NOT DRIVE ON SHOULDER (R4-17) sign should be considered for special conditions if there is a need determined by district traffic engineering staff.  The sign should be considered as a temporary tool to aid in the enforcement of the condition.  After it appears the problem has been corrected, these signs should be removed.
'''Guidance. '''The KEEP OFF MEDIAN sign should be installed on the left-hand side of the roadway within the median at random intervals as needed wherever there is a tendency for encroachment.


'''Standard.''' So that driver expectancy does not require general use of this sign, select only a relatively few locations for this sign’s use.
'''Support. '''A median is the area between two roadways of a divided highway measured from edge of travel way to edge of travel way or the area between a highway and an outer road.


==903.5.35 STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS Sign (R16-26)==
=={{SpanID|903.2.52}}903.2.52  ROAD CLOSED Sign (R11-2) and LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY Signs (R11-3 and R11-4) (MUTCD Section 2B.63)==


[[image:R16-6.gif|center|125px|thumb|<center>'''R16-6'''</center>|
<center>
<center>'''''Do Not Replace'''''</center>]]
{|
|[[File:R11-2.jpg|thumb|center|135px|<center>'''R11-2'''</center>]]
|[[File:R11-3.jpg|thumb|center|170px|<center>'''R11-3'''</center>]]
|[[File:R11-4.jpg|thumb|center|170px|<center>'''R11-4'''</center>]]
|}
</center>


'''Standard.''' The STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS (R16-26) sign has been discontinued. MoDOT shall no longer provide STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS (R16-26) signs. Existing STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS (R16-26) signs shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.  
'''Guidance. '''The ROAD CLOSED (R11-2) sign should be installed where roads have been closed to all traffic (except authorized vehicles).


==903.5.36 Weight Limit Signs (R12 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.59)==
ROAD CLOSED—LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY (R11-3) or ROAD CLOSED TO THRU TRAFFIC (R11-4) signs should be used where through traffic is not permitted, or for a closure some distance beyond the sign, but where the highway is open for local traffic up to the point of closure.


[[image:R12-1.gif|center|125px|thumb|<center>'''R12-1'''</center>]]
'''Standard. '''The Road Closed (R11-2, R11-3, and R11-4) signs shall be designed as horizontal rectangles. These signs shall be preceded by the applicable Advance Road Closed warning sign with the secondary legend AHEAD and, if applicable, an Advance Detour warning sign (see  [[616.8_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Warning_Signs_(MUTCD_Chapter_6H)#616.8.4_DETOUR_Sign_(WO20-2)_(MUTCD_Section_6H.04)|EPG 616.8.4]]).


'''Option.''' The WEIGHT LIMIT XX TONS (R12-1) sign may be used to indicate vehicle weight restrictions including load.  
=={{SpanID|903.2.53}}903.2.53 Weight Limit Sign (R12-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.64)==


'''Standard.''' If used, the WEIGHT LIMIT XX TONS (R12-1) shall be located in advance of the applicable section of highway or structure (see Table 903.5.36 and Fig. 903.5.36.1 to 903.5.36.7).
<center>
{|
|[[File:R12-1.jpg|thumb|center|105px|<center>'''R12-1'''</center>]]
|}
</center>


In commercial zones, bridges with the capacity of more the 65 tons shall not be posted, as normally loads in excess of 65 tons will not occur.
'''Support. '''In 2022, a new load posting policy was implemented by MoDOT in the EPG. This new policy resulted from a plan of corrective action with FHWA. With this new policy, all structures on the national bridge inventory will be categorized under this new policy within the next 10 years. There are 10,387 structures on the state system. 270 of these structures are major or unusual structures and these will be categorized over the next 10 years. The remaining 10,117 structures consist of 6,940 normal bridges and 3,177 culverts. The normal bridges will be categorized in the next 4 years and the culverts will be reviewed in the last 3 years of the 10 year timeline of the plan. The R12-1 sign remains in use, with the remaining MoDOT bridge posting signs being replaced by one of three new bridge posting signs in this article.


'''Guidance.''' If used, the WEIGHT LIMIT XX TONS (R12-1) sign with an advisory distance ahead legend should be placed at approach road intersections or other points where prohibited vehicles can detour or turn around.
'''Standard. '''Weight limit signs shall be used to indicate a structure that has a vehicle weight restriction.


'''903.5.36.1 Weight/Speed Restriction Signing (R12 Series)'''
'''Guidance. '''The units shown on any weight limit sign should be tons.


{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
'''Standard. '''Weight limit signs shall be installed in accordance with the new bridge posting classifications once completed.  
|-
|[[image:R12-10.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R12-16'''</center>]]
||[[image:R12-11.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R12-17'''</center>]]
||[[image:R12-12.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R12-18'''</center>]]
||[[image:R12-13.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R12-19'''</center>]]
|}
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|[[image:R12-14.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R12-20'''</center>]]
||[[image:R12-15.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R12-21'''</center>]]
||[[image:R12-16.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R12-22'''</center>]]
||[[image:R12-17.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R12-23'''</center>]]
|}
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|[[image:R12-18.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R12-24'''</center>]]
||[[image:R12-19.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R12-25'''</center>]]
||[[image:R12-20.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R12-26'''</center>]]
||[[image:R12-21.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R12-27'''</center>]]
|}


'''Option.'''  The Weight/Speed Restriction signing (R12 series) carrying weight restriction and speed limits may be used to indicate vehicle restrictions.  
A weight limit sign shall be located at the applicable structure in accordance with (see [[#tab903.2.53|Table 903.2.53]] and [[#fig903.2.53.1|Figures 903.2.53.1]] to [[#fig903.2.53.3|903.2.53.3]]).


'''Standard.'''  If used, the Weight/Speed Restriction signing shall be located in advance of the applicable section of highway or structure (see Table 903.5.36 and Figs. 903.5.36.1 to 903.5.36.7).
An additional weight limit sign, with an advisory distance or directional legend, shall be located in advance of the applicable section of highway or structure so that prohibited vehicles can detour or turn around prior to the limit zone.  


In commercial zones, bridges with the capacity of more the 65 tons shall not be posted, as normally loads in excess of 65 tons will not occur.
In commercial zones, bridges with the capacity of more the 65 tons shall not be posted, as normally loads in excess of 65 tons will not occur.


'''Guidance.'''  If used, the Weight/Speed Restriction signs with an advisory distance ahead legend should be placed at approach road intersections or other points where prohibited vehicles can detour or turn around.
Once a bridge has been categorized, the bridge posting signs shall be updated within 30 days of the bridge posting reclassification. This includes installing the correct sign and configuring the sign locations to match the appropriate bridge posting figure (see [[#fig903.2.53.1|Figures 903.2.53.1]] to [[#fig903.2.53.3|903.2.53.3]]).


'''Support.''' Bridge ratings can be found in [http://tmshome TMS].
'''Support. '''If existing weight limit signs need to be replaced prior to a bridge being categorized, contact Highway Safety and Traffic Division, Signing Section, for guidance.


<div id="Listing of Posting Categories"></div>
<div align="center";>
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="text-align:center;"
|+ '''''Table 903.5.36 Listing of Bridge Posting Categories'''''
|+ Table 903.2.53, Listing of Bridge Posting Categories
! style="background:#BEBEBE" rowspan="2"|Posting Category !!style="background:#BEBEBE" rowspan="2"| Figure!!style="background:#BEBEBE"|Description of Bridge Posting
! style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan="6" | Statewide Legal Load Posting Gross Weight Categories
|-
! Classification || Category || Description || Sign Verbiage || Sign || Figure
|-
| Normal Legal || SW-1 || No Posting Required || N/A || N/A || N/A
|-
| Normal Legal || SW-2 || General Gross Weight Limit || Weight Limit XX Tons || R12-1 || 903.5.36.1
|-
| Normal Legal || SW-3 || Single Unit Vehicle Gross Weight Limit || Weight Limit Single Unit XX Tons || R12-12 || 903.5.36.1
|-
| Normal Legal || SW-4 || Combination Vehicle Gross Weight Limit || Weight Limit Combination XX Tons || R12-13 || 903.5.36.1
|-
| Normal Legal || SW-5 || Single Unit Vehicle and Combination Vehicle Gross Weight Limits || Weight Limit Single Unit XX Tons Combination XX Tons || R12-14 || 903.5.36.1
|-
| colspan="6" | </br>
|-
! style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan="6" | Statewide Legal Load Posting Centerline Restriction with Gross Weight Categories
|-
! Classification || Category || Description || Sign Verbiage || Sign || Figure
|-
| Lane Restricted || LR-1 || Lane Restriction Only || N/A || N/A || 903.5.36.3
|-
| Lane Restricted || LR-2 || Lane Restriction with General Gross Weight Limit || Weight Limit XX Tons || R12-1 || 903.5.36.2
|-
|-
! style="background:#BEBEBE"|(refer to figures for each posting's appropriate signing)
| Lane Restricted || LR-3 || Lane Restriction with Single Unit Vehicle Gross Weight Limit || Weight Limit Single Unit XX Tons || R12-12 || 903.5.36.2
|-
| align="center"|S-1 ||N/A|| No Posting Required
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-2|| N/A|| Not Applicable
| Lane Restricted || LR-4 || Lane Restriction with Combination Vehicle Gross Weight Limit || Weight Limit Combination XX Tons || R12-13 || 903.5.36.2
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-3|| 903.5.36.2|| Actual Load Posting Required
| Lane Restricted || LR-5 || Lane Restriction with Single Unit Vehicle and Combination Vehicle Gross Weight Limits || Weight Limit Single Unit XX Tons Combination XX Tons || R12-14 || 903.5.36.2
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-C3|| 903.5.36.2|| Commercial Zone Posting (40 Tons or Greater)
| colspan="6" | </br>
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-4|| 903.5.36.4|| Traffic Must Use Centerline or Bridge
! style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan="6" | Commercial Zone Areas Gross Weight Categories
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-5|| 903.5.36.3|| Centerline of Bridge and Trucks Over _ Tons 15 MPH on Bridge
! Classification || Category || Description || Sign Verbiage || Sign || Figure
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-6|| 903.5.36.3|| Centerline of Bridge and 6-Axle Trucks Over _ Tons 15 MPH on Bridge
| Commercial Zone || CZ-1 || No Posting Required || N/A || N/A || N/A
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-7|| 903.5.36.5|| Trucks Over _ Tons 15 MPH on Bridge
| Commercial Zone || CZ-2 || General Gross Weight Limit || Weight Limit XX Tons || R12-1 || 903.5.36.1
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-8|| 903.5.36.5|| Trucks Over _ Tons 15 MPH on Bridge Except 6 Axle Trucks Weight Limit _ Tons
| Commercial Zone || CZ-3 || Single Unit Vehicle Gross Weight Limit || Weight Limit Single Unit XX Tons || R12-12 || 903.5.36.1
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-9|| 903.5.36.5|| 6 Axle Trucks Over _ Tons 15 MPH on Bridge
| Commercial Zone || CZ-4 || Combination Vehicle Gross Weight Limit || Weight Limit Combination XX Tons || R12-13 || 903.5.36.1
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-10|| 903.5.36.7|| 6 Axle Trucks Weight Limit _ Tons
| Commercial Zone || CZ-5 || Single Unit Vehicle and Combination Vehicle Gross Weight Limits || Weight Limit Single Unit XX Tons Combination XX Tons || R12-14 || 903.5.36.1
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-11|| 903.5.36.5|| Truck Over _ Tons 15 MPH on Bridge Except Trucks Weight Limit _ Tons
| colspan="6" | </br>
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-12|| 903.5.36.3|| Centerline of Bridge and Trucks Over _ Tons 15 MPH on Bridge Except Max Limit _ Tons
! style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan="6" | Other Miscellaneous Load Posting Categories
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-13|| 903.5.36.3|| Centerline of Bridge and Truck Weight Limit _ Tons, Two-Way Traffic
! Classification || Category || Description || Sign Verbiage || Sign || Figure
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-14|| 903.5.36.5|| Truck Weight Limit _ Tons Except Single Unit Triple Rear Axle Truck (MO-4) Over _ Tons 15 MPH on Bridge
| Fire Truck || FT-1|| General Gross Weight Limit for Emergency Vehicles Included in the FAST Act, Federal Reauthorization Bill || Weight Limit XX Tons || R12-1 || 903.5.36.1
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-15|| 903.5.36.5|| Truck Weight Limit _ Tons Except Single Unit Tandem Rear Axle Truck (H-20) _ Tons Weight Limit (May be used in Commercial Zone)
| Closed Bridge || K-CD || Closed to All Traffic || N/A || N/A || N/A
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-16|| 903.5.36.7|| Trucks Over _ Tons 15 MPH on Bridge Except Single Unit Trucks (H-20) Weight Limit _ Tons and all other Trucks Weight Limit _ Tons
| Closed Bridge || K-CIF || Closed to All Traffic as the Result of a Critical Inspection Finding || N/A || N/A || N/A
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-17|| 903.5.36.3|| Centerline of Bridge and Trucks Over _ Tons 15 MPH on Bridge Except Single Unit Trucks (H-20) Weight Limit _ Tons and all Other Trucks Weight Limit _ Tons
| Other || OT-1 || For Local Agency Bridges that have Signage that Doesn't Fit the Normal Legal, Lane Restricted, or Commercial Zone Categories || N/A || N/A || N/A
|-
|-
|align="center"|S-18|| 903.5.36.7|| Single Unit Trucks Over _ Tones 15 MPH on Bridge and all Other Trucks Over _ Tons 15 MPH on Bridge
|}
|}
</div>


<div class="flex-container1">
{{SpanID|fig903.2.53.1}}
<div>[[File:Figure 903.2.53.1 Weight Limit Restrictions.png|center|alt=A horizontal segment of roadway is shown. The middle of the roadway segment is illustrated to be crossing a bridge. The centerline of the roadway is a single dashed yellow line with one lane in each direction. On either side of the bridge, a WEIGHT LIMIIT SIGN is posted, facing the oncoming traffic. At the top of the figure are 4 different Weight Limit sign faces with a table below. These sign faces and the table are to help indicate what sign type and size to use at the beginning of a bridge crossing. The signs faces included in the table are R12-1, R12-12, R12-13, and R12-14.
|700px|thumb|<center>'''Figure 903.2.53.1''' Weight Limit Restrictions</center>]] </div>


[[image:Fig. 903.5.47.1.jpg|center|600px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.5.36.1 Truck Detour Signing For Weight Restricted Bridges '''</center>]]
{{SpanID|fig903.2.53.2}}
<div>[[File:Figure 903.2.53.2 One Lane Bridge Weight and Width Restrictions.png|center|alt=A horizontal segment of roadway is shown. The middle of the roadway segment is illustrated to be crossing a bridge. The centerline of the roadway is a double solid yellow line with one lane in each direction. Multiple sign faces are shown at varying distances on either side of the brdige, facing ocoming traffic. These signs include a W5-3,  W12-1,  W3-2, and a R1-2 sign. At the top of the figure are 4 different Weight Limit sign faces with a table below. These sign faces and the table are to help indicate what sign type and size to use at the beginning of a bridge crossing. The signs faces included in the table are R12-1, R12-12, R12-13, and R12-14. There is a note to "See EPG 903.3.72 for placement of Type 3 Object Markers" in the bottom right corner of the figure.|700px|thumb|<center>'''Figure 903.2.53.2''' One Lane Bridge Weight and Width Restrictions</center>]]</div>


[[image:Fig. 903.5.47.2.jpg|center|600px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.5.36.2 Two-Lane Bridge Weight Limit Restriction Category S-3 and S-C3'''</center>]]
{{SpanID|fig903.2.53.3}}
<div>[[File:Figure 903.2.53.3 One Lane Bridge Width Restrictions.png|center|alt=A horizontal segment of roadway is shown. The middle of the roadway segment is illustrated to be crossing a bridge. The centerline of the roadway is a double solid yellow line with one lane in each direction. Multiple sign faces are shown at varying distances on either side of the brdige, facing ocoming traffic. These signs include a W5-3,,  W3-2, and a R1-2 sign. There is a note to "See EPG 903.3.72 for placement of Type 3 Object Markers" in the bottom right corner of the figure.|700px|thumb|<center>'''Figure 903.2.53.3''' One Lane Bridge Width Restrictions</center>]]</div>
</div>


[[image:New 903.5.36.3.jpg|center|600px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.5.36.3  One Lane Bridge Weight and Speed Restrictions'''</center>]]
=={{SpanID|903.2.54}}903.2.54  Weigh Station Sign (R13 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.65)==
 
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
||[[image:R13-11.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R13-11'''</center>|130px]]
||[[image:R13-15P.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R13-15P'''</center>|130px]]
||[[image:R13-16.png|left|thumb|<center>'''R13-16'''</center>|80px]]
|}


[[image:Fig. 903.5.36.4.jpg|center|600px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.5.36.4  One Lane Bridge Width Restriction Category S-4'''</center>]]
'''Standard. '''The BUSES WEIGH sign (R13-11) should be used at all weigh stations to supplement the standard weigh station signing.


[[image:Fig. 903.5.36.5.jpg|center|600px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.5.36.5  Two-Lane Bridge Weight and Speed Restrictions'''</center>]]
'''Guidance. '''The OPEN-CLOSED plaque (R13-15P) should be installed below all WEIGH STATION RIGHT LANE signs whenever an automatic OPEN-CLOSED sign has not been provided.


[[image:Fig. 903.5.36.6.jpg|center|500px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.5.36.6  Two-Lane Bridge Weight Limit Restriction Category S-10'''</center>]]
The BEFORE PULLING ON SCALE (R13-16) sign should be installed just to the right of the weigh scale and immediately in front thereof. A 30 in. STOP sign should be mounted above the sign.


[[image:Fig. 903.5.36.7.jpg|center|800px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.5.36.7 Two-Lane Bridge Weight and Speed Restrictions'''</center>]]
=={{SpanID|903.2.55}}903.2.55 TRUCK ROUTE Sign (R14-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.66)==


==903.5.37 Weigh Station Signs (R13 series) (MUTCD Section 2B.60)==
<center>
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
{|
|-
|[[File:R14-1.png|thumb|center|135px|<center>'''R14-1'''</center>]]
|[[image:R13-3.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R13-3'''</center>]]
||[[image:R13-6.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R13-6'''</center>]]
||[[image:R13-11.jpg|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R13-11'''</center>]]
||[[image:R13-5.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R13-13'''</center>]]
|}
|}
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
</center>
|-
|[[image:R13-15P.jpg|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R13-15P'''</center>]]
||[[image:R13-8.gif|left|95px|thumb|<center>'''R13-16'''</center>]]
||[[image:R13-9.gif|left|105px|thumb|<center>'''R13-17'''</center>]]
|}


'''Guidance.''' The BUSES WEIGH sign (R13-11) should be used at all weigh stations to supplement the standard weigh station signing.  Requests for this sign should come from the Headquarters of the Highway Patrol and submitted to the Central Office Traffic Division.
'''Guidance. '''The TRUCK ROUTE (R14-1) sign should be used to mark a route that has been designated to allow truck traffic.


'''Option.''' The OPEN FOR PERMITS (R13-13) sign, along with an easel, may be provided to the Highway Patrol, upon request for weight stations.
=={{SpanID|903.2.56}}903.2.56 Photo Enforced Signs and Plaques (R10-18a and R10-19P) (MUTCD Section 2B.69)==


'''Guidance.''' The OPEN FOR PERMITS sign should be placed by weigh station personnel near the scale house.  The sign should be used by the Highway Patrol when the scale is not in operation but personnel are available to issue permits. 
<center>
{|
|[[File:R10-18a.jpg|thumb|center|<center>'''R10-18a'''</center>|105px]]
|[[File:R10-19P.jpg|thumb|center|<center>'''R10-19P'''</center>|105px]]
|}
</center>


'''Standard.''' The OPEN FOR PERMITS sign shall not be mounted on the shoulder.
'''Option. '''A Signal Ahead (W3-3) sign and a Traffic Signal Photo Enforced (R10-18a) sign may be used on the same approach provided that they are on separate supports.


'''Guidance.'''  The OPEN-CLOSED plaque (R13-15P) should be installed below all WEIGH STATION RIGHT LANE signs whenever an automatic OPEN-CLOSED sign has not been provided.
A Photo Enforced (R10-19P) plaque may be mounted below a regulatory sign to advise road users that the regulation is being enforced by photographic equipment.


The BEFORE PULLING ONTO SCALE (R13-16) sign should be installed just to the right of the weigh scale and immediately in front thereof.  A 30 in. STOP sign should be mounted above the sign.
'''Standard. '''The Traffic Signal Photo Enforced (R10-18a) sign shall be used on approaches to signalized locations where red-light cameras are present.


When used, the SCALE CLOSED (R13-17) sign should be mounted on the scale gates at weigh stations.
The Traffic Signal Photo Enforced (R10-18a) sign shall not be installed on approaches to signalized locations where red-light cameras are not present on any of the approaches to the signalized location.


==903.5.38 Other Regulatory Signs==
A Traffic Signal Photo Enforced (R10-18a) sign shall not be installed on the same support in combination with a Signal Ahead (W3-3) sign.


'''Option.'''  Regulatory word message signs other than those classified and specified in the EPG and the federal “Standard Highways Sign” book may be developed to aid the enforcement of other laws or regulations.
If used below a regulatory sign, the Photo Enforced (R10-19P) plaque shall be a rectangle with a black legend and border on a white background.


Except for symbols on regulatory signs, minor modifications in the design may be permitted provided that the essential appearance characteristics are met.
'''Support. '''For more information about photo enforcement requirements, see [[:Category:950 Automated Traffic Enforcement|EPG 950]].


'''Standard.''' Special regulatory signs shall be approved by the State Traffic Engineer.
=={{SpanID|903.2.57}}903.2.57 STATE LAW MOVE OVER OR SLOW DOWN FOR STOPPED EMERGENCY VEHICLES Sign (R16-25) (MUTCD Section 2B.71)==


==903.5.39 AUTHORIZED AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES ONLY (R5-29)==
<center>
 
{|
[[image:R5-19.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''R5-29'''</center>|105px]]
| [[File:R16-25.jpg|thumb|center|175px|<center>'''R16-25'''</center>]]
|}
</center>


'''Guidance.''' The AUTHORIZED AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES ONLY (R5-29) sign, along with the symbolic, No U Turn (R3-4) sign, should be provided at emergency crossovers to prohibit non-emergency use.  The symbolic, No U Turn sign should be installed above the AUTHORIZED AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES ONLY sign.
'''Support. '''The STATE LAW MOVE OVER OR SLOW DOWN FOR STOPPED EMERGENCY VEHICLES (R16-25) sign is used to inform motorists of Missouri Revised Statutes 304.022, which requires motorists to drive with caution when approaching stopped emergency vehicles.


Signing for both directions of traffic should be provided on one post with the signs being installed 90 degrees to the roadway. The signs should be mounted back to back.  The post should be located approximately in the middle of the median.  If median width is greater than 60 ft., consideration should be given to install separate signs.
'''Guidance. '''The STATE LAW MOVE OVER OR SLOW DOWN FOR STOPPED EMERGENCY VEHICLES sign should be installed on Interstates entering the state at the state line. The location of the sign should be as close to the state line as possible and placed at the discretion of MoDOT.


==903.5.40 Seatbelt Signs (R16-2, R16-3, R16-24, R16-27, R16-27a, R16-28)==
'''Option. '''Additional STATE LAW MOVE OVER OR SLOW DOWN FOR STOPPED EMERGENCY VEHICLES signs may be installed on U.S. routes entering the state where there are no adjacent interstates and rest areas at the request of the Missouri State Highway Patrol.
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|[[image:R16-27.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R16-27'''</center>|95px]]||[[image:R16-28.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R16-28'''</center>|95px]]
|}
[[image:903.5.54 Seat Belt use.jpg|right|240px]]


'''Standard. '''Requests for additional signs shall be forwarded to the appropriate district engineer for approval. These signs shall only be installed on divided highways. The installation of this sign shall not interfere with or detract from any other regulatory, warning, or guide signs.


=={{SpanID|903.2.58}}903.2.58  Headlight Use Signs (R16-5a) (MUTCD Section 2B.73)==


'''Standard.''' The R16-2, R16-3, R16-24 and R16-27a seatbelt signs have been discontinued. These signs shall remain in place to the end of their service life. The BUCKLE UP – IT’S THE LAW (R16-27) sign shall be installed at the end of the on ramp of rest areas and Missouri Welcome Centers on the interstate system, but shall not be installed at any other location along a roadway.  
'''Support. '''The HEADLIGHTS ON WHEN WIPERS ARE REQUIRED (R16-5a) sign, supported by RSMo 307.020 in 2004, was developed to inform motorists of the new law directing them to turn on headlights when wipers are on and during inclement weather. The use of these signs has been discontinued as the law has been in place for more than 15 years and many vehicles come equipped with headlights that turn on when wipers are activated. Existing signs are to be removed at the end of their sign life.


When a seat belt symbol is used, the standard symbol shall be used.
=={{SpanID|903.2.59}}903.2.59 Seat Belt Symbol (MUTCD Section 2B.74)==


'''Guidance.''' The BUCKLE UP – IT’S THE LAW (R16-27) sign should be installed at MoDOT buildings at a location visible to a driver leaving the facility to emphasize the importance of wearing a safety belt as a means of reducing the seriousness of an injury accident.
<center>
{|
| [[File:R16-30.jpg|thumb|center|175px|<center>'''R16-30'''</center>]]
|}
</center>


The seat belt symbol should not be used alone. If used, the seat belt symbol should be incorporated into regulatory sign messages for mandatory seat belt use.
'''Guidance. '''The seat belt symbol should not be used alone. If used, the seat belt symbol should be incorporated into regulatory sign messages for mandatory seat belt use.


'''Option.''' The Division of Highway Safety supplies The BUCKLE UP – IT’S THE LAW (R16-27) sign and the DON’T TEXT & DRIVE – IT’S THE LAW (R16-28) to school parking and commercial business parking lots upon request to promote safe driving habits.
'''Support. '''The seat belt symbol is illustrated in the FHWA “Standard Highway Signs” publication (see  [[Category:911_General_(MUTCD_Part_1)#Relation_to_Other_Publications_(MUTCD_Section_1A.05)|EPG 911 (MUTCD Section 1A.05)]]).


==903.5.41 STATE LAW MOVE OVER OR SLOW DOWN FOR STOPPED EMERGENCY VEHICLE Sign (R16-25)==
'''Guidance. '''The R16-2, R16-3, R16-24, R16-27, and R16-27a seatbelt signs have been discontinued. These signs should remain in place to the end of their service life.


[[image:R16-4.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''R16-25'''</center>|150px]]
The STATE LAW BUCKLE UP PHONE DOWN (R16-30) sign should be installed at the end of the on ramp of rest areas and Missouri Welcome Centers on the interstate system. The STATE LAW BUCKLE UP PHONE DOWN (R16-30a) sign should be installed on Interstate and U.S. Routes at the state line entering Missouri. Neither sign should be installed at any other location along a roadway.


'''Support.''' The STATE LAW MOVE OVER OR SLOW DOWN FOR STOPPED EMERGENCY VEHICLES (R16-25) sign is used to inform motorists of Missouri Revised Statutes 304.022, which requires motorists to drive with caution when approaching stopped emergency vehicles.
'''Support. '''A growing number of cities and counties are passing local ordinances to make seat belt usage a primary law in their communities. To promote the use of seat belts a PRIMARY SEAT BELT CITY / COUNTY - ORDINANCE (R16-27b) sign may be installed by MoDOT upon request.


'''Guidance.''' The STATE LAW MOVE OVER OR SLOW DOWN FOR STOPPED EMERGENCY VEHICLES sign should be installed on Interstates entering the state at the state line.  The location of the sign should be as close to the state line as possible placed at the discretion of MoDOT.
'''Standard. '''If a city/county has an established primary seat belt ordinance, MoDOT will install PRIMARY SEAT BELT CITY / COUNTY - ORDINANCE (R16-27b) signs upon request once a copy of the ordinance has been received. When the PRIMARY SEAT BELT CITY / COUNTY - ORDINANCE (R16-27b) is installed they shall be mounted to the right of the city limit sign or the entering county line sign.


The installation of this sign must not interfere with or detract from any other regulatory, warning, or guide sign.  Sufficient spacing, at least 800 ft., should be allowed for drivers to read and comprehend the sign message.
'''Option. '''If insufficient space is available to mount the assembly to the right of these signs, the assembly shall be installed 200 ft. downstream of the city limit or county line signs at the appropriate sign spacing.


'''Option.'''  Additional STATE LAW MOVE OVER OR SLOW DOWN FOR STOPPED EMERGENCY VEHICLES signs may be installed on U.S. routes entering the state where there are no adjacent interstates and rest areas at the request of the Missouri State Highway Patrol.
=={{SpanID|903.2.60}}903.2.60  Barricades (MUTCD Section 2B.75)==


'''Standard.''' Requests for additional signs shall be forwarded to the appropriate district engineer for approval. These signs shall only be installed on divided highways.
'''Option. '''Barricades may be used to mark any of the following conditions:
::A. The end of a roadway,
::B. A ramp or lane that is closed for operational purposes, or
::C. The permanent or semi-permanent closure or termination of a roadway.


==903.5.42 Headlight Use Sign (R16-5a) (MUTCD Section 2B.64)==
'''Standard. '''When used to warn and alert road users of the terminus of a roadway, other than in temporary traffic control zones, barricades shall meet the design criteria of [[616.11_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Channelizing_Devices_(MUTCD_Chapter_6K)#616.11.7_Type_1_or_3_Barricades_(MUTCD_Section_6K.07)|EPG 616.11.7]] for a Type 3 Barricade, except that the colors of the stripes shall be retroreflective white and retroreflective red.


[[image:R16-5.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''R16-5a'''</center>|125px]]
'''Option. '''An end-of-roadway marker or markers may be used as described in  [[903.3 Warning Signs and Object Markers (MUTCD Chapter 2C) #903.3.73|EPG 903.3.73]].


'''Support.''' The HEADLIGHTS ON WHEN WIPERS ARE REQUIRED (R16-5a) sign, supported by RSMo 307.020 in 2004, has been developed to inform motorists of the new law directing them to turn on headlights when wipers are on and during inclement weather.
'''Guidance. '''Appropriate advance warning signs (see [[903.3 Ground-Mounted Sign Supports #903.3|EPG 903.3]]) should be used.


'''Option.'''  In cooperation with the Missouri State Highway Patrol or as part of the Regional Blueprint plans, the HEADLIGHTS ON WHEN WIPERS ARE REQUIRED signs may be erected at the discretion of the engineer in the interest of safety. These signs may be erected at high traffic areas, major road crossings, rest areas or as requested by the Highway Patrol. These signs may be removed in year 2015It is anticipated that by this date the knowledge of the law will be more widespread and the driver’s guides will be updated.
=={{SpanID|903.2.61}}903.2.61 NO PARKING ALL TRAILERS AND TRUCKS OVER 6 TONS (R7-36)==


==903.5.43 Noise Ordinance Signing==
[[File:R7-36.png|thumb|center|105px|alt=|<center>'''R7-36'''</center>]]


'''Support.''' Vehicles traveling on roads generate noise that is unobjectionable. Some vehicles can create additional noise that can be considered offensive by some who live near highways.  One type of noise in particular that causes concern is the noise that trucks can cause by using jake brakes.  Jake brakes are safety devices on trucks that allow them to use the engine to slow the vehicle, thereby reducing the wear on the vehicle’s braking system.  When used and installed properly they can stop a vehicle that might otherwise lose control.  However, when used improperly they can cause a noise that many neighbors consider offensive.  The purpose of this policy is to provide a means for communities that are concerned about excessive road noise from jake brakes, or other sources, to address these concerns.
'''Standard. '''NO PARKING ALL TRAILERS AND TRUCKS OVER 6 TONS (R7-36) signs shall be placed in each commuter parking lot. A sign shall be installed at or near each entrance of the commuter parking lot.


'''Standard.''' If a community has an established ordinance concerning noise levels, they shall be allowed to erect within the right of way signs that say “Noise Ordinance Enforced”.  These signs shall be black legend on a white background and reflectorized according to MoDOT signing standards.  They shall be 24 in. x 30 in. and can be erected on a suitable breakaway post as approved by the engineer.  The community shall execute a [http://wwwi/intranet/cc/contracts.asp?f=TR&nav=modot TR-42] "Signing Install and Maintained By Applicant" contract acknowledging responsibility for the fabrication, erection and maintenance of these signs.
'''Support. '''This parking restriction is necessary because commuter lots have been used by commercial trailers and trucks for extended periods of parking.


'''Option.'''  The recommended location for these signs would be near or adjacent to the city limit sign. However, if there are specific areas of highway noise concern, additional signs can be considered at those specific locations.
=={{SpanID|903.2.62}}903.2.62 STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS SIGN (R16-26)==


==903.5.44 Municipal Ordinance Number==
'''Standard. '''The STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS (R16-26) sign has been discontinued. MoDOT shall no longer provide STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS (R16-26) signs. Existing STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS (R16-26) signs shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.


'''Option.'''  If a municipality is required by its charter or articles of incorporation to show the ordinance number on regulatory signs, a small plate showing the number may be mounted by MoDOT personnel under the sign it modifies.
=={{SpanID|903.2.63}}903.2.63 Other Regulatory Signs==


'''Standard.''' The municipality ordinance number shall be reflectorized.
'''Option. '''Regulatory word message signs other than those classified and specified in the EPG and the federal Standard Highway Signs and Markings book may be developed to aid the enforcement of other laws or regulations.


==903.5.45 RESUME SPEED THANK YOU Sign (R2-16)==
Except for symbols on regulatory signs, minor modifications in the design may be permitted provided that the essential appearance characteristics are met.


[[image:R2-9.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''R2-16'''</center>|125px]]
'''Standard. '''Special regulatory signs shall be approved by the State Highway Safety and Traffic Engineer.


'''Guidance.''' The RESUME SPEED THANK YOU sign (R2-16) is reserved for use on divided highways and should be used in conjunction with the reduced speed limits imposed in areas where maintenance activities are taking place. This sign should be used to indicate the location at which the motorist may safely resume the posted speed limit.
=={{SpanID|903.2.64}}903.2.64 Engine Brake Muffler Required Signing==


==903.5.46 Regulatory Signs For Trash/Dumping (R5-26, R5-28)==
[[File:R5-23.jpg|thumb|center|105px|alt=|<center>'''R5-23'''</center>]]
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
||[[image:R5-18.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R5-28'''</center>|125px]]
|}
                                             
'''Standard.'''  The NO DUMPING sign (R5-28) shall be erected only at locations where the Department of Natural Resources has given us written notice that solid waste is being disposed of on highway right of way. NO MORE TRASH signs (R5-26) are not typically installed along MoDOT roadways. NO MORE TRASH signs (R5-26) should only be installed at commuter lots, rest areas or roadside parks. NO MORE TRASH signs shall only be installed along the roadway if a major liter issue has been identified and the sign is needed for enforcement purposes. Existing NO MORE TRASH signs (R5-26) shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.


==903.5.47 Regulations For Roadside Parks (R20-1)==
'''History. '''MoDOT once had a NOISE ORDINANCE ENFORCED policy which was developed to address cities’ requests to install NO JAKE BRAKE signing. These requests were generated when a community experienced excessive noise related to improperly installed/operated engine braking systems on commercial vehicles. Jake brakes, or engine braking systems, are safety features of commercial vehicles. MoDOT was not willing to post signs on state routes which prohibited the use of these safety devices. However, to address the increasing requests for signing, MoDOT did permit the installation of NOISE ORDINANCE ENFORCED signs if a city passed an appropriate ordinance. This program was replaced with the current ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLERS REQUIRED signing in January 2022. This change was designed to address shortcomings of the noise ordinance signing program, which included difficulty in enforcing a noise level and noise ordinances which did not contain language relevant to engine braking noise levels. The current program is based on the direction other states have taken, focusing on the physical equipment on a commercial vehicle which can be more easily inspected and evaluated for deficiencies. This signing program is also targeting the primary concern of excessive noise from engine braking.


[[image:R19-1.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''R20-1'''</center>|175px]]
'''Support. '''Commercial vehicles are commonly equipped with an engine braking system. These systems supplement the vehicle’s mechanical brakes aiding in slowing these heavy vehicles safely. These safety systems, when not properly installed, can create excessive noise which many communities find objectionable. MoDOT does not permit regulatory signs which prohibit the use of these safety devices, however, the ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLERS REQUIRED signing conveys to truck drivers they must use these safety devices in an appropriate manner.


'''Guidance.''' One or two PARK REGULATION (R20-1) sign should displayed in each park, depending on its size, to educate motorist of the rules associated with using a roadside park. This sign should be installed in a centralized location within the park where the sign will be within normal site of visitors once they leave their vehicles.
'''Option. '''If a community experiences issues with excessive noise from improperly used and installed engine braking systems on commercial vehicles, they can pass an ordinance and request MoDOT to install ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLERS REQUIRED signing at their city limit sign locations. MoDOT will install and maintain these signs with only a copy of the ordinance for our records, no fee or contract is involved. A jurisdiction can pass an ordinance specifically related to engine braking or include the language as part of another ordinance, such as a noise ordinance.


These signs should be installed with a vertical clearance of six feet from the bottom of the sign to the ground and be positioned in the park so they may be read as motorist park their vehicles
'''Standard. '''Before MoDOT will install ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLERS REQUIRED signing, a city must pass an appropriate ordinance which will be approved and kept on file by CO Highway Safety and Traffic. The ordinance shall include the following language:


'''Standard.'''  The PARK REGULATION (R20-1) sign shall be installed in each roadside park owned and maintained by MoDOT.
Engine compression braking devices on any commercial vehicle, as defined in Missouri Revised Statute RSMo Section 301.010, may only be used within the city limits of [CITY NAME] if the truck is equipped with an adequate muffler (factory muffler or equivalent aftermarket muffler) which is properly maintained to prevent any excessive or unusual noise. If the truck’s exhaust system is equipped with a muffler cut-off, bypass, or similar device, that device shall not be activated when the engine brake is being utilized. Unmuffled engine braking system shall only be utilized within the city limits by commercial motor vehicles in emergency situations to protect life or property. Engine braking systems on rescue vehicles, city and state vehicles are exempt from this ordinance if used in the performance of official duties.


==903.5.48 Rest Area Regulatory Signing (R20-2, R20-3, R20-4)==
ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLER REQUIRED signing shall only be installed at the city limit location.
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|[[image:R20-2.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R20-2'''</center>|195px]]||[[image:R19-3.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R20-3'''</center>|175px]]|| [[image:R19-4.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R20-4'''</center>|125px]]
|}
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|[[image:F1-1.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''F1-1'''</center>|125px]]
||[[image:F1-2.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''F1-2'''</center>|125px]]
||[[image:F1-3.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''F1-3'''</center>|125px]]
|}
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|[[image:F1-4.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''F1-4'''</center>|125px]]||[[image:F1-5.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''F1-5'''</center>|125px]]||
[[image:F1-6.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''F1-6'''</center>|125px]]
|}
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|[[image:F1-7.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''F1-7'''</center>|125px]]||[[image:F1-8.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''F1-8'''</center>|125px]]||[[image:F1-9.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''F1-9'''</center>|125px]]||[[image:F1-10.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''F1-10'''</center>|125px]]
|}


'''Guidance.''' The REST AREA REGULATIONS (R20-2) signs should be installed with a vertical clearance of six feet from the bottom of the sign to the ground and be positioned in the rest area so they may be read as motorist park their vehicles.
ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLER REQUIRED signing shall not be installed on freeways or expressways within the city limits where the posted speed limit is 45 mph or greater due to the critical need for the device at higher speeds.


The REST AREA MAINTAINED BY (R20-3) sign should be installed in a prominent area along the entrance ramp to the rest area, preferably in the gore area separating truck / car traffic.
Existing NOISE ORDINANCE ENFORCED signs shall be removed at the end of the signs’ service life, with no new NOISE ORDINANCE ENFORCED signs being installed after January 2022.


'''Standard.'''  The TRUCKS-CARS (R20-4) sign shall be installed at the gore point inside the rest area to direct various vehicles to the appropriate parking lot.
Individual sign installation locations can be denied by MoDOT if engineering judgement determines the prohibition would negatively impact safety, such as on long steep grades or abrupt/unexpected approaches to intersections.


A minimum of three REST AREA REGULATIONS (R20-2) signs shall be installed at each rest area.
'''Option. '''If the city limit on a freeway or expressway is within a posted speed limit of 45 mph or greater and the posted speed limit on that route drops to 40 mph or less, the ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLER REQUIRED sign may be installed adjacent to the speed limit sign where the speed limit drops below 45 mph.


The REST AREA MAINTAINED BY (R20-3) sign shall be installed at all rest areas to inform the public who is responsible to maintain the facility prior to the gore point.
At the end of a NOISE ORDINANCE ENFORCED sign’s life, or before, a city may request the new ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLER REQUIRED signing once the appropriate ordinance is passed.


'''Guidance.'''  The MEN (F1-5), WOMEN (F1-6), TO OPERATE FOUNTAIN PUSH AND HOLD (F1-1), NO PETS ALLOWED IN REST ROOM (F1-9), ATTENDANT CLEANING (F1-8), TO OPERATE HYDRANT PUSH DOWN ON TOP AND HOLD (F1-2), and DRINKING FOUNTAIN OPPOSITE SIDE OF BUILDING (F1-4) signs should be used at restroom areas of interstate rest areas.  The CLOSED/OUT OF ORDER (F1-7) sign is provided for use at interstate rest areas.  The maximum number of signs to be stored at each rest area should be equal to the number of public use access doors to the restrooms.
If there is insufficient space to the right of the city limit sign to place the ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLER REQUIRED sign, it may be installed 200 ft. downstream of the city limit sign.


'''Option.'''  The AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (F1-10) sign  may be mounted on storage area doors at rest areas.  The DRINKING FOUNTAIN INSIDE OF BUILDING (F1-3) sign may be used as needed.
=={{SpanID|903.2.65}}903.2.65 Regulatory Signs For Trash/Dumping (R5-26, R5-28)==


==903.5.49 Passing Lane Signs (R4-28, R4-29)==
[[File:R5-18.gif|thumb|center|220px|alt=|<center>'''R5-28'''</center>]]
                                       
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|[[image:R4-13.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-28'''</center>|125px]]
||[[image:R4-14.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R4-29'''</center>|125px]]  
|}


'''Support.''' Alternating passing lanes may be provided on rural, two-lane highways to provide motorists with an opportunity to pass slower vehicles without crossing the centerline. Where passing lanes are provided, operations and safety may be improved by giving motorists advance information about the location of passing lanes. Providing motorists with advance notice of passing lanes may reduce the number of passing maneuvers.
'''Standard. '''The NO DUMPING sign (R5-28) shall be erected only at locations where the Department of Natural Resources has given us written notice that solid waste is being disposed of on highway right of way. NO MORE TRASH signs (R5-26) are not typically installed along MoDOT roadways. NO MORE TRASH signs (R5-26) should only be installed at commuter lots, rest areas or roadside parks. NO MORE TRASH signs shall only be installed along the roadway if a major liter issue has been identified and the sign is needed for enforcement purposes. Existing NO MORE TRASH signs (R5-26) shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.


'''Standard.'''  The NEXT PASSING LANE X MILES and the END PASSING LANES signs shall be black legend and white background and shall only be used in alternating passing lane sections.
=={{SpanID|903.2.66}}903.2.66 Regulation Signs For Roadside Parks and Commuter Parking Lots (R20-1)==


'''Option.''' The NEXT PASSING LANE X MILES sign (R4-28) should be used beyond the end of the passing lane section to inform motorists of the distance to the next passing lane in the series.
[[image:R19-1.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''R20-1'''</center>|175px]]


'''Guidance.''' The END PASSING LANES (R4-29) sign should be used at the end of the alternating passing lane section to inform motorists they have reached the end of the alternating passing lane section.
'''Support. '''Regulation signs are displayed at MoDOT maintained roadside parks and commuter parking lots to convey the rules and regulations pertaining to each type of facility.


==903.5.50 Access Management Signing (R21-1 through R21-5)==
'''Guidance. '''A minimum of one regulation sign should be installed at each MoDOT maintained roadside park and commuter parking lot, with the sign(s) being installed in centralized location(s) where the sign will be within normal sight of visitors once they leave their vehicles.


'''Standard.''' ACCESS MANAGEMENT (R22-1 through R22-5) signs have been discontinued. MoDOT shall no longer provide ACCESS MANAGEMENT (R22-1 through R22-5) signs. Existing ACCESS MANAGEMENT (R22-1 through R22-5) signs shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.
=={{SpanID|903.2.67}}903.2.67 Rest Area Regulatory Signing (R20-2, R20-3, R20-4)==


==903.5.51 Trucks and Buses 300 Ft Interval Sign (R4-30)==
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
|-
|[[image:R20-2.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''R20-2'''</center>|195px]]
||[[image:R19-3.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R20-3'''</center>|175px]]
|| [[image:R19-4.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''R20-4'''</center>|125px]]
|}


[[image:R4-15.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''R4-30'''</center>|175px]]
'''Guidance. '''The REST AREA MAINTAINED BY (R20-3) sign should be installed in a prominent area along the entrance ramp to the rest area, preferably in the gore area separating truck / car traffic.


'''Support.''' The TRUCKS AND BUSSES (R4-30) sign is used on routes designated as having official weigh stations.
'''Standard. '''The TRUCKS-CARS (R20-4) sign shall be installed at the gore point inside the rest area to direct various vehicles to the appropriate parking lot.


'''Guidance.'''  The TRUCKS AND BUSSES (R4-30) sign should be installed on all Interstate, U.S. and state numbered highways near the state lines visible to traffic entering the state.
A minimum of three REST AREA REGULATIONS (R20-2) signs shall be installed at each rest area.


'''Option.'''  The TRUCKS AND BUSSES (R4-30) sign may be installed at locations other than the state line at the discretion of the district traffic engineering staff, overuse of the sign is not recommended.
The REST AREA MAINTAINED BY (R20-3) sign shall be installed at all rest areas to inform the public who is responsible to maintain the facility prior to the gore point.


==903.5.52 FINES DOUBLED ENDS Sign (R2-20)==
=={{SpanID|903.2.68}}903.2.68 Access Management Signing (R21-1 through R21-5)==
[[image:903.5.67.jpg|center|70px|thumb|<center>'''R2-20'''</center>]]


'''Support:''' The FINES DOUBLED ENDS (R2-20) sign is not to be used on a system-wide basis. It is part of a signing package intended for special use at locations where severe crashes are occurring.  There is a requirement for regional support to focus a safety campaign involving local law enforcement and public information efforts to reduce the number and severity of crashes within the travel safe zone ([[907.3 Travel Safe Zones|see EPG 907.3]]).
'''Standard. '''ACCESS MANAGEMENT (R22-1 through R22-5) signs have been discontinued. MoDOT shall no longer provide ACCESS MANAGEMENT (R22-1 through R22-5) signs. Existing ACCESS MANAGEMENT (R22-1 through R22-5) signs shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.


'''Standard:''' A FINES DOUBLED ENDS sign shall be used to mark the end of a designated travel safe zone. This sign is installed in conjunction with the [[903.6 Warning Signs#903.6.63 TRAVEL SAFE ZONE – FINES DOUBLED Sign| TRAVEL SAFE ZONE – FINES DOUBLED]] (W26-1) sign.
=={{SpanID|903.2.69}}903.2.69 Trucks and Buses 300 Ft Interval Sign (R4-30)==


'''Standard.''' TRUCKS AND BUSES (R4-30) signs have been discontinued. MoDOT shall no longer provide TRUCKS AND BUSES (R4-30) signs. Existing TRUCKS AND BUSES (R4-30) signs shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.


=={{SpanID|903.2.70}}903.2.70 FINES DOUBLED ENDS Sign (R2-20)==


[[File:R2-20.jpg|center|thumb|70px|<center>'''R2-20'''</center>]]


'''Support. '''The FINES DOUBLED ENDS (R2-20) sign is not to be used on a system-wide basis. It is part of a signing package intended for special use at locations where severe crashes are occurring. There is a requirement for regional support to focus a safety campaign involving local law enforcement and public information efforts to reduce the number and severity of crashes within the travel safe zone (see [[907.3 Travel Safe Zones #907.3.2|EPG 907.3.2]]).


[[Category:903 Highway Signing|903.05]]
'''Standard: '''A FINES DOUBLED ENDS sign shall be used to mark the end of a designated travel safe zone. This sign is installed in conjunction with the TRAVEL SAFE ZONE – FINES DOUBLED (W26-1) sign.

Latest revision as of 12:16, 23 January 2026

903.2.1 Application of Regulatory Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.01)

Standard. Regulatory signs shall be used to inform road users of selected traffic laws or regulations and to indicate the applicability of the legal requirements.

Regulatory signs shall be installed at or near where the regulations apply. The signs shall clearly indicate the requirements imposed by the regulations and shall be designed and installed to provide adequate visibility and legibility in order to obtain compliance.

Regulatory signs shall be retroreflective or illuminated (see EPG 903.1.21).

903.2.2 Design of Regulatory Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.02)

Standard. Regulatory signs shall be rectangular unless specifically designated otherwise in the EPG. Regulatory signs shall be designed in accordance with the sizes, shapes, colors, and legends contained in the FHWA “Standard Highway Signs” publication (see EPG 911 (MUTCD Section 1A.05)).

Support. The use of educational plaques to supplement symbol signs is described in EPG 903.1.9.

The use of LEDs in the border or legend of regulatory signs is described in EPG 903.1.12.

Standard. LED signs displaying a part-time prohibitory message incorporating a red circle and diagonal of a static sign shall display a red symbol that approximates the same red circle and diagonal as closely as possible. The symbol of the action to be prohibited shall be displayed in white LEDs on a black background.

A regulatory sign displayed entirely with LEDs and incorporated within the border of a larger full-matrix changeable message sign shall display the regulatory sign legend in the size, shape, color, and legend of the standard regulatory sign.

903.2.3 Size of Regulatory Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.03)

Standard. Except as provided in EPG 903.1.7, the minimum sizes for regulatory signs shall be as shown in Table 903.2.3.

Support. EPG 903.1.7 contains information regarding the applicability of the various columns in Table 903.2.3.

Guidance. The minimum sizes for regulatory signs facing traffic on exit and entrance ramps at interchanges should be as shown in the column of Table 903.2.3 that corresponds to the mainline roadway classification (Expressway/Freeway).

Standard. The minimum size for WRONG WAY and DO NOT ENTER signs on ramps facing the opposite direction of travel where a road user could wrongly enter the ramp from a conventional road shall be the size listed in the Conventional Road - Standard column of Table 903.2.3. See EPG 903.2.37 and 903.2.38 for additional information.

Option. The minimum size for WRONG WAY and DO NOT ENTER signs on ramps facing the opposite direction of travel where a road user could wrongly enter the ramp from a conventional road may be increased to the size in the Conventional Road – Oversized column of Table 903.2.3 when the need for greater emphasis has been determined based on engineering judgement.

Table 903.2.3, Regulatory Sign and Plaque Sizes
Sign or Plaque Sign Designation EPG Article Conventional Road (in. x in.) Freeway/Expressway (in. x in.)
Standard Oversized Special Mainline and Ramps
Stop R1-1 903.2.4 36 X 36 48 X 48 - 48 X 48
Yield R1-2 903.2.5 48 X 48 X 48 60 X 60 X 60 - 60 X 60 X 60
To Oncoming Traffic (plaque) R1-2aP 903.2.5 36 X 30 - - -
All-Way (plaque) R1-3P 903.2.4 30 X 12 - - -
Yield Here To Pedestrians R1-5 903.2.18 36 X 36 - - -
Yield Here to Trail Crossing R1-5d 903.2.18 36 X 42 - - -
In-Street Pedestrian Crossing - Yield R1-6 903.2.19 12 X 36 - - -
In-Street Trail Crossing - Yield R1-6d 903.2.19 12 X 36 - - -
Speed Limit R2-1 903.2.20 36 X 48 48 X 60 - 48 X 60
Combined Speed Limit R2-4a 903.2.21 - - - 48 X 96
Speed Limit _ Except Where Posted R2-5d 903.2.22 36 X 48 - - 36 X 48
Fines Doubled Ends R2-20 903.2.71 36 X 30 - - 36 X 30
No Right Turn R3-1 903.2.24 36 X 36 48 X 48 24 X 24 - 30 X 30 48 X 48
No Left Turn R3-2 903.2.24 36 X 36 48 X 48 24 X 24 - 30 X 30 48 X 48
No Turns R3-3 903.2.24 36 X 36 48 X 48 24 X 24 - 30 X 30 36 X 36
No U Turn R3-4 903.2.24 36 X 36 48 X 48 24 X 24 - 30 X 30 -
Right (Left/Ahead) Only R3-5, 5a 903.2.26 30 X 36 - - -
Straight and Right (Left) R3-6 903.2.27 30 X 36 - - -
Optional Movement U and Left Turn R3-6a 903.2.27 30 X 36 - - -
Optional Movement Left Turns R3-6b 903.2.27 30 X 36 - - -
Right (Left) Lane Must Turn Right (Left) R3-7 903.2.26 36 X 36 - - -
Advance Intersection Lane Control R3-8,8a,8b,8xa, 8xb,8xc 903.2.28 Varies X 30 - - -
Two-Way Left Turn Only (overhead) R3-9a 903.2.29 30 X 36 - - -
Center Lane Two-Way Left Turn Only (post-mounted) R3-9b 903.2.29 24 X 36 36 X 48 - -
No U Turn/No Left Turn R3-18 903.2.24 36 X 36 48 X 48 24 X 24 - 30 X 30 -
No Straight Through R3-27 903.2.24 36 X 36 48 X 48 24 X 24 - 30 X 30 48 X 48
Do Not Pass R4-1 903.2.31 36 X 48 36 X 48 -
Pass With Care R4-2 903.2.32 36 X 48 48 X 60 -
Slower Traffic Keep Right R4-3 903.2.33 36 X 48 48 X 60 48 X 60 48 X 60
Keep Right R4-7 903.2.34 24 X 30 36 X 48 36 X 48 48 X 60
Keep Right (horizontal arrow) R4-7a 903.2.34 36 X 48 48 X 60 48 X 60 48 X 60
Keep Right (45° arrow) R4-7b 903.2.34 36 X 48 48 X 60 - 84 X 96
Narrow Keep Right R4-7c 903.2.34 18 X 30 - - -
Keep Left R4-8 903.2.34 24 X 30 36 X 48 - 48 X 60
Keep Left (horizontal arrow) R4-8a 903.2.34 36 X 48 48 X 60 - 48 X 60
Keep Left (45° arrow) R4-8b 903.2.34 36 X 48 48 X 60 - 84 X 96
Narrow Keep Left R4-8c 903.2.34 18 X 30 - - -
Keep Right Except to Pass R4-16 903.2.33 36 X 48 - - -
Do Not Drive on Shoulder R4-17 903.2.35 36 X 48 - - -
Next Passing Lane _ Miles R4-28 903.2.69 - - - -
End Passing Lanes R4-29 903.2.69 - - - -
Do Not Enter R5-1 903.2.37 36 X 36 48 X 48 - 48 X 48
Wrong Way R5-1a 903.2.39 42 X 30 - - 42 X 30
No Trucks R5-2 903.2.36 36 X 36 - -
Except Local Deliveries (plaque) R5-2aP 903.2.36 36 X 18 - -
Engine Brake Muffler Required R5-23 - 30 X 30 - - 30 X 30
No Fishing from Bridge R5-25 903.2.36 18 X 24 - - 18 X 24
No Dumping R5-28 903.2.66 - - - 48 X 24
Authorized and Emergency Vehicles Only R5-29 903.2.36 - - - 24 X 30
Do Not Stop on Tracks R5-31 903.2.45 24 X 30 - - -
One Way R6-1 903.2.40 36 X 12 48 X 18 - 48 X 18
One Way R6-2 903.2.40 24 X 30 30 X 36 - -
Divided Highway (4-legged) R6-3 903.2.41 30 X 24 - - 36 X 30
Divided Highway (T-intersection) R6-3a 903.2.41 30 X 24 - - 36 X 30
No Parking Signs R7 series 903.2.43 18 X 24 - - -
Reserved Parking R7-8 903.2.43 18 X 24 - - -
Van Accessible (plaque) R7-8aP 903.2.43 18 X 9 - - -
No Parking on Bridge R7-35 903.2.43 18 X 24 - - 18 X 24
No Parking Trucks and Trailers Over 6 Tons R7-36 903.2.62 18 X 24 36 X 48 - -
Tow Away Zone (plaque) R7-201P, R7-201ap 903.2.43 18 X 9 -
This Side of Sign (plaque) R7-202P 903.2.43 18 X 9 - -
Emergency Stopping Only R8-7 903.2.45 48 X 36 - - 48 X 36
No Pedestrian Crossing (symbol) R9-3 903.2.46 18 X 24 - - -
No Pedestrian Crossing R9-3a 903.2.46 18 X 24 - - -
Pedestrian Signal Series R10-3 & R10-4 series 903.2.47 9 X 15 - - -
Left on Green Arrow Only R10-5 903.2.48 24 X 30 30 X 36 - 30 X 36
Stop Here on Red R10-6 903.2.48 24 X 36 - - -
Do Not Block Intersection R10-7 903.2.48 24 X 30 - - -
Right Turn Signal R10-10R - 30 X 36 - - -
No Turn on Red R10-11 903.2.49 30 X 36 - - -
Left Turn on Green (Ball) R10-12 903.2.48 24 X 30 30 X 36 - 30 X 36
Left Turn Yield on Flashing Yellow Arrow R10-12a 903.2.48 24 X 30 30 X 36 - 30 X 36
Emergency Signal R10-13 903.2.48 36 X 24 - - -
Emergency Signal Stop on Flashing Red R10-14 903.2.48 36 X 42 - - -
Emergency Signal - Stop on Flashing Red (overhead) R10-14a 903.2.48 60 X 24 - - -
Stop Here on Red R10-14b 903.2.48 24 X 36 - - -
Turning Vehicles Yield to Pedestrians R10-15 903.2.48 30 X 30 - - -
Traffic Signal Photo Enforced R10-18a 903.2.56 30 X 42 36 X 54 - -
Photo Enforced (symbol plaque) R10-19P 903.2.56 24 X 12 48 X 24 - -
Crosswalk - Stop on Red R10-23 903.2.48 24 X 30 - - -
Stop on Red - Yield on Flashing Red After Stop R10-23a 903.2.48 24 X 30 - - -
Push Button for Warning Lights - Wait for Gap in Traffic R10-25 903.2.47 9 X 12 - - -
XX Vehicles per Green R10-28 903.2.50 24 X 30 - - -
XX Vehicles per Green Each Lane R10-29 903.2.50 36 X 24 - - -
Right Turn on Red Must Yield to U-Turn R10-30 903.2.49 30 X 36 - - -
Right Turn Must Yield To U-Turn R10-30a 903.2.49 36 X 24 - - -
Keep Off Median R11-1 903.2.51 48 X 60 48 X 60 - -
Road Closed R11-2 903.2.52 48 X 30 -
Road Closed _ Miles Ahead Local Traffic Only R11-3 903.2.52 60 X 30 -
Road Closed to Thru Traffic R11-4 903.2.52 60 X 30 -
Weight Limit XX Tons R12-1 903.2.53 36 X 48 36 X 48
Weigh Station Signs R13 series 903.2.54 Varies Varies
Truck Route R14-1 903.2.55 24 X 18 -
State Law Move Over or Slow Down for Stopped Emergency Vehicles R16-25 903.2.57 120 X 60 120 X 60
Primary Seat Belt City/County R16-27B 903.2.59 30 X 36 -
State Law Buckle Up / Phone Down R16-30 903.2.59 48 X 30 -
State Law Buckle Up / Phone Down R16-30a 903.2.59 - 72 X 48
Roadside Park Signs R20-1 903.2.66 30 X 30 -
Rest Area Regulations R20-2 903.2.67 30 X 36 -
Commuter Parking Regulations R20-3 903.2.67 42 X 48 -
Rest Area Signs R20 Series 903.2.67 Varies

903.2.4 STOP Sign (R1-1) and ALL-WAY Plaque (R1-3P) (MUTCD Section 2B.04)

R1-1
R1-3P

Standard. When it is determined that a full stop is always required on an approach to an intersection, a STOP (R1-1) sign shall be used.

Secondary legends shall not be used on STOP sign faces.

The STOP sign shall not be displayed using a changeable message sign.

At intersections where all approaches are controlled by STOP signs (see EPG 903.2.11), an ALL-WAY (R1-3P) supplemental plaque shall be mounted below each STOP sign. The ALL-WAY plaque shall have a white legend and border on a red background.

Supplemental plaques with legends such as 2-WAY, 3-WAY, 4-WAY, or other numbers of ways shall not be used with STOP signs.

Support. The use of the CROSS TRAFFIC DOES NOT STOP (W4-4P Series) and other plaques with variations of this legend is described in EPG 903.3.65.

Guidance. The TRAFFIC FROM LEFT (RIGHT) DOES NOT STOP (W4-4aP) plaque or ONCOMING TRAFFIC DOES NOT STOP (W4-4bP) plaque should be used at intersections where STOP signs control all but one approach to the intersection, unless the only non-stopped approach is from a one-way street.

Support. The design and application of Stop Beacons are described in EPG 902.18.5.

903.2.5 YIELD Sign (R1-2) (MUTCD Section 2B.05)

R1-2
R1-2aP

Support. The YIELD sign requires road users to yield the right-of-way to other traffic on certain approaches to an intersection or on a two-way approach to a one-way section of roadway, such as a narrow bridge or underpass. Vehicles controlled by a YIELD sign need to slow down to a speed that is reasonable for the existing conditions or stop when necessary to avoid interfering with conflicting traffic.

Standard. The YIELD (R1-2) sign shall not be displayed using a changeable message sign.

903.2.6 General Considerations (MUTCD Section 2B.06)

Support. Unsignalized intersections represent the most common form of intersection right-of-way control. Selection of control type might be impacted by specific requirements of State law or local ordinances.

Roundabouts and traffic circles are circular intersection designs and are not traffic control devices. The decision to convert an intersection from a conventional intersection to a circular intersection is an engineering design decision and not a traffic control device decision. As such, criteria for conversion from a conventional intersection to a circular intersection are not included in EPG 903.

Guidance. The type of traffic control used at an unsignalized intersection should be the least restrictive that provides appropriate levels of safety and efficiency for all road users.

Support. Some types of right-of-way control that can exist at an unsignalized intersection in order from the least restrictive to the most restrictive are the following:

A. Yield control (see EPG 903.2.9): YIELD signs are placed on all approaches (for a circular intersection), or in the median of a divided highway. The YIELD signs are placed on the minor road.
B. Minor road stop control (see EPG 903.2.10): STOP signs are typically placed on opposing approaches (for a four-leg intersection) or on a single approach (for a three-leg intersection). The STOP signs are normally placed on the minor road. EPG 903.2.7 contains guidance on selecting the minor road.
C. All-way stop control (see EPG 903.2.11): STOP signs are placed on all approaches to the intersection.

Guidance. When selecting a form of intersection control, the following factors should be considered:

A. Motor vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic volumes on all approaches; where the term units/day or units/hour is indicated, it should be the total of motor vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian volume;
B. Driver yielding behavior with regard to all modes of conflicting traffic, including bicyclists and pedestrians;
C. Number and angle of approaches;
D. Approach speeds;
E. Sight distance available on each approach;
F. Reported crash experience; and
G. The presence of a grade crossing near the intersection.

Standard. YIELD or STOP signs shall not be used for speed control.

Access to the state highway system from city streets, county roads or other significant private road approaches shall be controlled by installation of MoDOT STOP signs. Significant private roads are those that service 3 or more private residences.

Option. Stop signs, based on engineering judgment and a traffic study justifying the need, may be installed for a private road approach servicing fewer than 3 private residences, or a commercial entrance.

Standard. Because the potential for conflicting commands could create driver confusion, YIELD or STOP signs shall not be used in conjunction with any traffic control signal operation, except in the following cases:

A. If the signal indication for an approach is a flashing red at all times;
B. If a minor street or driveway is located within or adjacent to the area controlled by the traffic control signal, but does not require separate traffic signal control because an extremely low potential for conflict exists; or
C. If a channelized turn lane is separated from the adjacent travel lanes by an island and the channelized turn lane is not controlled by a traffic control signal.

STOP signs and YIELD signs shall not be installed on different approaches to the same unsignalized intersection if those approaches conflict with or oppose each other, except as provided for in Items A and B in the first paragraph of EPG 903.2.9.

Portable or part-time STOP or YIELD signs shall not be used except for emergency and temporary traffic control zone purposes.

A portable or part-time (folding) STOP sign that is manually placed into view and manually removed from view shall not be used during a power outage to control a signalized approach unless the maintaining agency establishes that the signal indication that will first be displayed to that approach upon restoration of power is a flashing red signal indication and that the portable STOP sign will be manually removed from view prior to resuming stop-and-go operation of the traffic control signal.

Option. When a STOP sign or YIELD sign is knocked down and it is not possible to repair the assembly immediately, a temporary sign of the same likeness (STOP sign for STOP and YIELD sign for YIELD) may be installed on a portable sign support at the location until the permanent assembly can be repaired. See EPG 948 for additional information regarding Incident Response Planning.

Support. The use of STOP signs at grade crossings is described in EPG 913.2.4 and EPG 913.2.5.

EPG 914.2.1 contains provisions regarding the assignment of priority where a shared-use path crosses a roadway.

903.2.7 Determining the Minor Road for Unsignalized Intersections (MUTCD Section 2B.07)

Guidance. The selection of the minor road to be controlled by STOP signs should be based on one or more of the following criteria:

A. A roadway intersecting a highway,
B. A roadway with the lower functional classification,
C. A roadway with the lower traffic volume,
D. A roadway with the lower speed limit, and/or
E. A roadway that intersects with a roadway that has a higher priority for one or more modes of travel.

When two roadways that have relatively equal volumes, speeds, and/or other characteristics intersect, the following factors should be considered in selecting the minor road for installation of STOP signs:

A. Controlling the direction that conflicts the most with established pedestrian crossing activity or school walking routes;
B. Controlling the direction that has obscured vision, dips, or bumps that already require drivers to use lower operating speeds;
C. Controlling the direction that has the best sight distance from a controlled position to observe conflicting traffic; and
D. Stopping the direction that has the longest distance of uninterrupted flow approaching the intersection.

903.2.8 Right-of-Way Intersection Control Considerations (MUTCD Section 2B.08)

Guidance. Before converting to a more restrictive form of right-of-way control at an unsignalized intersection, the following alternative treatments to address safety, operational, or other concerns should be among those to be considered:

A. Where stop controlled, installing Stop Ahead signs on the appropriate approaches to the intersection;
B. Removing parking on one or more approaches;
C. Removing sight distance obstructions;
D. Installing signs along the major street to warn road users approaching the intersection;
E. Relocating the stop line(s) and making other changes to improve the sight distance at the intersection;
F. Installing measures designed to reduce speeds on the approaches;
G. Installing an Intersection Control Beacon (see EPG 902.18.2) or Stop Beacon (see EPG 902.18.5) at the intersection to supplement STOP sign control;
H. Installing a Warning Beacon (see EPG 902.18.3) on warning signs in advance of a stop-controlled intersection on major-street and/or minor-street approaches;
I. Adding one or more lanes on a minor-street approach to reduce the number of vehicles per lane on the approach;
J. Revising the geometrics at the intersection to channelize vehicular movements and reduce the time required for a vehicle to complete a movement, which could also assist pedestrians;
K. Revising the geometrics at the intersection to add pedestrian median refuge islands and/or curb extensions;
L. Installing roadway lighting if a disproportionate number of crashes occur at night;
M. Restricting one or more turning movements on a full-time or part-time basis if alternate routes are available;
N. Installing on the major street a pedestrian-actuated device: Warning Beacon (see EPG 902.18.3), rectangular rapid-flashing beacon (see EPG 902.12.1), or In-Roadway Warning Lights (see EPG 902.20), if pedestrian safety is the major concern;
O. If the warrant is satisfied, installing all-way stop control;
P. Installing a pedestrian hybrid beacon (see EPG 902.10) on the major street to address pedestrian safety;
Q. Installing a circular intersection; and
R. Employing other alternatives, depending on conditions at the intersection.

903.2.9 Yield Control (MUTCD Section 2B.10)

Guidance. YIELD signs should be installed at an intersection when any of the following conditions apply:

A. At the second intersection of a divided highway crossing or median break functioning as two separate intersections (see Figure 903.2.41.2). In this case, a YIELD sign should be installed at the entrance to the second intersection.
B. For a channelized turn lane that is separated from the adjacent travel lanes by an island, even if the adjacent lanes at the intersection are controlled by a highway traffic control signal or by a STOP sign.
C. At an intersection where a special problem exists and where engineering judgment indicates the problem to be susceptible to correction by the use of the YIELD sign.
D. On an approach to an intersection where the only permissible movement is a right-turn movement with an intersection geometry similar to a channelized right-turn lane or an approach to a roundabout.

Support. YIELD signs are generally not to be installed at entrance ramps on MoDOT freeways or expressways where an acceleration lane is provided. The intention is for drivers to accelerate to improve merging traffic operation. YIELD signs may cause drivers to decelerate, thus negatively impacting merging traffic operation. For cloverleaf interchanges, the loop entrance ramps can result in low speeds on ramps and short weave sections. Therefore, YIELD signs are installed at cloverleaf interchanges.

Standard. YIELD signs shall be used at a cloverleaf interchange where the in-loop traffic merges with the acceleration and deceleration traffic movement.

Option. YIELD signs may be installed facing the entering roadway for a merge-type movement if engineering judgment indicates that control is needed because acceleration geometry and/or sight distance is not adequate for merging traffic operation. The design criteria contained in Section 10.9.6.5 of the “AASHTO Green Book – A Policy on Geometric Design Of Highways and Streets,” 7th Edition, 2018, AASHTO should be used to evaluate acceleration lane geometry. (See Figure 903.15.23).

Standard. A YIELD sign shall be used to require road users to yield the right-of-way to other traffic at the entrance to a roundabout. YIELD signs at roundabouts shall be used to control the approach roadways and shall not be used to control the circulatory roadway.

YIELD signs shall not be placed on all of the approaches to an intersection, except at roundabouts.

903.2.10 Minor Road Stop Control (MUTCD Section 2B.11)

Standard. All city street and county road access to the state highway system shall be controlled by a stop sign except as described in EPG 903.2.9 and EPG 902.

903.2.11 All-Way Stop Control (MUTCD Section 2B.12)

Support. The provisions in the following sections describe warrants for the recommended engineering study to determine all-way stop control. Warrants are not a substitute for engineering judgment. The fact that a warrant for a particular traffic control device is met is not conclusive justification to install or not install all-way stop control. Because each intersection will have unique characteristics that affect its operational performance or safety, it is the engineering study for a given intersection that is ultimately the basis for a decision to install or not install all-way stop control.

All-way stop controls at intersections with substantially differing approach volumes can reduce the effectiveness of these devices for all roadway users.

Guidance. The decision to establish all-way stop control at an unsignalized intersection should be based on an engineering study. The engineering study for all-way stop control should include an analysis of factors related to the existing operation and safety at the intersection, the potential to improve these conditions, and the applicable factors contained in the following all-way stop control warrants:

A. All-Way Stop Control Warrant A: Crash Experience (see EPG 903.2.12)
B. All-Way Stop Control Warrant B: Sight Distance (see EPG 903.2.13)
C. All-Way Stop Control Warrant C: Transition to Signal Control or Transition to Yield Control at a Circular Intersection (see EPG 903.2.14)
D. All-Way Stop Control Warrant D: 8-Hour Volume (Vehicles, Pedestrians, Bicycles) (see EPG 903.2.15)
E. All-Way Stop Control Warrant E: Other Factors (see EPG 903.2.16)

Standard. The satisfaction of an all-way stop control warrant or warrants shall not in itself require the installation of all-way stop control at an unsignalized intersection.

903.2.12 All-Way Stop Control Warrant A: Crash Experience (MUTCD Section 2B.13)

Option. All-way stop control may be installed at an intersection where an engineering study indicates that:

A. For a four-leg intersection, there are five or more reported crashes in a 12-month period or six or more reported crashes in a 36-month period that were of a type susceptible to correction by the installation of all-way stop control.
B. For a three-leg intersection, there are four or more reported crashes in a 12-month period or five or more reported crashes in a 36-month period that were of a type susceptible to correction by the installation of all-way stop control.

903.2.13 All-Way Stop Control Warrant B: Sight Distance (MUTCD Section 2B.14)

Option. All-way stop control may be installed at an intersection where an engineering study indicates that sight distance on the minor-road approaches controlled by a STOP sign is not adequate for a vehicle to turn onto or cross the major (uncontrolled) road.

Support. At such a location, a road user, after stopping, cannot see conflicting traffic and is not able to negotiate the intersection unless conflicting cross traffic is also required to stop.

903.2.14 All-Way Stop Control Warrant C: Transition to Signal Control or Transition to Yield Control at a Circular Intersection (MUTCD Section 2B.15)

Option. All-way stop control may be installed at locations where all-way stop control is an interim measure that can be installed to control traffic while arrangements are being made for the installation of a traffic control signal (see EPG 902.3) at the intersection or for the installation of yield control at a circular intersection.

903.2.15 All-Way Stop Control Warrant D: 8-Hour Volume (Vehicles, Pedestrians, Bicycles) (MUTCD Section 2B.16)

Option. All-way stop control may be installed at an intersection where an engineering study indicates:

A. The combined motor vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian volume entering the intersection from the major-street approaches is at least 300 units per hour for each of any 8 hours of a typical day; and
B. The combined motor vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian volume entering the intersection from the minor-street approaches is at least 200 units per hour for each of any of the same 8 hours.

If the 85th-percentile approach speed of the major-street traffic exceeds 40 mph, the minimum vehicular volume warrants may be reduced to 70 percent of the values given in Items A and B in the preceding paragraph.

903.2.16 All-Way Stop Control Warrant E: Other Factors (MUTCD Section 2B.17)

Option. All-way stop control may be installed at an intersection where an engineering study indicates that all-way stop control is needed due to other factors not addressed in the other all-way stop control warrants. Such other factors may include, but are not limited to, the following:

A. The need to control left-turn conflicts,
B. An intersection of two residential neighborhood collector (through) streets of similar design and operating characteristics where all-way stop control would improve traffic operational characteristics of the intersection, or
C. Where pedestrian and/or bicyclist movements support the installation of all-way stop control.

903.2.17 STOP Sign or YIELD Sign Placement (MUTCD Section 2B.18)

Standard. The STOP or YIELD sign shall be installed on the near side of the intersection on the right-hand side of the approach to which it applies. When the STOP or YIELD sign is installed at this required location and the sign visibility is restricted, a Stop Ahead sign (see EPG 903.2.29) shall be installed in advance of the STOP sign or a Yield Ahead sign (see EPG 903.2.29) shall be installed in advance of the YIELD sign.

The STOP or YIELD sign shall be located as close as practicable to the intersection it regulates, while optimizing its visibility to the road user it is intended to regulate.

STOP signs and YIELD signs shall not be mounted on the same post.

Support. EPG 903.1.5 contains information about mounting signs back-to-back with a STOP or YIELD sign.

Guidance. STOP or YIELD signs should not be placed farther than 50 feet from the edge of the pavement of the intersected roadway (see Drawing F in Figure 903.1.13).

Supplemental plaques used in conjunction with a STOP or YIELD sign should be limited to those specified for such use in the EPG.

Standard. Where drivers proceeding straight ahead must yield to traffic approaching from the opposite direction, such as at a one-lane bridge, a TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC (R1-2aP) plaque shall be mounted below the YIELD sign. See Figure 903.2.53.2 and Figure 903.2.53.3 in EPG 903.2.53.

Support. Figure 903.1.13 shows examples of some typical placements of STOP signs and YIELD signs.

EPG 903.1.13 contains additional information about separate and combined mounting of other signs with STOP or YIELD signs.

Guidance. Stop lines that are used to supplement a STOP sign should be located as described in EPG 620.2.18. Yield lines that are used to supplement a YIELD sign should be located as described in EPG 620.2.18.

Where there is a marked crosswalk at the intersection, the STOP sign should be installed in advance of the edge of the crosswalk that is nearest to the approaching traffic.

Except at roundabouts and channelized right-turn lanes, where there is a marked crosswalk at the intersection, the YIELD sign should be installed in advance of the edge of the crosswalk that is nearest to the approaching traffic.

Where two roads intersect at an acute angle, the STOP or YIELD sign should be positioned at an angle, or shielded, so that the legend is out of view of traffic to which it does not apply.

At a roundabout intersection, to prevent circulating vehicles from yielding unnecessarily, the face of the YIELD sign is not to be visible from the circulatory roadway.

If a raised splitter island is available on the left-hand side of a multi-lane roundabout approach, an additional YIELD sign should be placed on the left-hand side of the approach.

Option. If a raised splitter island is available on the left-hand side of a single-lane roundabout approach, an additional YIELD sign may be placed on the left-hand side of the approach.

At wide-throat intersections or where two or more approach lanes of traffic exist on the signed approach, an additional STOP or YIELD sign may be installed on the left-hand side of the road and/or a stop or yield line may be used to improve observance of the right-of-way control. At channelized intersections or at divided roadways separated by a median or divisional island (painted or physical), the additional STOP or YIELD sign may be placed on a channelizing island, or in the median or on the divisional island.

Standard. More than one STOP sign or more than one YIELD sign shall not be placed on the same support facing in the same direction.

903.2.18 Yield Here To Pedestrians Signs (R1-5 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.19)

R1-5
R1-5d

Support. The R1-5 series signs are intended to mitigate the scenario that can place pedestrians at risk by blocking other drivers’ view of pedestrians and by blocking the pedestrians' view of the vehicles approaching in the adjacent lanes.

Standard. Yield Here to Pedestrians (R1-5, R1-5a, R1-5c, and R1-5d) signs shall be used if yield lines are used in advance of a marked crosswalk only where it crosses an uncontrolled multi-lane approach. The legend STATE LAW shall not be displayed on the R1-5 series signs.

Guidance. If yield lines and Yield Here to Pedestrians signs are used in advance of a crosswalk that crosses an uncontrolled multi-lane approach, the signs should be placed 20 to 50 feet in advance of the nearest edge of the crosswalk (see EPG 620.2.18 and Figure 620.2.18).

Standard. When used with a School Crossing assembly within school zones (see EPG 908), the R1-5a sign shall be used in place of the R1-5 sign in accordance with the second paragraph of this article.

When used with a Trail Crossing assembly (see EPG 903.3.44), the R1-5d sign shall be used in place of the R1-5 sign in accordance with the second paragraph of this article.

Guidance. When Yield Here to Pedestrians signs are provided in advance of a crosswalk across an multi-lane approach, parking should be prohibited in the area between the yield line and the crosswalk.

Yield lines and Yield Here to Pedestrians signs should not be used in advance of crosswalks that cross an approach to or departure from a roundabout.

Option. A Pedestrian Crossing (W11-2) warning sign may be placed overhead or may be post-mounted with a diagonal downward-pointing arrow (W16-7P) plaque at the crosswalk location where Yield Here to Pedestrians signs have been installed in advance of the crosswalk.

Standard. If a W11-2 sign is post-mounted at the crosswalk location where a Yield Here to Pedestrians sign is used on the approach, the Yield Here to Pedestrians sign shall not be placed on the same post as the W11-2 sign.

Option. An advance Pedestrian Crossing (W11-2) warning sign with an AHEAD or a distance supplemental plaque may be used in conjunction with a Yield Here to Pedestrians sign on the approach to the same crosswalk.

In-Street Pedestrian Crossing signs and Yield Here to Pedestrians signs may be used together at the same crosswalk.

903.2.19 In-Street Pedestrian and Trail Crossing Signs (R1-6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.20)

R1-6
R1-6d
Note: The legend STATE LAW is optional

Option. The In-Street Pedestrian Crossing (R1-6) sign, In-Street Trail Crossing (R1-6d) sign, may be used to remind road users of laws regarding right-of-way at an unsignalized crosswalk. The legend STATE LAW may be displayed at the top of the R1-6 series signs if applicable. On the R1-6 series signs, the legend YIELD may be used instead of the appropriate YIELD sign symbol.

MoDOT may develop and apply criteria for determining the applicability of In-Street Pedestrian Crossing signs.

Standard. If used, In-Street Pedestrian or Trail Crossing signs shall only be placed in the roadway at the crosswalk location on a raised island.

The In-Street Pedestrian or Trail Crossing sign shall not be post-mounted on the left-hand or right-hand side of the roadway.

Support. EPG 620.8.2 contains information about the use of tubular markers to provide additional emphasis for a pedestrian crossing.

Standard. When used at an uncontrolled crossing, the In-Street Pedestrian Crossing sign shall be used only as a supplement to a Pedestrian Crossing (W11-2) warning sign with a diagonal downward-pointing arrow (W16-7P) plaque at the crosswalk location.

When used at an uncontrolled crossing, the In-Street Trail Crossing sign shall be used only as a supplement to a Trail Crossing (W11-15) warning sign with a diagonal downward-pointing arrow (W16-7P) plaque at the crosswalk location.

An In-Street or Trail Crossing sign shall not be placed in advance of the crosswalk to educate road users about the State law prior to reaching the crosswalk, nor shall it be installed as an educational display that is not near any crosswalk.

Option. In-Street Pedestrian or Trail Crossing signs may be mounted back-to-back on a raised island in the median of an undivided roadway.

Standard. The In-Street Pedestrian or Trail Crossing sign shall not be used at crosswalks on approaches controlled by a traffic control signal, pedestrian hybrid beacon, or an emergency-vehicle hybrid beacon.

Option. The In-Street Pedestrian or Trail Crossing sign may be used at intersections or midblock pedestrian crossings with flashing beacons.

Support. The provisions of EPG 903.1.15 concerning mounting height are not applicable for the In-Street Pedestrian Crossing sign. EPG 903.1.18 contains information about sign mounting methods.

Standard. The top of an In-Street Pedestrian or Trail Crossing sign placed in an island shall be a maximum of 4 feet above the island surface.

Option. The In-Street Pedestrian Crossing or Trail Crossing signs may be used seasonally to prevent damage in winter because of plowing operations, and may be removed at night if the pedestrian activity at night is minimal.

903.2.20 Speed Limit Sign (R2-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.21)

R2-1

Support. In general, the maximum speed limits applicable to roads are established:

A. Statutorily – a maximum speed limit applicable to a particular class of road, such as freeways or city streets, that is established by State law; or
B. As speed zones – based on engineering studies.

State statutory limits restrict the maximum speed limit that can be established on a particular road, notwithstanding what an engineering study might indicate. Maximum speed limits in Missouri are governed by the Missouri Revised Statutes, Section 304.010.

MoDOT can establish non-statutory speed limits or designate reduced speed zones using an engineering study. Setting appropriate speed limits is especially important to ensure safety for all road users in varying types of contexts, particularly on roadways where adjacent land use suggests that trips could be served by varied modes. These situations include urban and suburban non-freeway arterials or rural arterials that serve as main streets in smaller communities, consistent with the context classifications of urban core, urban, suburban, and rural towns found in “A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets,” 2018 Edition, AASHTO. When setting a speed limit, a range of factors such as land-use context, pedestrian and bicyclist activity, crash history, intersection spacing, driveway density, roadway geometry, roadside conditions, roadway functional classification, traffic volume, and observed speeds can influence the speed limit determined in the engineering study. The engineering study will determine which of the recommended factors will prevail in setting the speed limit.

MoDOT can use speed limit setting tools and methods such as expert systems and those consistent with the safe system approach as part of the required engineering study for a non-statutory speed limit. As speed limit setting tools vary, practitioners needs to be aware of their limitations and advantages, possible variation between the tools and the need to explore gaps or weaknesses of tools, and weigh the output accordingly in consideration of setting speed limits.

To achieve desired operating speeds, agencies often implement other speed management strategies concurrently with setting speed limits, such as traffic calming measures, geometric design features, and increased enforcement. See EPG 905.2.14 for more information regarding speed limit guidelines.

Standard. Speed zones (other than statutory speed limits) shall only be established on the basis of an engineering study that has been performed in accordance with traffic engineering practices. The engineering study shall consider the roadway context.

Guidance. Among the factors that should be considered when conducting an engineering study for establishing or reevaluating speed limits within speed zones are the following:

A. Roadway environment (such as roadside development, number and frequency of driveways and access points, and land use), functional classification, public transit volume and location or frequency of stops, parking practices, and pedestrian and bicycle facilities and activity;
B. Roadway characteristics (such as lane widths, shoulder condition, grade, alignment, median type, and sight distance);
C. Geographic context (such as an urban district, rural town center, non-urbanized rural area, or suburban area), and multi-modal trip generation;
D. Reported crash experience for at least a 12-month period;
E. Speed distribution of free-flowing vehicles including the pace, median (50th-percentile), and 85th-percentile speeds; and
F. A review of past speed studies to identify any trends in operating speeds.

When the 85th-percentile speed is appreciably greater than the posted speed limit, and the roadway context does not support setting a higher speed limit, the engineering study should consider whether changes to geometric features, enforcement, and/or other speed-reduction countermeasures might improve compliance with the posted speed limit. A similar approach should be used if the results of past speed studies indicate that the 85th-percentile speed has consistently increased.

On urban and suburban arterials, and on rural arterials that serve as main streets through developed areas of communities, the 85th-percentile speed should not be used to set speed limits without consideration of all factors described in the first Guidance paragraph of this article.

On a freeway, expressway, or rural highway (outside urbanized locations or conditions), the speed limit that is posted within a speed zone should be within 5 mph of the 85th-percentile speed of free-flowing motor-vehicle traffic under the following conditions:

A. All factors described in the first Guidance paragraph of this article have been considered and determined to be non-mitigating, and
B. The measures described in the second Guidance paragraph of this article have been considered to the extent practicable.

See EPG 905.2.14 for additional information regarding setting speed limits

MoDOT should conduct engineering studies to reevaluate non-statutory speed limits on segments of their roadways that have undergone significant changes since the last review (such as changes to roadway context, the addition or elimination of parking or driveways, changes in the number of travel lanes, changes in the configuration of bicycle lanes, changes to road geometrics, changes in traffic control signal coordination, or significant changes in traffic volumes).

Speed studies for signalized intersection approaches should be taken outside the influence area of the traffic control signal, which is generally considered to be approximately ½ mile, to avoid obtaining skewed results for the speed distribution. If the signal spacing is less than 1 mile, the speed study should be at approximately the middle of the segment.

Standard. The Speed Limit (R2-1) sign shall display the limit established by law, ordinance, regulation, or as adopted by the authorized agency based on an engineering study. The speed limits displayed shall be in multiples of 5 mph.

Speed Limit (R2-1) signs, indicating speed limits for which posting is required by law, shall be located at the points of change from one speed limit to another.

At the downstream end of the section to which a particular speed limit applies, a Speed Limit sign showing the next speed limit shall be installed.

Speed Limit signs indicating the statutory speed limits shall be installed at entrances to Missouri and at city limits, where appropriate.

Guidance. Additional Speed Limit signs should be installed beyond interchanges and major intersections and at other locations where it is necessary to remind road users of the speed limit that is applicable.

Speed Limit signs should not be located at curves or other locations where the legal speed limit is greater than the safe operating speed. If Speed Limit signs are installed on the same sign supports and above a City Limit sign, the sign supports should be sized to properly support both signs.

The following are recommended locations for posting a Speed Limit sign:

A. Downstream from all acceleration ramps on the freeway/expressway system, posted after the route confirmation marker, if space allows;
B. Downstream from major intersections such as state system junctions, signalized intersections, and major county road junctions;
C. Where it is necessary to remind road users of the speed limit that is applicable;
D. In each direction of travel for road users leaving the Interstate system onto a state route. The sign should be located, if practical, approximately 400 ft. beyond the route confirmation assembly. If the crossroad is not located on the state system, the proper jurisdiction should be notified; or
E. When the speed limit is reduced on the freeway/expressway, an additional sign should be posted in the median.

Support. The “Traffic Control Devices Handbook – 2nd Edition, 2013, ITE.” contains suggested criteria on the spacing of speed limit signs.

EPG 903.3.32 contains information about the use of speed zone signs to inform road users of a reduced or variable speed zone to provide advance notice to comply with the posted speed limit ahead.

Option. If a W3-5b sign is posted to provide notice of a variable speed zone, an END VARIABLE SPEED LIMIT (R2-13) sign may be installed at the downstream end of the zone to provide notice to road users of the termination of the speed zone.

Advance traffic control warning signs (see EPG 903.2.29), intersection warning signs (see EPG 903.3.33), and/or other traffic control devices are appropriate warning prior to a signalized intersection. A Speed Limit sign should not be used for this purpose.

Guidance. An advisory speed plaque (see EPG 903.3.59) mounted below a warning sign should be used to warn road users of an advisory speed for a roadway condition. A Speed Limit sign should not be used for this purpose.

Option. A variable speed limit sign that changes the speed limit for traffic and ambient conditions may be installed provided that the appropriate speed limit is displayed at the proper times and locations in accordance with the third and fourth Guidance paragraphs of this article.

Standard. The variable speed limit sign legend “SPEED LIMIT” shall be a black legend on a white retroreflective background. The variable speed limit legend shall be displayed in white LEDs on an opaque black background.

Support. EPG 903.3.13 contains information about the use of a Vehicle Speed Feedback plaque mounted below a Speed Limit sign that displays to approaching drivers the speed at which they are traveling.

Advisory speed signs and plaques are discussed in EPG 903.3.12 and 903.3.59. Temporary traffic control zone speed signs are discussed in EPG 616. The WORK ZONE (G20-5aP) plaque intended for installation above a Speed Limit sign is discussed in EPG 616.7.7. School Speed Limit signs are discussed in EPG 908.2.5. 

903.2.21 Combined Maximum and Minimum Speed Limits Sign (R2-4a) (MUTCD Section 2B.24)

R2-4a

Standard. Combined Maximum and Minimum Speed Limits (R2-4a) signs shall be installed only on interstate routes in lieu of Speed Limit (R2-1) signs to designate the maximum and minimum speed limits that apply.

Guidance. The Combined Maximum and Minimum Speed Limits sign should be located in the same manner as Speed Limit signs (See EPG 903.2.9). Additionally, the R2-4a sign should be installed on interstate routes at entrances to Missouri and where interstate routes cross county lines.

903.2.22 Speed Limit XX Except Where Posted Sign (R2-5d)

R2-5d

Standard. The SPEED LIMIT XX EXCEPT WHERE POSTED (R2-5d) sign shall be installed only at locations where it has been requested and is required by an enabling ordinance.

Guidance. The SPEED LIMIT XX EXCEPT WHERE POSTED sign should be placed immediately to the right of the City Limit sign on its own post.

Option. The SPEED LIMIT XX EXCEPT WHERE POSTED sign may be used on all state highways and outer roads except the Interstate system.

903.2.23 Higher Fines Signs and Plaque (MUTCD Section 2B.25)

Support. See EPG 907.3 for information on Travel Safe Zones.

903.2.24 Movement Prohibition Signs (R3-1 through R3-4, R3-18, and R3-27) (MUTCD Section 2B.26)

R3-1
R3-2
R3-3
R3-4
R3-18
R3-27

Standard. Movement Prohibition signs shall be installed where specific movements are prohibited at an intersection approach except as provided in the second Option and fourth Standard paragraphs of this article.

Support. Missouri Statute 304.341, which governs U-turn Movements at signalized intersections, states: It shall be unlawful for the driver of any vehicle to turn such vehicle so as to proceed in the opposite direction at any intersection controlled by a traffic signal or police officer; nor shall such turn be made at any place unless the movement can be made in safety and without interfering with other traffic.

Missouri Statute 304.120 allows municipalities, by ordinance, to make additional rules of the road or traffic regulations to meet their needs and traffic conditions, which would allow U-turn Movements to be permitted at certain unsignalized intersections.

Guidance. Movement Prohibition signs should only be used to prohibit a turn or through movement from an entire approach and should not be used to designate movements that are required or permitted from a specific lane or lanes on a multi-lane approach.

Movement Prohibition signs should be placed where they will be most easily seen by road users who might be intending to make the movement.

If a No Right Turn (R3-1) sign is used, at least one should be placed either over the roadway or at a right-hand corner of the intersection.

If a No Left Turn (R3-2) sign is used, at least one should be placed over the roadway, at the far left corner of the intersection, on a median, or in conjunction with the STOP sign or YIELD sign located on the near right corner.

Except as provided in Item C of the third Standard paragraph of this article for signalized locations, if a NO TURNS (R3-3) sign is used, two signs should be used, one at a location specified for a No Right Turn sign and one at a location specified for a No Left Turn sign.

If a No U-Turn (R3-4) sign or a combination No U or Left Turn (R3-18) sign is used, at least one should be used at a location specified for a No Left Turn sign.

The No U-Turn sign (R3-4) should be used sparingly and only where a specific problem has been documented and not as standard practice for median breaks. If used, these signs should be placed at or between intersections to indicate where U-turns are prohibited.

If both left turns and U-turns are prohibited, the combination No U or Left Turn (R3-18) sign should be used instead of separate R3-2 and R3-4 signs.

Standard. The No U-Turn sign shall be installed above the AUTHORIZED AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES ONLY (R5-29) sign (See EPG 903.2.36).

Support. EPG 903.2.25 through EPG 903.2.28 contain information regarding lane control signs that indicate the required or permitted movements from individual lanes.

Guidance. If a No Straight Through (R3-27) sign is used, at least one should be placed either over the roadway or at a location where it can be seen by road users who might be intending to travel straight through the intersection.

If turn prohibition signs are installed in conjunction with traffic control signals:

A. The No Right Turn sign should be installed adjacent to a signal face viewed by road users in the right-hand lane.
B. The No Left Turn (or No U-Turn or combination No U or Left Turn) sign should be installed adjacent to a signal face viewed by road users in the left-hand lane.
C. A NO TURNS sign should be placed adjacent to a signal face viewed by all road users on that approach, or two signs should be used.

Option. If turn prohibition signs are installed in conjunction with traffic control signals, an additional turn prohibition sign may be post-mounted to supplement the sign mounted overhead.

Where ONE WAY signs are used (see EPG 903.2.40), No Left Turn and No Right Turn signs may be omitted.

Where the movement restriction applies to certain vehicle classes, signs incorporating a supplementary legend, modified as appropriate, may be used to indicate the specific vehicle class restriction or exception. When the movement restriction applies during certain time periods only, the following Movement Prohibition signing alternatives may be used and are listed in order of preference:

A. A blank-out or changeable message sign (see Chapter 2L) that displays the prohibited movement only during the time that the movement prohibition is applicable, especially at signalized intersections.
B. Permanently-mounted signs incorporating a supplementary legend showing the hours and days during which the prohibition is applicable. Contact the Highway Safety and Traffic Division for the design of supplementary legends and plaques.
C. Portable signs, installed by proper authority, located off the roadway at each corner of the intersection. The portable signs are only to be used during the time that the movement prohibition is applicable.

Standard. The blank-out part-time electronic-display Movement Prohibition sign shall consist of a red circle and diagonal with a white prohibited movement on an opaque black background.

Option. Movement Prohibition signs may be omitted at a ramp entrance to an expressway or a channelized intersection where the design is such as to indicate clearly the one-way traffic movement on the ramp or turning lane.

Standard. The No Left Turn (R3-2) sign, the No U-Turn (R3-4) sign, and the combination No U or Left Turn (R3-18) sign shall not be used at approaches to roundabouts to prohibit drivers from turning left onto the circulatory roadway of a roundabout.

Support. At roundabouts, the use of R3-2, R3-4, or R3-18 signs to prohibit left turns onto the circulatory roadway might confuse drivers about the possible legal turning movements around the roundabout. ONE WAY (R6-1 or R6-2) signs are appropriate to indicate the travel direction within a roundabout.

903.2.25 Intersection Lane Control Signs (R3-5 through R3-8) (MUTCD Section 2B.27)

Standard. Intersection Lane Control signs, if used, shall require road users in certain lanes to turn, shall permit turns from a lane where such turns would otherwise not be permitted, shall require a road user to stay in the same lane and proceed straight through an intersection, or shall indicate permitted movements from a lane.

Intersection Lane Control signs shall not be used in lieu of turn prohibition signs, such as No Right-Turn (R3-1).

Support. Intersection Lane Control signs have three applications:

A. Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-5 series and R3-7 series) signs,
B. Optional Movement Lane Control (R3-6 series) signs, and
C. Advance Intersection Lane Control (R3-8 series) signs.

Guidance. When Intersection Lane Control signs are mounted overhead, each sign used should be placed over the lane or a projection of the lane to which it applies.

On signalized approaches where through lanes that become mandatory turn lanes, multiple-lane turns that include shared lanes for through and turning movements, ramps with two or more lanes or other lane-use regulations are present that would be unexpected by unfamiliar road users, overhead Intersection Lane Control signs should be installed approximately 250 ft. in advance of the stop bar over the appropriate lanes. A one-arm cantilever tubular truss to support these signs should be used to eliminate an obstacle on one side of the roadway.

Option. A signal mast arm design (without signal head) may be used to mount Intersection Lane Control signs, which allows a longer arm than standard one or two arm tubular sign supports. The upright post may be placed on either side of the roadway, and if possible, placed so that roadway geometrics draw traffic away from the post and footing.

Guidance. The Left Only (R3-5L) sign should be installed on the back side of the mast arms over the left turn lanes where practical.

Where overhead mounting on the approach is impracticable for the Advance and/or Intersection Lane Control signs, one of the following alternatives should be employed:

A. At locations where through lanes become mandatory turn lanes, a Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-7) sign should be post-mounted on the left-hand side of the roadway where a through lane is becoming a mandatory left-turn lane on a one-way street or where a median of sufficient width for the signs is available, or on the right-hand side of the roadway where a through lane is becoming a mandatory right-turn lane.
B. At locations where a through lane is becoming a mandatory left-turn lane on a two-way street where a median of sufficient width for the signs is not available, and at locations where multiple-lane turns that include shared lanes for through and turning movements are present, an Advance Intersection Lane Control (R3-8 series) sign should be post-mounted in a prominent location in advance of the intersection, and consideration should be given to the use of an oversized version in accordance with Table 903.2.3.

Use of an overhead sign for one approach lane should not require installation of overhead signs for the other lanes of that approach.

Option. Intersection Lane Control signs may be omitted where:

A. A turn bay has been provided by physical construction or pavement markings, and
B. Only the road users using such turn bays are permitted to make a turn in that direction.

Standard. Except as provided in the last paragraph of this article, at roundabouts, Intersection Lane Control (R3-5, R3-6, and R3-8 series) signs shall display curved-stem arrow symbols as shown in Figure 903.2.25.

Option. Normal-stem arrow symbol options may be displayed on Intersection Lane Control (R3-5, R3-6, and R3-8 series) signs at roundabouts where they more effectively indicate road geometry based on engineering judgment.

Figure 903.2.25 Intersection Lane Control Signal Arrow Options for Roundabouts

903.2.26 Mandatory Movement Lane Control Signs (R3-5, R3-5a, and R3-7) and Plaques (MUTCD Section 2B.28)

R3-5
R3-5a
R3-7L
R3-7R

Standard. Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-5, R3-5a, and R3-7) signs, if used, shall indicate only the single vehicle movement that is required from the lane.

The Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-5 and R3-5a) symbol signs shall include the legend ONLY and shall be mounted overhead over the specific lanes to which they apply (see EPG 903.2.25). The R3-7 sign shall be for post-mounting only. The R3-7 sign shall not be mounted at the far side of the intersection.

If used, the Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-7) sign shall be located in advance of the intersection, such as near the upstream end of the mandatory movement lane, and/or at the near side of the intersection where the regulation applies.

The use of the Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-7) word message sign shall be limited to only locations where through lanes approaching an intersection become mandatory turn lanes.

Mandatory Movement Lane Control Signs shall not be used on roadways with speed limits 50 mph or greater. Contact Highway Safety and Traffic Division for alternatives when speed limits are 50 mph or greater.

Guidance. Mandatory Movement Lane Control signs should be accompanied by lane-use arrow markings, especially where traffic volumes are high, where there is a high percentage of commercial vehicles, or where other distractions exist.

Option. The Through Only (R3-5a) sign may be used to require a road user in a particular lane to proceed straight through an intersection.

On an approach to a mandatory turn lane where traffic regularly enters the shoulder to access the turn lane inappropriately, creating safety or operational issues, a DO NOT DRIVE ON SHOULDER (R4-17) sign (see EPG 903.2.35) may be used to supplement the standard Mandatory Movement Lane Control (R3-5 and/or R3-7 series) signs.

903.2.27 Optional Movement Lane Control Signs (R3-6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.29)

R3-6
R3-6a
R3-6b

Standard. Optional Movement Lane Control (R3-6, R3-6a and R3-6b) signs, if used, shall be used for two or more movements from a specific lane or to emphasize permitted movements. The Optional Movement Lane Control sign shall be mounted overhead over the specific lane to which it applies.

If used, the Optional Movement Lane Control signs shall indicate all permissible movements from specific lanes.

Because more than one movement is permitted from the lane, the word message ONLY shall not be used on an Optional Movement Lane Control sign.

Optional Movement Lane Control signs shall be used for two or more movements from a specific lane where a movement, not allowed by State statute or local ordinance, is permitted.

The Optional Movement Lane Control signs shall not be used alone to effect a turn prohibition.

Guidance. If used, the Optional Movement Lane Control sign should be located overhead in advance of the intersection, such as near the upstream end of an adjacent mandatory movement lane, and/or overhead at the intersection where the regulation applies.

903.2.28 Advance Intersection Lane Control Signs (R3-8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.30)

R3-8
R3-8a
R3-8b
R3-8xa
R3-8xb
R3-8xc

Option. Advance Intersection Lane Control (R3-8, R3-8a, and R3-8b) signs may be used to indicate the configuration of all lanes ahead.

The word message ONLY or the bicycle symbol, may be used within the border in combination with the arrow symbols of the R3-8 sign series.

Where a bicycle lane is between two general-purpose lanes the R3-8 series signs may be modified to show the bicycle lane with a white legend on a black background in accordance with designs of the R3-8x series signs (see EPG 914.2.2).

Guidance. When used, an Advance Intersection Lane Control sign should be placed at an adequate distance in advance of the intersection, either along the lane tapers or at the beginning of the turn lane so that road users can select the appropriate lane.

Option. An Advance Intersection Lane Control sign may be repeated closer to the intersection along the approach for additional emphasis.

Standard. An Advance Intersection Lane Control (R3-8 series) sign shall not be mounted at the far side of an intersection to which it applies.

Where three or more approach lanes are available to traffic, Advance Intersection Lane Control (R3-8 series) signs, if used, shall be post-mounted in advance of the intersection and shall not be mounted overhead.

903.2.29 Two-Way Left-Turn-Only Signs (R3-9a and R3-9b) and Plaques (MUTCD Section 2B.32)

R3-9a
R3-9b

Support. Missouri Statute 300.215, which governs two-way left turn lane movements states:

Designated two-way left turn lanes: Where a special lane for making left turns by drivers proceeding in opposite directions have been indicated by official traffic control devices:

A. A left turn shall not be made from any other lane;
B. A vehicle shall not be driven in the lane except when preparing for or making a left turn from or into the roadway or when preparing for or making a U-turn when otherwise permitted by law;
C. A vehicle shall not be driven in the lane for a distance more than five hundred feet.

Standard. Two-Way Left Turn Only (R3-9a) signs shall be used for overhead installation only. Center Lane Only (R3-9b) signs shall be post mounted installations.

Guidance. A Two-Way Left-Turn-Only (R3-9a or R3-9b) sign should be used in conjunction with the required pavement markings where a non-reversible lane is reserved for the exclusive use of left-turning vehicles in either direction and is not used for passing, overtaking, or through travel.

Option. The post-mounted R3-9b sign may be used as an alternate to or a supplement to the overhead R3-9a sign

Additional R3-9b signs may be installed after major intersections, or in situations that require additional emphasis of the proper use of this lane.

Support. Signing is especially helpful to drivers in areas where the two-way left-turn-only maneuver is new, in areas subject to environmental conditions that frequently obscure the pavement markings, and on peripheral streets with two-way left-turn-only lanes leading to an extensive system of routes with two-way left-turn-only lanes.

903.2.30 Jughandle Signs (R3-23, R3-24, R3-25, and R3-26 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.35)

Guidance. There are limited cases where these signs are applicable to the MoDOT system. Any use of these signs requires authorization from the Highway Safety and Traffic Division.


903.2.31 DO NOT PASS Sign (R4-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.36)

R4-1

Option. The DO NOT PASS (R4-1) sign may be used in addition to pavement markings (see EPG 620.2.3) to emphasize the restriction on passing. The DO NOT PASS sign may be used at one-lane bridges and work zones. Any other use of this sign requires authorization from the Highway Safety and Traffic Division.

Support. Standards for determining the location and extent of no-passing zone pavement markings are set forth in EPG 620.2.3.

Standard. PASS WITH CARE (R4-2) signs shall be used in conjunction with the DO NOT PASS sign.

903.2.32 PASS WITH CARE Sign (R4-2) (MUTCD Section 2B.37)

R4-2

Guidance. The PASS WITH CARE (R4-2) sign should be installed at the downstream end of a no-passing zone if a DO NOT PASS sign has been installed at the upstream end of the zone.

Standard. The PASS WITH CARE sign shall be the same size and shall be erected in the same manner as the DO NOT PASS (R4-1) sign.

903.2.33 KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASS Sign (R4-16) and SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT Sign (R4-3) (MUTCD Section 2B.38)

R4-3
R4-16

Option. The KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASS (R4-16) sign may be used on roadways where there are two lanes in one direction of travel to direct drivers to stay in the right-hand lane except when they are passing another vehicle.

Guidance. If used, the KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASS sign should be installed at or just beyond the beginning of a two-lane section of roadway and at selected locations along two-lane roadways where additional emphasis is needed.

Option. The SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT (R4-3) sign may be used on multi-lane through roadways to improve capacity or reduce unnecessary lane changing due to the presence of slower vehicles that impede the normal flow of traffic.

Standard. The SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT (R4-3) sign shall be required for climbing lanes.

Guidance. If used, the SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT sign should be installed at or just beyond the beginning of a multi-lane roadway section or at the beginning of an extra lane provided for trucks and/or other slow-moving traffic, and at selected locations where there is a tendency on the part of some road users to drive in the left-hand lane(or lanes) below the normal speed of traffic. These signs should not be used on the approach to an interchange or through an interchange area where traffic is entering or exiting, or along deceleration or acceleration lanes.

If an extra lane has been provided for trucks and other slow-moving traffic, a Lane Ends sign (see EPG 903.3.39) should be installed in advance of the point where the extra lane ends. Appropriate pavement markings should be installed at both the upstream and downstream ends of the extra lane (see EPG 620.2.14 and Figure 620.2.14 ).

903.2.34 Keep Right and Keep Left Signs (R4-7 Series and R4-8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.39)

R4-7
R4-7a
R4-7b
R4-7c
R4-8
R4-8a
R4-8b
R4-8c

Option. The Keep Right (R4-7) sign may be used at locations where it is necessary for traffic to pass only to the right-hand side of a roadway feature or obstruction. The Keep Left (R4-8) sign may be used at locations where it is necessary for traffic to pass only to the left-hand side of a roadway feature or obstruction.

Guidance. At locations where it is not readily apparent that traffic is required to keep to the right, a Keep Right sign should be used.

Standard. If Keep Right signs are installed at the start of a median or at a median opening, they shall be placed as close as practicable to the approach ends of the medians, and shall be visible to traffic on the divided highway.

Guidance. If used, the Keep Right sign should be mounted on the face of or just in front of a pier or other obstruction separating opposite directions of traffic in the center of the highway such that traffic will have to pass to the right-hand side of the sign.

Where the approach end of the island channelizes traffic away from the approach direction, the word legend (R4-7a, R4-7b, R4-8a, or R4-8b) signs should be used instead of the symbol (R4-7 or R4-8) signs to emphasize the degree of curvature away from the approach direction (see Figure 903.2.34.1 ).

Where a two-lane, two-way highway transitions to a divided highway, the KEEP RIGHT (R4-7b) sign should be installed within 50 ft. of the gore point, if possible. The edge of the sign should be a minimum of 6 ft. from the curb or shoulder point.

Standard. The Keep Right (Left) sign shall not be installed on the right-hand (left-hand) side of the roadway in a position where traffic must pass to the left-hand (right-hand) side of the sign.

Option. The Keep Right sign may be omitted at intermediate ends of divisional islands and medians.

A narrow Keep Right (R4-7c) sign may be installed on the approach end of a median island that is less than 4 feet wide at the point where the sign is to be located.

Standard. A narrow Keep Right (R4-7c) sign shall not be installed on a median island that has a width of 4 feet or more at the point where the sign is to be located.

Option. The Keep Right sign may be installed in the median of a divided highway crossing that functions as a single intersection such that it is visible to traffic on the divided highway as shown in Figure 903.2.41.3 and Figure 903.2.41.4 .

Support. EPG 903.2.40 provides more information about the use of the Keep Right sign in combination with or in lieu of ONE-WAY signs at divided highway crossings.

Standard. The KEEP RIGHT (R4-7b) sign shall be installed as close to the median nose as possible where an undivided highway transitions into a divided highway.

Figure 903.2.34.1 Examples of Keep Right and Keep Left Sign Placement (Sheet 1 of 2)

Figure 903.2.34.2 Examples of Keep Right and Keep Left Sign Placement (Sheet 2 of 2)

903.2.35 DO NOT DRIVE ON SHOULDER Sign (R4-17) (MUTCD Section 2B.43)

R4-17

Option. The DO NOT DRIVE ON SHOULDER (R4-17) sign may be installed to inform road users that using the shoulder of a roadway as a travel lane is prohibited.

Guidance. The DO NOT DRIVE ON SHOULDER (R4-17) sign should be considered for special conditions if there is a need determined by district traffic engineering staff. The sign should be considered as a temporary tool to aid in the enforcement of the condition. After it appears the problem has been corrected, these signs should be removed.

Support. The R4-17 sign is to be used only where necessary. MoDOT does not want to set driver expectations for general use of this sign.

903.2.36 Selective Exclusion Signs and Plaques (MUTCD Section 2B.45)

R5-2
R5-2aP
R5-25
R5-29

Option. Selective Exclusion signs may be used to provide notice to road users that State or local statutes or ordinances exclude designated types of traffic from using particular roadways or facilities.

Standard. Selective Exclusion signs shall clearly indicate the type of traffic that is excluded.

Support. Typical exclusion messages include:

A. No Trucks (R5-2),
B. No Pedestrian Crossing (R9-3),
C. EXCEPT LOCAL DELIVERY (R5-2aP) plaque.
D. NO VENDING (R5-24)
E. NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE (R5-25)
F. AUTHORIZED AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES ONLY (R5-29)

Guidance. If an exclusion is governed by vehicle weight, a Weight Limit sign (see EPG 903.2.53) should be used instead of a Selective Exclusion sign.

The Selective Exclusion sign should be placed on the right-hand side of the roadway at an appropriate distance from the intersection so as to be clearly visible to all road users turning into the roadway that has the exclusion. The No Pedestrian Crossing (R9-3) sign (see EPG 903.2.46) should be installed so as to be clearly visible to pedestrians who are at a location where an alternative route is available.

Option. The No Pedestrian Crossing (R9-3) sign may also be used at underpasses or elsewhere where pedestrian facilities are not provided.

The EXCEPT LOCAL DELIVERY (R5-2aP) plaque may be mounted below the R5-2 sign.

The NO VENDING (R5-24) sign may be used at locations where vending is taking place within the right-of-way.

Standard. When used, the NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE (R5-25) sign shall be mounted at or near the bridge ends.

Option. The NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE (R5-25) sign may be used at locations where fishing from a bridge creates a safety hazard.

Guidance. The AUTHORIZED AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES ONLY (R5-29) sign should be used at emergency crossovers to prohibit vehicles from using the emergency crossover unless they have special permission (such as law enforcement vehicles or emergency vehicles) or are performing official business (such as highway agency vehicles).

The No U Turn sign should be installed above the AUTHORIZED AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES ONLY sign.

Signing for both directions of traffic should be provided on one post with the signs being installed 90 degrees to the roadway. The signs should be mounted back to back. The post should be located approximately in the middle of the median. If median width is greater than 60 ft., consideration should be given to install separate signs.

903.2.37 DO NOT ENTER Sign (R5-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.46)

R5-1

Standard. The DO NOT ENTER (R5-1) sign shall be used at the following locations:

A. Where a two-way roadway becomes a one-way roadway;
B. The intersection of an interchange exit ramp with a crossroad as specified in EPG 903.2.39 (see Figure 903.2.39.1);
C. The intersection of a channelized or turning roadway with a two-way undivided crossroad; and
D. Except as provided in the fourth paragraph of this article, an intersection with a divided highway (see Figure 903.2.37).

If the DO NOT ENTER sign is mounted behind a STOP or YIELD sign:

A. 36 x 36 inch DO NOT ENTER sign shall be used behind a 48 x 48 inch STOP sign; and
B. 30 x 30 inch. DO NOT ENTER sign shall be used behind a 60 x 60 inch YIELD sign.

Guidance. A DO NOT ENTER sign should be installed at other locations where additional emphasis is needed where wrong-way movements are prominent or where the intersecting angle of roadways is such that the visibility of ONE WAY signs alone does not sufficiently convey the restriction.

Option. A DO NOT ENTER sign may be omitted on a low-speed urban street that is a divided highway at a crossing that functions as two separate intersections.

Guidance. The DO NOT ENTER sign, if used, should be placed directly in view of a road user at the point where a road user could wrongly enter a divided highway, one-way roadway, or ramp. The sign should be mounted facing traffic that might enter the roadway or ramp in the wrong direction.

At a crossing with a divided highway; the sign, if used, should be placed on the outside edge side of the roadway facing traffic that might enter the roadway in the wrong direction.

If the DO NOT ENTER sign would be visible to traffic to which it does not apply, the sign should be turned away from, or shielded from, the view of that traffic.

A second DO NOT ENTER sign should be used, particularly where traffic approaches from an intersecting roadway (Figure 903.2.37).

EPG 903.1.12 contains the provisions for the use of continuously-operated or actuated LEDs to enhance the conspicuity of signs.

Figure 903.2.37 Locations of DO NOT ENTER and WRONG WAY Signing for Divided Highway Crossings that Function as Two Separate Intersections

903.2.38 WRONG WAY Sign (R5-1a) (MUTCD Section 2B.47)

R5-1a

Option. The WRONG WAY (R5-1a) sign may be used as a supplement to the DO NOT ENTER sign where a crossroad intersects a one-way roadway in a manner that does not physically discourage or prevent wrong-way entry (see Figure 903.2.37).

Guidance. If used, the WRONG WAY sign should be placed at a location along the one-way roadway farther from the crossroad than the DO NOT ENTER sign (see EPG 903.2.37).

The WRONG WAY sign should be placed on the same side of the road as the DO NOT ENTER sign.

Support. EPG 903.1.12 contains the provisions for the use of continuously-operated or actuated LEDs to enhance the conspicuity of signs.

903.2.39 Wrong-Way Traffic Control at Interchange Ramps (MUTCD Section 2B.48)

Standard. At interchange exit ramp terminals where the ramp intersects a crossroad in such a manner that wrong-way entry could inadvertently be made, the following signs shall be used (see Figure 903.2.39.1):

A. At least one ONE WAY sign for each direction of travel on the crossroad shall be placed where the exit ramp intersects the crossroad.
B. At least one DO NOT ENTER sign shall be conspicuously placed near the downstream end of the exit ramp in positions appropriate for full view of a road user starting to enter wrongly from the crossroad.
C. At least one WRONG WAY sign shall be placed on the exit ramp facing a road user traveling in the wrong direction.

Guidance. In addition, the following pavement markings should be used (see Figure 903.2.39.1):

A. On two-lane paved crossroads at interchanges, solid double yellow lines should be used as a center line for an adequate distance on both sides approaching the ramp intersections.
B. Where crossroad channelization or ramp geometrics do not make wrong-way movements difficult, a lane-use arrow should be placed in each lane of an exit ramp near the crossroad terminal where it will be clearly visible to a potential wrong-way road user.

Option. The following traffic control devices may be used to supplement the signs and pavement markings described in the first and second paragraphs of this article:

A. Additional ONE WAY signs may be placed, especially on two-lane rural crossroads, appropriately in advance of the ramp intersection to supplement the required ONE WAY sign(s).
B. Additional WRONG WAY signs may be used.
C. Slender, elongated wrong-way arrow pavement markings (see Figure 620.2.22.1) intended primarily to warn wrong-way road users that they are traveling in the wrong direction may be placed upstream from the ramp terminus (see Figure 903.2.39.1 ) to indicate the correct direction of traffic flow. Wrong-way arrow pavement markings may also be placed on the exit ramp at appropriate locations near the crossroad junction to indicate wrong-way movement.
D. Lane-use arrow pavement markings may be placed on the exit ramp and crossroad near their intersection to indicate the permissive direction of flow.
E. Lane control signs or movement prohibition signs may be used on the approaches to the exit ramp.
D. A Keep Right (R4-7 or R4-7c) may be used on a ramp median nose for wrong-way traffic control.

Guidance. On interchange entrance ramps where the ramp merges with the through roadway and the design of the interchange does not clearly make evident the direction of traffic on the separate roadways or ramps, a ONE WAY sign visible to traffic on the entrance ramp and through roadway should be placed on each side of the through roadway near the entrance ramp merging point.

Option. On interchange entrance ramps where the ramp merges with the through roadway and the design of the interchange does not clearly make evident the direction of traffic on the separate roadways or ramps a No Left Turn (R3-2) sign may be located on the left-hand side of the entrance ramp at the gore. If a No Left Turn (R3-2) sign is located on the left-hand side, a supplemental R3-2 sign may be installed on the right-hand side of the entrance ramp.

On interchange entrance ramps where the ramp merges with the through roadway and the design clearly indicates the direction of flow, a ONE WAY sign may be placed visible to traffic on the entrance ramp and/or a NO TURNS (R3-3) sign may be placed visible to traffic on the entrance ramp and through roadway at the gore area.

Support. EPG 903.2.37, EPG 903.2.38, and EPG 903.2.40 contain further information on signing to avoid wrong-way movements at at-grade intersections on expressways.

Figure 903.2.39.1. Example of Application of Regulatory Signing and Pavement Markings at an Exit Ramp Termination to Deter Wrong-Way Entry

Figure 903.2.39.2. Locations of Wrong-Way signing for Divided Highways with Offset Left Turn Lanes

Notes:
  1. Distances may be adjusted up to 20’ +/- based on engineering judgement
  2. 4”x72” red sign post delineators are optional
  3. MoDOT maintained signs shall not be installed on the back of non-MoDOT maintained signs
  4. See Figure 903.2.41.4 for ONE WAY signing for Divided Highways with Offset Left Turn Lanes

903.2.40 ONE WAY Signs (R6-1 and R6-2) (MUTCD Section 2B.49)

R6-1
R6-2

Standard. Except as provided in the sixth paragraph of this article, the ONE WAY (R6-1 or R6-2) sign shall be used to indicate streets or roadways upon which vehicular traffic is allowed to travel in one direction only.

ONE WAY signs shall be placed parallel to the one-way street at all alleys and roadways that intersect one-way roadways.

At the crossing of a roadway with a divided highway that functions as two separate intersections, ONE WAY signs shall be placed, visible to each crossroad approach, on the near right and far left corners of each intersection with the directional roadways (see Figures 903.2.41.1 and 903.2.41.2).

At the crossing of a roadway with a divided highway that functions as a single intersection Keep Right (R4-7) signs (see EPG 903.2.34) and/or ONE WAY signs shall be installed (see Figure 903.2.41.3 and Figure 903.2.41.4). If Keep Right signs are installed, they shall be placed as close as practicable to the approach ends of the medians and shall be visible to traffic on the divided highway as shown in Figure 903.2.41.3 and Figure 903.2.41.4. If ONE WAY signs are installed, they shall be placed on the near right and far left corners of the intersection and shall be visible to each crossroad approach.

Option. At the crossing of a roadway with a divided highway, regardless of function as a single or separate intersections, ONE WAY signs may also be placed on the far right corner of the intersection as shown in Figure 903.2.41.1, Figure 903.2.41.2, Figure 903.2.41.3 and Figure 903.2.41.4.

ONE WAY signs may be omitted on the one-way roadways of divided highways, where the design of interchanges indicates the direction of traffic on the separate roadways.

Support. EPG 903.2.39 contains information for the placement of ONE WAY signs at a crossroad with an interchange.

Standard. If used at unsignalized intersections with one-way streets, ONE WAY signs shall be placed on the near right and the far left corners of the intersection facing traffic entering or crossing the one-way street.

If used at signalized intersections with one-way streets, ONE WAY signs shall be placed near the appropriate signal faces, on the poles holding the traffic signals, on the mast arm or span wire holding the signals, or at the locations specified for unsignalized intersections.

At unsignalized T-intersections where the roadway at the top of the T-intersection is a one-way roadway, ONE WAY signs shall be placed on the near-right and the far side of the intersection facing traffic on the stem approach.

ONE WAY (R6-2) signs may be used in lieu of ONE WAY (R6-1) signs on mast arms for signals or where lateral space is limited.

Where the central island of a roundabout allows for the installation of signs, ONE WAY signs may be used to direct traffic counter-clockwise around the central island (see Figure 903.2.40.2 and Figure 903.2.40.3).

Guidance. Where used on the central island of a roundabout, the mounting height of a ONE WAY sign should be at least 4 feet, measured vertically from the bottom of the sign to the elevation of the near edge of the traveled way.

Figure 903.2.40.1 Example of Regulatory and Warning Signs for a Mini-Roundabout

Figure 903.2.40.2 Example of Regulatory and Warning Signs for a One-Lane Roundabout

Figure 903.2.40.3 Example of a Regulatory and Warning Signs for a Two-Lane Roundabout with Consecutive Double lefts

903.2.41 Divided Highway Crossing Signs (R6-3 and R6-3a) (MUTCD Section 2B.50)

R6-3
R6-3a

Standard. On unsignalized minor-street approaches from which both left turns and right turns are permitted onto a divided highway at a crossing that functions as two separate intersections (see EPG 903.1.23), a Divided Highway Crossing (R6-3 or R6-3a) sign shall be used to advise road users that they are approaching an intersection with a divided highway (see Figure 903.2.41.1 and Figure 903.2.41.2).

If a Divided Highway Crossing sign is used at a four-leg intersection, the R6-3 sign shall be used. If used at a T-intersection, the R6-3a sign shall be used.

The Divided Highway Crossing sign shall be located on the near right corner of the intersection, mounted beneath a STOP or YIELD sign or on a separate support.

The DIVIDED HIGHWAY (R6-3b) sign may be used in situations where the R6-3 or R6-3a Divided Highway Crossing signs may be confusing.

Figure 903.2.41.1 ONE WAY Signing for Divided Highways with Median Widths Greater than 150 Feet

Figure 903.2.41.2 ONE WAY Signing for Divided Highways with Median Widths of 60 Feet to 150 Feet

Figure 903.2.41.3 ONE WAY Signing for Divided Highways with Median Widths Narrower Than 60 Feet

Figure 903.2.41.4 ONE WAY Signing for Divided Highways with Offset Left Turn Lanes

903.2.42 Parking, Standing, and Stopping Signs (R7 and R8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.52)

Support. Parking signs pertain to the parking, standing, and stopping of vehicles along the roadway and in designated parking areas. They cover a wide variety of regulations, and only general guidance can be provided here. The word “standing” when used on the R7 and R8 series of signs refers to the practice of a driver keeping the vehicle in a stationary position while continuing to occupy the vehicle. The word “stopping” when used on the R7 and R8 series signs refers to any vehicle, occupied by a driver or not, that stops other than to avoid conflict with other traffic or to comply with official direction. Other types of activities such as active loading, active passenger loading, and/or waiting might be established in State or local codes for use on R7 and R8 series signs.

Parking signs are categorized as either (1) prohibiting parking or (2) permitting parking with restrictions on how parking is allowed.

The types of parking, standing, or stopping prohibitions that might be encountered include, but are not limited to:

A. Prohibited at all times;
B. Prohibited only at certain times of the day and/or days of the week;
C. Prohibited with exceptions, such as for bus stops, loading/unloading zones, persons with disabilities, or electric vehicle charging stations; or
D. Prohibited under certain conditions, such as Snow Emergency Routes.

Permissive parking signs allowing parking with restrictions include, but are not limited to:

A. Parking only allowed for limited time duration (such as 30 minutes or for 1 hour);
B. Metered parking requiring payment at an individual or a multi-space parking meter, or through electronic means such as by telephone or mobile application.;
C. Parking only for specific persons (such as those with disabilities or patrons or employees of a business) or specific vehicle types (such as electric vehicles, police/government vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles, or taxis);
D. Angled or back-in angled parking when it is not commonly used in the area;
E. Parking programs such as neighborhood/residential permits, school areas, or special events; and
F. Emergency parking or stopping only.

The District Engineer is authorized to act on requests for parking restrictions within incorporated areas upon receipt of a city ordinance requesting the same.

Option. The District Engineer may authorize parking restrictions after completion of a study by the district staff and review by county and local law enforcement.

Within interchange areas and on ramps the standard NO PARKING ANYTIME (R7-1) sign may be used.

Guidance. Local law enforcement agencies should be consulted when determining if there is a need for no parking signs to be installed.

903.2.43 Design of Parking, Standing, and Stopping Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.53)

R7-1
R7-108
R7-111
R7-111a
R7-112
R7-112a
R7-112b
R7-113
R7-113aP
R7-113bP
R7-114a
R7-114b
R7-201P
R7-202P
R7-5
R7-8
R7-8aP
R7-35

Standard. Parking, standing, or stopping signs shall be rectangular.

Public agencies shall follow established law (State law, local ordinance, or regulation) as adopted by the authorized agency regarding what messages are allowed on parking signs.

The legend on parking signs shall state applicable regulations. Parking signs shall comply with the standards of shape, color, and location.

Prohibitive parking signs shall be used where parking is prohibited at all times or at specific times. Except as otherwise provided in this article, parking signs shall have a red legend and border on a white background and, when the parking prohibition symbol is used, the symbol “P” shall be black.

Permissive parking signs shall be used where only time-limited parking or parking in a particular manner is allowed. Permissive parking signs shall have a green legend and border on a white background.

Guidance. Parking information, should be displayed from top to bottom of the sign, as applicable, in the following order:

A. The restriction or prohibition;
B. The times of the day that it is applicable, if not all hours;
C. The days of the week that it is applicable, if not every day;
D. Qualifying or supplementary information;
E. Exemptions to the restriction of prohibition; and
F. Any tow-away message or symbol.

If the parking regulation applies to a limited area or zone, the limits of the regulation should be shown by arrows or supplemental plaques. If arrows are used and if the sign is at the end of a parking zone, there should be a single-headed arrow pointing in the direction that the regulation is in effect. If the sign is at an intermediate point in a zone, there should be a double-headed arrow pointing both ways. When a single sign is used at the transition point between two parking zones, it should display a right arrow and a left arrow pointing in the direction that the respective regulations apply.

Standard. The times and days for which the parking regulations are in effect shall be posted if they are not in effect at all times of day or all days of the week.

Option. As an alternate to the use of arrows to show designated restriction zones, the following word messages may be used: BEGIN, END, HERE TO CORNER, HERE TO ALLEY, and THIS SIDE OF SIGN.

Standard. Where parking spaces are reserved for persons with disabilities, the Accessible Parking (R7-8) sign shall be used to designate the space and shall display the official International Symbol of Accessibility.

Where parking spaces that are reserved for persons with disabilities are designed to accommodate wheelchair vans, a VAN ACCESSIBLE (R7-8aP) plaque shall be mounted below the R7-8 sign.

The RESERVED PARKING for Persons with Disabilities (R7-8) sign shall be installed in rest area parking lots 10 ft. to 16 ft. from the edge of the handicap ramp.

Support. The R7-8L has a left arrow and the R7-8R a right arrow. The R7-8 does not have an arrow.

Guidance. Where parking spaces are designated for parking of electric vehicles, an Electric Vehicle Parking (R7-111 series, R7-112 series, and R7-113) sign should be installed adjacent to the designated spaces. Where there is no time limit, the R7-111 series sign should be used. Where parking is subject to a time limit, the R7-112 series sign should be used.

Where parking spaces are only designated for charging of electric vehicles, an R7-113 sign or R7-114 series sign should be installed adjacent to the designated spaces.

Where additional restrictions apply while a vehicle occupies the designated space, the R7-113P series plaques should be installed below the R7-113 sign or the R7-114 series signs.

Option. A Tow-Away Zone (R7-201P or R7-201aP) plaque may be mounted below any parking prohibition sign. The word legend TOW-AWAY ZONE may be incorporated into the parking prohibition sign in lieu of using a separate plaque.

The R7-201P plaque may have a black or red symbol and border on a white background.

Guidance. When a legend other than that on the standard parking signs is necessary, letter height, symbol size, and basic sign layout should be consistent with the those shown on the standard parking signs as detailed in the FHWA “Standard Highway Signs” publication (see EPG 911 (MUTCD Section 1A.05)).

In general, the letter height of the principal legend on parking signs sized for urbanized applications should be at least 2 inches.

The NO PARKING ON BRIDGE sign (R7-35) should be used at bridge ends or on bridges where motorists tend to block or endanger through traffic by parking on the bridge.

903.2.44 Placement of Parking, Standing, and Stopping Signs (MUTCD Section 2B.54)

Support. The efficacy of parking, standing, and stopping signs, when used on conventional roads in urbanized or developed environments, depends on their visibility and consistent placement along a street or within a particular block. It is often impracticable for the entire legend to be legible from similar distances as for other types of signs. Therefore, it is important that their conventional form be recognizable from an adequate distance such that the road user can obtain the information upon closer inspection.

Guidance. When signs with arrows are used to indicate the extent of the restricted zones, the signs should be set at an angle of not less than 30 degrees nor more than 45 degrees with the line of traffic flow in order to be visible to approaching traffic.

When signs are placed at the head of perpendicular parking stalls, the signs should be parallel to the roadway facing the parking stall.

Spacing of signs should be based on legibility, conspicuity, and sign orientation.

If the zone is long, signs should be used at intermediate points within the zone.

If the signs are mounted at an angle of 90 degrees to the curb line, two signs should be mounted back to back at the transition point between two parking zones, each with an appended THIS SIDE OF SIGN (R7-202P) supplemental plaque.

If the signs are mounted at an angle of 90 degrees to the curb line, signs without any arrows or appended plaques should be used at intermediate points within a parking zone, facing in the direction of approaching traffic. Otherwise, the standards of placement should be the same as for signs using directional arrows.

Option. Blanket parking regulations that apply to an entire jurisdiction may, if legal, be posted in the vicinity of the jurisdictional boundary lines. Blanket parking regulations that apply to a posted zone or district may, if legal, be posted at the entry points to the zone or district.

903.2.45 Emergency Restriction Signs (R8-7) (MUTCD Section 2B.55)

R8-7

Standard. Emergency Restriction signs shall be rectangular and shall have a black legend and border on a white background.

Option. The EMERGENCY STOPPING ONLY (R8-7) sign may be used to discourage or prohibit shoulder parking on the interstate and other freeway highway systems based on the Missouri Revised Statutes, Section 304.024.

Guidance. The use of the EMERGENCY STOPPING ONLY sign should be held to a minimum and not erected unless there is a specific problem.

Support. EPG 913.2.7 contains information for the use of the DO NOT STOP ON TRACKS (R8-8) sign to discourage or prohibit parking or stopping on railroad or light rail transit tracks.

903.2.46 Pedestrian Crossing Signs (R9-3) (MUTCD Section 2B.57)

R9-3
R9-3a

Option. Pedestrian Crossing signs may be used to limit pedestrian crossing to specific locations.

Standard. If used, Pedestrian Crossing signs shall be installed to face pedestrian approaches.

Option. The No Pedestrian Crossing (R9-3) sign may be used to prohibit pedestrians from crossing a roadway at an undesirable location or in front of a school or other public building where a crossing is not designated.

The NO PEDESTRIAN CROSSING (R9-3a) word message sign may be used as an alternate to the R9-3 symbol sign.

Support. Pedestrians with vision disabilities might need features other than traffic control devices to provide effective communication of the prohibition of pedestrian crossing.

903.2.47 Traffic Signal Pedestrian and Bicyclist Actuation Signs (R10-3b, R10-3d, R10-3e, R10-4, and R10-25) (MUTCD Section 2B.58)

R10-3b
R10-3d
R10-3e
R10-4
R10-25

Standard. Where manual actuation of a traffic signal is required for pedestrians or bicyclists to call a signal phase to cross the roadway, traffic signal signs applicable to pedestrian actuation or bicyclist actuation shall be mounted immediately above or incorporated into the push button detector units (see EPG 902.9.5).

Support. Traffic signal signs applicable to pedestrians include:

A. Push Button for Walk Signal (R10-3 series), and
B. Push Button for Green Signal (R10-4 series).

Option. If the signalized intersection has push buttons but no pedestrian heads the PUSH BUTTON FOR GREEN SIGNAL (R10-4) sign may be used instead of the R10-3e and R10-3j signs.

Guidance. The finger in the push button symbol on the R10-4 sign should point in the same direction as the arrow on the sign.

Option. Where symbolic pedestrian signal indications are used, an educational sign (R10-3b) may be used at signalized intersections. The R10-3d educational sign may be used to inform pedestrians that the pedestrian clearance time is sufficient only for the pedestrian to cross to the median at locations where pedestrians cross in two stages using a median refuge island. The R10-3e educational sign may be used where countdown pedestrian signals have been provided.

The R10-3e sign shall be used with pre-timed pedestrian signals. For actuated pedestrian signal, the R10-3eL and R10-3eR shall be mounted immediately above or incorporated in pedestrian pushbutton units.

The R10-25 sign may be used where a push button detector has been installed for pedestrians to activate In-Roadway Warning Lights (see EPG 902.20) or flashing beacons that have been added to the pedestrian warning signs.

903.2.48 Traffic Signal Signs and Plaques (R10-5 through R10-23a) (MUTCD Section 2B.59)

R10-5
R10-6
R10-7
R10-10
R10-12
R10-12a
R10-13
R10-14
R10-14a
R10-14b
R10-15
R10-23
R10-23a

Option. To supplement traffic signal control, traffic signal (R10-5 through R10-30) signs may be used to regulate road users.

Traffic signal signs may be installed at certain locations to clarify signal control. Among the legends that may be used for this purpose are:

A. LEFT (RIGHT) ON GREEN ARROW ONLY (R10-5),
B. STOP HERE ON RED (R10-6) for observance of stop lines,
C. DO NOT BLOCK INTERSECTION (R10-7) for avoidance of traffic obstructions,
D. LEFT (RIGHT) TURN SIGNAL (R10-10),
E. U TURN SIGNAL (R10-10a) for exclusive control of a U-turn movement,
F. LEFT (RIGHT) TURN YIELD ON GREEN (symbolic circular green) (R10-12), and
G. LEFT (RIGHT) TURN YIELD ON FLASHING YELLOW ARROW (R10-12a).

Guidance. If used, the LEFT ON GREEN ARROW ONLY sign, the LEFT TURN SIGNAL sign, the LEFT TURN YIELD ON GREEN (symbolic circular green) sign, or the LEFT TURN YIELD ON FLASHING YELLOW ARROW sign should be located adjacent to the left-turn signal face.

Standard. The LEFT TURN SIGNAL (R10-10L) sign has been discontinued by MoDOT. These signs shall remain in place until the circular red indication is replaced with a red left arrow (see EPG 902.6.6 Signal Indications for Protected Only Mode Left-Turn Movements in a Separate Signal Face).

If an existing R10-10L is at the end of its service life, it shall be removed, and the circular red indication shall be replaced with a red left arrow.

Guidance. If used, the RIGHT ON GREEN ARROW ONLY sign, the RIGHT TURN SIGNAL sign, or the RIGHT TURN YIELD ON FLASHING YELLOW ARROW sign should be located adjacent to the right-turn signal face.

Option. If used, a U TURN SIGNAL (R10-10a) sign may be installed adjacent to the signal face that exclusively controls a U-turn movement.

Standard. The CROSSWALK—STOP ON RED (symbolic circular red) (R10-23) and STOP ON RED-YIELD ON FLASHING RED AFTER STOP (R10-23a) signs shall only be used in conjunction with pedestrian hybrid beacons (see EPG 902.10.2).

The EMERGENCY SIGNAL (R10-13) sign shall be used in conjunction with emergency-vehicle traffic control signals (see EPG 902.13.2).

The EMERGENCY SIGNAL—STOP ON FLASHING RED (R10-14 or R10-14a) sign shall be used in conjunction with emergency-vehicle hybrid beacons (see EPG 902.14.2).

Option. If needed for extra emphasis, a STOP HERE ON FLASHING RED (R10-14b) sign may be installed with an emergency-vehicle hybrid beacon.

Standard. The Left Turn Yield to Bicycles (R10-12b) sign shall be limited to applications where the conflicting bicyclist movement would be unexpected in direction, location, or similar condition that would tend to violate the expectation of a turning motorist.

Guidance. The Left Turn Yield to Bicycles sign should be located adjacent to the left-turn signal face.

Currently the R10-12b sign is not used by MoDOT. Contact the Highway Safety and Traffic division when considering the use of this sign.

Where conditions might warrant additional emphasis to drivers turning at a signalized intersection where potential pedestrian conflicts might not be readily apparent, a Turning Vehicles Yield to Pedestrians (R10-15) sign may be used.

The R10-15 series signs, where used, should be placed as follows:

A. On the near right corner of the signalized intersection for right-turning vehicles.
B. On the far left corner of the signalized intersection for the left-turning vehicles onto a two-way street.
C. On the near left corner of the signalized intersection for left-turning vehicles from a one-way street onto a one-way street.

903.2.49 No Turn on Red Signs (R10-11 and R10-30a) (MUTCD Section 2B.60)

R10-11

Standard. Where a right turn on a circular red signal indication (or a left turn on a circular red signal indication from a one-way street to a one-way street) is to be prohibited, a NO TURN ON RED (R10-11) word message sign shall be used.

The NO TURN ON RED (R10-11) sign shall be used to prohibit a right turn on red.

Guidance. If used, the No Turn on Red sign should be installed near the appropriate signal head.

A No Turn on Red sign should be considered when an engineering study finds that one or more of the following conditions exists:

A. Inadequate sight distance to vehicles approaching from the left (or right, if applicable);
B. Geometrics or operational characteristics of the intersection that might result in unexpected conflicts;
C. An exclusive pedestrian or bicycle phase;
D. An unacceptable number of conflicting pedestrian movements with right-turn-on-red maneuvers, especially involving children, older pedestrians, or persons with disabilities;
E. More than three right-turn-on-red crashes reported in a 12-month period for the particular approach; or
F. The skew angle of the intersecting roadways creates difficulty for drivers to see traffic approaching from their left (or right, if applicable).

Standard. If an R10-11 sign with conventional road size as shown in Table 903.2.3 is used on an approach on the far side of the intersection and the distance between the stop line and the sign is greater than 120 feet, then a duplicate sign shall be located on the near side of the intersection to supplement the sign on the far side of the intersection.

Except as provided by the option below, if right turn on red (RTOR) is restricted, then the NO TURN ON RED (R10-11) sign shall be used in lieu of the RIGHT TURN SIGNAL sign.

Guidance. If used, the NO TURN ON RED sign should mounted adjacent to the far right signal indication. Refer to EPG 902.6.13 to determine when a NO TURN ON RED sign should be considered.

Option. Where space is limited, the square-shaped NO TURN ON RED (R10-11b) sign may be used instead of the R10-11 sign.

When a no-turn-on-red restriction applies during certain time periods only, the following alternatives may be used:

A Movement Prohibition (R3-1, R3-2, R3-4, R3-18, and R3-27) signs or NO TURN ON RED signs displayed by using a blank-out sign for the time period or one or more portion(s) of a particular cycle of the traffic control signal during which the prohibition is applicable; or

White LEDs may be used in the border and activated during periods of turn prohibition to enhance the sign conspicuity.

A RIGHT TURN ON RED MUST YIELD TO U-TURN (R10-30) sign may be installed to remind road users that they must yield to conflicting U-turn traffic on the street or highway onto which they are turning right on a red signal after stopping.

A RIGHT TURN MUST YIELD TO U-TURN (R10-30a) sign may be installed under a yield sign to remind road users that they must yield to conflicting U-turn traffic on the street or highway on to which they are turning right controlled by a yield sign.

903.2.50 Ramp Metering Signs (R10-28 and R10-29) (MUTCD Section 2B.61)

R10-28
R10-29

Option. When ramp control signals (see EPG 902.16) are used to meter traffic on a freeway or expressway entrance ramp, regulatory signs with legends appropriate to the control may be installed adjacent to the ramp control signal faces.

For entrance ramps with only one controlled lane, an XX VEHICLE(S) PER GREEN (R10-28) sign may be used to inform road users of the number of vehicles that are permitted to proceed during each short display of the green signal indication. For entrance ramps with more than one controlled lane, an XX VEHICLE(S) PER GREEN EACH LANE (R10-29) sign may be used to inform road users of the number of vehicles that are permitted to proceed from each lane during each short display of the green signal indication.

Support. EPG 903.12 contains provisions for the use of blank-out or changeable message signs when the metering is limited by time, day, or condition.

903.2.51 KEEP OFF MEDIAN Sign (R11-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.62)

R11-1

Option. The KEEP OFF MEDIAN (R11-1) sign may be used to prohibit driving into or parking on the median.

Guidance. The KEEP OFF MEDIAN sign should be installed on the left-hand side of the roadway within the median at random intervals as needed wherever there is a tendency for encroachment.

Support. A median is the area between two roadways of a divided highway measured from edge of travel way to edge of travel way or the area between a highway and an outer road.

903.2.52 ROAD CLOSED Sign (R11-2) and LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY Signs (R11-3 and R11-4) (MUTCD Section 2B.63)

R11-2
R11-3
R11-4

Guidance. The ROAD CLOSED (R11-2) sign should be installed where roads have been closed to all traffic (except authorized vehicles).

ROAD CLOSED—LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY (R11-3) or ROAD CLOSED TO THRU TRAFFIC (R11-4) signs should be used where through traffic is not permitted, or for a closure some distance beyond the sign, but where the highway is open for local traffic up to the point of closure.

Standard. The Road Closed (R11-2, R11-3, and R11-4) signs shall be designed as horizontal rectangles. These signs shall be preceded by the applicable Advance Road Closed warning sign with the secondary legend AHEAD and, if applicable, an Advance Detour warning sign (see EPG 616.8.4).

903.2.53 Weight Limit Sign (R12-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.64)

R12-1

Support. In 2022, a new load posting policy was implemented by MoDOT in the EPG. This new policy resulted from a plan of corrective action with FHWA. With this new policy, all structures on the national bridge inventory will be categorized under this new policy within the next 10 years. There are 10,387 structures on the state system. 270 of these structures are major or unusual structures and these will be categorized over the next 10 years. The remaining 10,117 structures consist of 6,940 normal bridges and 3,177 culverts. The normal bridges will be categorized in the next 4 years and the culverts will be reviewed in the last 3 years of the 10 year timeline of the plan. The R12-1 sign remains in use, with the remaining MoDOT bridge posting signs being replaced by one of three new bridge posting signs in this article.

Standard. Weight limit signs shall be used to indicate a structure that has a vehicle weight restriction.

Guidance. The units shown on any weight limit sign should be tons.

Standard. Weight limit signs shall be installed in accordance with the new bridge posting classifications once completed.

A weight limit sign shall be located at the applicable structure in accordance with (see Table 903.2.53 and Figures 903.2.53.1 to 903.2.53.3).

An additional weight limit sign, with an advisory distance or directional legend, shall be located in advance of the applicable section of highway or structure so that prohibited vehicles can detour or turn around prior to the limit zone.

In commercial zones, bridges with the capacity of more the 65 tons shall not be posted, as normally loads in excess of 65 tons will not occur.

Once a bridge has been categorized, the bridge posting signs shall be updated within 30 days of the bridge posting reclassification. This includes installing the correct sign and configuring the sign locations to match the appropriate bridge posting figure (see Figures 903.2.53.1 to 903.2.53.3).

Support. If existing weight limit signs need to be replaced prior to a bridge being categorized, contact Highway Safety and Traffic Division, Signing Section, for guidance.

Table 903.2.53, Listing of Bridge Posting Categories
Statewide Legal Load Posting Gross Weight Categories
Classification Category Description Sign Verbiage Sign Figure
Normal Legal SW-1 No Posting Required N/A N/A N/A
Normal Legal SW-2 General Gross Weight Limit Weight Limit XX Tons R12-1 903.5.36.1
Normal Legal SW-3 Single Unit Vehicle Gross Weight Limit Weight Limit Single Unit XX Tons R12-12 903.5.36.1
Normal Legal SW-4 Combination Vehicle Gross Weight Limit Weight Limit Combination XX Tons R12-13 903.5.36.1
Normal Legal SW-5 Single Unit Vehicle and Combination Vehicle Gross Weight Limits Weight Limit Single Unit XX Tons Combination XX Tons R12-14 903.5.36.1

Statewide Legal Load Posting Centerline Restriction with Gross Weight Categories
Classification Category Description Sign Verbiage Sign Figure
Lane Restricted LR-1 Lane Restriction Only N/A N/A 903.5.36.3
Lane Restricted LR-2 Lane Restriction with General Gross Weight Limit Weight Limit XX Tons R12-1 903.5.36.2
Lane Restricted LR-3 Lane Restriction with Single Unit Vehicle Gross Weight Limit Weight Limit Single Unit XX Tons R12-12 903.5.36.2
Lane Restricted LR-4 Lane Restriction with Combination Vehicle Gross Weight Limit Weight Limit Combination XX Tons R12-13 903.5.36.2
Lane Restricted LR-5 Lane Restriction with Single Unit Vehicle and Combination Vehicle Gross Weight Limits Weight Limit Single Unit XX Tons Combination XX Tons R12-14 903.5.36.2

Commercial Zone Areas Gross Weight Categories
Classification Category Description Sign Verbiage Sign Figure
Commercial Zone CZ-1 No Posting Required N/A N/A N/A
Commercial Zone CZ-2 General Gross Weight Limit Weight Limit XX Tons R12-1 903.5.36.1
Commercial Zone CZ-3 Single Unit Vehicle Gross Weight Limit Weight Limit Single Unit XX Tons R12-12 903.5.36.1
Commercial Zone CZ-4 Combination Vehicle Gross Weight Limit Weight Limit Combination XX Tons R12-13 903.5.36.1
Commercial Zone CZ-5 Single Unit Vehicle and Combination Vehicle Gross Weight Limits Weight Limit Single Unit XX Tons Combination XX Tons R12-14 903.5.36.1

Other Miscellaneous Load Posting Categories
Classification Category Description Sign Verbiage Sign Figure
Fire Truck FT-1 General Gross Weight Limit for Emergency Vehicles Included in the FAST Act, Federal Reauthorization Bill Weight Limit XX Tons R12-1 903.5.36.1
Closed Bridge K-CD Closed to All Traffic N/A N/A N/A
Closed Bridge K-CIF Closed to All Traffic as the Result of a Critical Inspection Finding N/A N/A N/A
Other OT-1 For Local Agency Bridges that have Signage that Doesn't Fit the Normal Legal, Lane Restricted, or Commercial Zone Categories N/A N/A N/A

A horizontal segment of roadway is shown. The middle of the roadway segment is illustrated to be crossing a bridge. The centerline of the roadway is a single dashed yellow line with one lane in each direction. On either side of the bridge, a WEIGHT LIMIIT SIGN is posted, facing the oncoming traffic. At the top of the figure are 4 different Weight Limit sign faces with a table below. These sign faces and the table are to help indicate what sign type and size to use at the beginning of a bridge crossing. The signs faces included in the table are R12-1, R12-12, R12-13, and R12-14.
Figure 903.2.53.1 Weight Limit Restrictions

A horizontal segment of roadway is shown. The middle of the roadway segment is illustrated to be crossing a bridge. The centerline of the roadway is a double solid yellow line with one lane in each direction. Multiple sign faces are shown at varying distances on either side of the brdige, facing ocoming traffic. These signs include a W5-3, W12-1, W3-2, and a R1-2 sign. At the top of the figure are 4 different Weight Limit sign faces with a table below. These sign faces and the table are to help indicate what sign type and size to use at the beginning of a bridge crossing. The signs faces included in the table are R12-1, R12-12, R12-13, and R12-14. There is a note to "See EPG 903.3.72 for placement of Type 3 Object Markers" in the bottom right corner of the figure.
Figure 903.2.53.2 One Lane Bridge Weight and Width Restrictions

A horizontal segment of roadway is shown. The middle of the roadway segment is illustrated to be crossing a bridge. The centerline of the roadway is a double solid yellow line with one lane in each direction. Multiple sign faces are shown at varying distances on either side of the brdige, facing ocoming traffic. These signs include a W5-3,, W3-2, and a R1-2 sign. There is a note to "See EPG 903.3.72 for placement of Type 3 Object Markers" in the bottom right corner of the figure.
Figure 903.2.53.3 One Lane Bridge Width Restrictions

903.2.54 Weigh Station Sign (R13 Series) (MUTCD Section 2B.65)

R13-11
R13-15P
R13-16

Standard. The BUSES WEIGH sign (R13-11) should be used at all weigh stations to supplement the standard weigh station signing.

Guidance. The OPEN-CLOSED plaque (R13-15P) should be installed below all WEIGH STATION RIGHT LANE signs whenever an automatic OPEN-CLOSED sign has not been provided.

The BEFORE PULLING ON SCALE (R13-16) sign should be installed just to the right of the weigh scale and immediately in front thereof. A 30 in. STOP sign should be mounted above the sign.

903.2.55 TRUCK ROUTE Sign (R14-1) (MUTCD Section 2B.66)

R14-1

Guidance. The TRUCK ROUTE (R14-1) sign should be used to mark a route that has been designated to allow truck traffic.

903.2.56 Photo Enforced Signs and Plaques (R10-18a and R10-19P) (MUTCD Section 2B.69)

R10-18a
R10-19P

Option. A Signal Ahead (W3-3) sign and a Traffic Signal Photo Enforced (R10-18a) sign may be used on the same approach provided that they are on separate supports.

A Photo Enforced (R10-19P) plaque may be mounted below a regulatory sign to advise road users that the regulation is being enforced by photographic equipment.

Standard. The Traffic Signal Photo Enforced (R10-18a) sign shall be used on approaches to signalized locations where red-light cameras are present.

The Traffic Signal Photo Enforced (R10-18a) sign shall not be installed on approaches to signalized locations where red-light cameras are not present on any of the approaches to the signalized location.

A Traffic Signal Photo Enforced (R10-18a) sign shall not be installed on the same support in combination with a Signal Ahead (W3-3) sign.

If used below a regulatory sign, the Photo Enforced (R10-19P) plaque shall be a rectangle with a black legend and border on a white background.

Support. For more information about photo enforcement requirements, see EPG 950.

903.2.57 STATE LAW MOVE OVER OR SLOW DOWN FOR STOPPED EMERGENCY VEHICLES Sign (R16-25) (MUTCD Section 2B.71)

R16-25

Support. The STATE LAW MOVE OVER OR SLOW DOWN FOR STOPPED EMERGENCY VEHICLES (R16-25) sign is used to inform motorists of Missouri Revised Statutes 304.022, which requires motorists to drive with caution when approaching stopped emergency vehicles.

Guidance. The STATE LAW MOVE OVER OR SLOW DOWN FOR STOPPED EMERGENCY VEHICLES sign should be installed on Interstates entering the state at the state line. The location of the sign should be as close to the state line as possible and placed at the discretion of MoDOT.

Option. Additional STATE LAW MOVE OVER OR SLOW DOWN FOR STOPPED EMERGENCY VEHICLES signs may be installed on U.S. routes entering the state where there are no adjacent interstates and rest areas at the request of the Missouri State Highway Patrol.

Standard. Requests for additional signs shall be forwarded to the appropriate district engineer for approval. These signs shall only be installed on divided highways. The installation of this sign shall not interfere with or detract from any other regulatory, warning, or guide signs.

903.2.58 Headlight Use Signs (R16-5a) (MUTCD Section 2B.73)

Support. The HEADLIGHTS ON WHEN WIPERS ARE REQUIRED (R16-5a) sign, supported by RSMo 307.020 in 2004, was developed to inform motorists of the new law directing them to turn on headlights when wipers are on and during inclement weather. The use of these signs has been discontinued as the law has been in place for more than 15 years and many vehicles come equipped with headlights that turn on when wipers are activated. Existing signs are to be removed at the end of their sign life.

903.2.59 Seat Belt Symbol (MUTCD Section 2B.74)

R16-30

Guidance. The seat belt symbol should not be used alone. If used, the seat belt symbol should be incorporated into regulatory sign messages for mandatory seat belt use.

Support. The seat belt symbol is illustrated in the FHWA “Standard Highway Signs” publication (see ).

Guidance. The R16-2, R16-3, R16-24, R16-27, and R16-27a seatbelt signs have been discontinued. These signs should remain in place to the end of their service life.

The STATE LAW BUCKLE UP PHONE DOWN (R16-30) sign should be installed at the end of the on ramp of rest areas and Missouri Welcome Centers on the interstate system. The STATE LAW BUCKLE UP PHONE DOWN (R16-30a) sign should be installed on Interstate and U.S. Routes at the state line entering Missouri. Neither sign should be installed at any other location along a roadway.

Support. A growing number of cities and counties are passing local ordinances to make seat belt usage a primary law in their communities. To promote the use of seat belts a PRIMARY SEAT BELT CITY / COUNTY - ORDINANCE (R16-27b) sign may be installed by MoDOT upon request.

Standard. If a city/county has an established primary seat belt ordinance, MoDOT will install PRIMARY SEAT BELT CITY / COUNTY - ORDINANCE (R16-27b) signs upon request once a copy of the ordinance has been received. When the PRIMARY SEAT BELT CITY / COUNTY - ORDINANCE (R16-27b) is installed they shall be mounted to the right of the city limit sign or the entering county line sign.

Option. If insufficient space is available to mount the assembly to the right of these signs, the assembly shall be installed 200 ft. downstream of the city limit or county line signs at the appropriate sign spacing.

903.2.60 Barricades (MUTCD Section 2B.75)

Option. Barricades may be used to mark any of the following conditions:

A. The end of a roadway,
B. A ramp or lane that is closed for operational purposes, or
C. The permanent or semi-permanent closure or termination of a roadway.

Standard. When used to warn and alert road users of the terminus of a roadway, other than in temporary traffic control zones, barricades shall meet the design criteria of EPG 616.11.7 for a Type 3 Barricade, except that the colors of the stripes shall be retroreflective white and retroreflective red.

Option. An end-of-roadway marker or markers may be used as described in EPG 903.3.73.

Guidance. Appropriate advance warning signs (see EPG 903.3) should be used.

903.2.61 NO PARKING ALL TRAILERS AND TRUCKS OVER 6 TONS (R7-36)

R7-36

Standard. NO PARKING ALL TRAILERS AND TRUCKS OVER 6 TONS (R7-36) signs shall be placed in each commuter parking lot. A sign shall be installed at or near each entrance of the commuter parking lot.

Support. This parking restriction is necessary because commuter lots have been used by commercial trailers and trucks for extended periods of parking.

903.2.62 STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS SIGN (R16-26)

Standard. The STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS (R16-26) sign has been discontinued. MoDOT shall no longer provide STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS (R16-26) signs. Existing STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS (R16-26) signs shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.

903.2.63 Other Regulatory Signs

Option. Regulatory word message signs other than those classified and specified in the EPG and the federal Standard Highway Signs and Markings book may be developed to aid the enforcement of other laws or regulations.

Except for symbols on regulatory signs, minor modifications in the design may be permitted provided that the essential appearance characteristics are met.

Standard. Special regulatory signs shall be approved by the State Highway Safety and Traffic Engineer.

903.2.64 Engine Brake Muffler Required Signing

R5-23

History. MoDOT once had a NOISE ORDINANCE ENFORCED policy which was developed to address cities’ requests to install NO JAKE BRAKE signing. These requests were generated when a community experienced excessive noise related to improperly installed/operated engine braking systems on commercial vehicles. Jake brakes, or engine braking systems, are safety features of commercial vehicles. MoDOT was not willing to post signs on state routes which prohibited the use of these safety devices. However, to address the increasing requests for signing, MoDOT did permit the installation of NOISE ORDINANCE ENFORCED signs if a city passed an appropriate ordinance. This program was replaced with the current ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLERS REQUIRED signing in January 2022. This change was designed to address shortcomings of the noise ordinance signing program, which included difficulty in enforcing a noise level and noise ordinances which did not contain language relevant to engine braking noise levels. The current program is based on the direction other states have taken, focusing on the physical equipment on a commercial vehicle which can be more easily inspected and evaluated for deficiencies. This signing program is also targeting the primary concern of excessive noise from engine braking.

Support. Commercial vehicles are commonly equipped with an engine braking system. These systems supplement the vehicle’s mechanical brakes aiding in slowing these heavy vehicles safely. These safety systems, when not properly installed, can create excessive noise which many communities find objectionable. MoDOT does not permit regulatory signs which prohibit the use of these safety devices, however, the ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLERS REQUIRED signing conveys to truck drivers they must use these safety devices in an appropriate manner.

Option. If a community experiences issues with excessive noise from improperly used and installed engine braking systems on commercial vehicles, they can pass an ordinance and request MoDOT to install ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLERS REQUIRED signing at their city limit sign locations. MoDOT will install and maintain these signs with only a copy of the ordinance for our records, no fee or contract is involved. A jurisdiction can pass an ordinance specifically related to engine braking or include the language as part of another ordinance, such as a noise ordinance.

Standard. Before MoDOT will install ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLERS REQUIRED signing, a city must pass an appropriate ordinance which will be approved and kept on file by CO Highway Safety and Traffic. The ordinance shall include the following language:

Engine compression braking devices on any commercial vehicle, as defined in Missouri Revised Statute RSMo Section 301.010, may only be used within the city limits of [CITY NAME] if the truck is equipped with an adequate muffler (factory muffler or equivalent aftermarket muffler) which is properly maintained to prevent any excessive or unusual noise. If the truck’s exhaust system is equipped with a muffler cut-off, bypass, or similar device, that device shall not be activated when the engine brake is being utilized. Unmuffled engine braking system shall only be utilized within the city limits by commercial motor vehicles in emergency situations to protect life or property. Engine braking systems on rescue vehicles, city and state vehicles are exempt from this ordinance if used in the performance of official duties.

ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLER REQUIRED signing shall only be installed at the city limit location.

ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLER REQUIRED signing shall not be installed on freeways or expressways within the city limits where the posted speed limit is 45 mph or greater due to the critical need for the device at higher speeds.

Existing NOISE ORDINANCE ENFORCED signs shall be removed at the end of the signs’ service life, with no new NOISE ORDINANCE ENFORCED signs being installed after January 2022.

Individual sign installation locations can be denied by MoDOT if engineering judgement determines the prohibition would negatively impact safety, such as on long steep grades or abrupt/unexpected approaches to intersections.

Option. If the city limit on a freeway or expressway is within a posted speed limit of 45 mph or greater and the posted speed limit on that route drops to 40 mph or less, the ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLER REQUIRED sign may be installed adjacent to the speed limit sign where the speed limit drops below 45 mph.

At the end of a NOISE ORDINANCE ENFORCED sign’s life, or before, a city may request the new ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLER REQUIRED signing once the appropriate ordinance is passed.

If there is insufficient space to the right of the city limit sign to place the ENGINE BRAKE MUFFLER REQUIRED sign, it may be installed 200 ft. downstream of the city limit sign.

903.2.65 Regulatory Signs For Trash/Dumping (R5-26, R5-28)

R5-28

Standard. The NO DUMPING sign (R5-28) shall be erected only at locations where the Department of Natural Resources has given us written notice that solid waste is being disposed of on highway right of way. NO MORE TRASH signs (R5-26) are not typically installed along MoDOT roadways. NO MORE TRASH signs (R5-26) should only be installed at commuter lots, rest areas or roadside parks. NO MORE TRASH signs shall only be installed along the roadway if a major liter issue has been identified and the sign is needed for enforcement purposes. Existing NO MORE TRASH signs (R5-26) shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.

903.2.66 Regulation Signs For Roadside Parks and Commuter Parking Lots (R20-1)

R20-1

Support. Regulation signs are displayed at MoDOT maintained roadside parks and commuter parking lots to convey the rules and regulations pertaining to each type of facility.

Guidance. A minimum of one regulation sign should be installed at each MoDOT maintained roadside park and commuter parking lot, with the sign(s) being installed in centralized location(s) where the sign will be within normal sight of visitors once they leave their vehicles.

903.2.67 Rest Area Regulatory Signing (R20-2, R20-3, R20-4)

R20-2
R20-3
R20-4

Guidance. The REST AREA MAINTAINED BY (R20-3) sign should be installed in a prominent area along the entrance ramp to the rest area, preferably in the gore area separating truck / car traffic.

Standard. The TRUCKS-CARS (R20-4) sign shall be installed at the gore point inside the rest area to direct various vehicles to the appropriate parking lot.

A minimum of three REST AREA REGULATIONS (R20-2) signs shall be installed at each rest area.

The REST AREA MAINTAINED BY (R20-3) sign shall be installed at all rest areas to inform the public who is responsible to maintain the facility prior to the gore point.

903.2.68 Access Management Signing (R21-1 through R21-5)

Standard. ACCESS MANAGEMENT (R22-1 through R22-5) signs have been discontinued. MoDOT shall no longer provide ACCESS MANAGEMENT (R22-1 through R22-5) signs. Existing ACCESS MANAGEMENT (R22-1 through R22-5) signs shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.

903.2.69 Trucks and Buses 300 Ft Interval Sign (R4-30)

Standard. TRUCKS AND BUSES (R4-30) signs have been discontinued. MoDOT shall no longer provide TRUCKS AND BUSES (R4-30) signs. Existing TRUCKS AND BUSES (R4-30) signs shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.

903.2.70 FINES DOUBLED ENDS Sign (R2-20)

R2-20

Support. The FINES DOUBLED ENDS (R2-20) sign is not to be used on a system-wide basis. It is part of a signing package intended for special use at locations where severe crashes are occurring. There is a requirement for regional support to focus a safety campaign involving local law enforcement and public information efforts to reduce the number and severity of crashes within the travel safe zone (see EPG 907.3.2).

Standard: A FINES DOUBLED ENDS sign shall be used to mark the end of a designated travel safe zone. This sign is installed in conjunction with the TRAVEL SAFE ZONE – FINES DOUBLED (W26-1) sign.